οὐρανὸν ἄγει, τουτέστι τὴν ὀγδόην κίνησίν τε καὶ ἡμέραν· τεταρταίους δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπιέναι λέγει, δηλῶν τὴν διὰ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων πορείαν. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην ἱερὰν οὐ μόνον οἱ Ἑβραῖοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνεςἴσασι, καθ' ἣν ὁ πᾶς κόσμος κυκλεῖται τῶν ζῳογονουμένων καὶ φυομένων ἁπάντων. Ἡσίοδος μὲν οὖν οὕτω περὶ αὐτῆς λέγει· πρῶτον ἕνη τετράς τε καὶ ἑβδόμη ἱερὸν ἦμαρ· καὶ πάλιν· ἑβδομάτη δ' αὖθις λαμπρὸν φάος ἠελίοιο. Ὅμηρος δέ· ἑβδομάτη δἤπειτα κατήλυθεν ἱερὸν ἦμαρ καί· ἑβδόμη ἦν ἱερή· καὶ πάλιν· ἕβδομον ἦμαρ ἔην καὶ τῷ τετέλεστο ἅπαντα· καὶ αὖθις· ἑβδομάτῃ δ' ἠοῖ λίπομεν ῥόον ἐξ Ἀχέροντος. ναὶ μὴν καὶ Καλλίμαχος ὁ ποιητὴς γράφει· ἑβδομάτῃ δ' ἠοῖ καί οἱ ἐτέτυκτο ἅπαντα· καὶ πάλιν· ἑβδόμη εἰν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ γενέθλη καί· ἑβδόμη ἐν πρώτοισι καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ τελεία καί· ἑπτὰ δὲ πάντα τέτυκτο ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀστερόεντι, ἐν κύκλοισι φανέντ' ἐπιτελλομένοις ἐνιαυτοῖς. Ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ Σόλωνος ἐλεγεῖαι σφόδρα τὴν ἑβδομάδα ἐκθειάζουσι. Τί δέ; οὐχὶ παραπλήσια τῇ λεγούσῃ γραφῇ· «Ἄρωμεν ἀφ' ἡμῶν τὸν δίκαιον, ὅτι δύσχρηστος ἡμῖν ἐστιν» ὁ Πλάτων μονονουχὶ προφητεύων τὴν σωτήριον οἰκονομίαν ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τῆς Πολιτείας οὕτω φησίν· «Οὕτω δὲ διακείμενος ὁ δίκαιος μαστιγώσεται, δεδήσεται, ἐκκοπήσεται τὼ ὀφθαλμώ, τελευτῶν πάντα κακὰ παθὼν ἀνασκινδυλευθήσεται.» Ὅ τε Σωκρατικὸς Ἀντισθένης παραφράζων τὴν προφητικὴν ἐκείνην γραφήν· «Τίνι με ὡμοιώσατε; λέγει κύριος» «θεὸν οὐδενὶ ἐοικέναι φησί, διόπερ αὐτὸν οὐδεὶς ἐκμαθεῖν ἐξ εἰκόνος δύναται.» τὰ δὲ ὅμοια καὶ Ξενοφῶν ὁ Ἀθηναῖος κατὰ λέξιν λέγει·
He brings in the heaven, that is, the eighth motion and day; and he says that souls depart on the fourth day, indicating the journey through the four elements. But the seventh day is held sacred not only by the Hebrews but also by the Greeks, on which the whole cosmos revolves, of all living and growing things. Hesiod, then, speaks of it thus: "First the fourth and the seventh day are a holy day." And again: "The seventh again is the bright light of the sun." And Homer: "Then the seventh day came, a holy day," and "The seventh was holy," and again: "It was the seventh day, and all was completed," and further: "On the seventh dawn we left the stream of Acheron." And indeed the poet Callimachus writes: "On the seventh dawn all things were wrought for him," and again: "The seventh is among good things, and the seventh is birth," and "The seventh is among the first, and the seventh is perfect," and "All seven are wrought in the starry heaven, appearing in the cycles of the revolving years." And the elegies of Solon greatly extol the hebdomad. What then? Does not Plato, almost prophesying the salvific economy, speak in the second book of the Republic in words similar to the scripture that says, "Let us remove the just man from ourselves, because he is troublesome to us," thus: "The just man, being so disposed, will be scourged, bound, have his eyes gouged out, and finally, after suffering all evils, will be impaled." And the Socratic Antisthenes, paraphrasing that prophetic scripture, "To what have you likened me? says the Lord," says that "God resembles nothing, therefore no one can learn him from an image." And the Athenian Xenophon says similar things verbatim.
«Ὁ γοῦν πάντα σείων καὶ ἀτρεμίζων ὡς μὲν μέγας τις καὶ δυνατὸς φανερός, ὁποῖος δ' ἐστὶ μορφὴν ἀφανής. οὐδὲ μὴν ὁ παμφαὴς δοκῶν εἶναι ἥλιος, οὐδ' οὗτος ἔοικεν ὁρᾶν αὑτὸν ἐπιτρέπειν, ἀλλ' ἤν τις ἀναιδῶς αὐτὸν θεάσηται, τὴν ὄψιν ἀφαιρεῖται.» τίς γὰρ σὰρξ δύναται τὸν ἐπουράνιον καὶ ἀληθῆ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδεῖν θεὸν ἄμβροτον, ὃς πόλον οἰκεῖ; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἀκτίνων κατ' ἐναντίον ἠελίοιο ἄνθρωποι στῆναι δυνατοί, θνητοὶ γεγαῶτες προεῖπεν ἡ Σίβυλλα. εὖ γοῦν καὶ Ξενοφάνης ὁ Κολοφώνιος διδάσκων ὅτι εἷς καὶ ἀσώματος ὁ θεὸς ἐπιφέρει· εἷς θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι καὶ ἀνθρώποισι μέγιστος, οὔ τι δέμας θνητοῖσιν ὁμοίιος, οὐδὲ νόημα· καὶ πάλιν· ἀλλ' οἱ βροτοὶ δοκοῦσι γεννᾶσθαι θεούς, τὴν σφετέρην δ' ἐσθῆτα ἔχειν φωνήν τε δέμας τε· καὶ πάλιν· ἀλλ' εἰ χεῖρας ἔχον βόες ἠὲ λέοντες ἢ γράψαι χείρεσσι καὶ ἔργα τελεῖν ἅπερ ἄνδρες, ἵπποι μέν θ' ἵπποισι, βόες δέ τε βουσὶν ὅμοιοι, καί κε θεῶν ἰδέας ἔγραφον καὶ σώματ' ἐποίουν τοιαῦθ', οἷόν περ καὶ αὐτοὶ δέμας εἶχον ὅμοιον. ἀκούσωμεν οὖν πάλιν Βακχυλίδου μὲν τοῦ μελοποιοῦ περὶ τοῦ θείου λέγοντος· οἱ μὲν ἀδμῆτες ἀεικελίων νούσων εἰσὶ καὶ ἀναίτιοι, οὐδὲν ἀνθρώποις εἴκελοι. Κλεάνθους τε τοῦ Στωϊκοῦ ἔν τινι ποιήματι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα γεγραφότος ἄκουε· τἀγαθὸν ἐρωτᾷς με οἷόν ἐστ'; ἄκουε δή·
The one who shakes everything and keeps it still is manifest as great and powerful, but what his form is like is invisible. Nor does the all-bright sun, though it seems to be seen, allow itself to be looked at; but if someone shamelessly gazes at it, it takes away his sight." For what flesh can see the heavenly and true immortal god with its eyes, who dwells in the pole? But not even can men stand opposite the rays of the sun, being mortal, as the Sibyl foretold. Well, then, Xenophanes of Colophon, teaching that god is one and incorporeal, adds: "One god, greatest among gods and men, not at all like mortals in body or in thought." And again: "But mortals think that gods are born, and have their own clothes, voice, and body." And again: "But if oxen or lions had hands, or could draw with their hands and accomplish works like men, then horses would draw forms of gods like horses, and oxen like oxen, and they would make bodies such as they themselves have." Let us then listen again to Bacchylides the lyric poet speaking about the divine: "They are unyoked from ever-present diseases and guiltless, in no way like men." And listen to Cleanthes the Stoic, who has written these things about god in some poem: "You ask me what the good is like? Listen then:
τεταγμένον, δίκαιον, ὅσιον, εὐσεβές, κρατοῦν ἑαυτοῦ, χρήσιμον, καλόν, δέον, αὐστηρόν, αὐθέκαστον, ἀεὶ συμφέρον, ἄφοβον, ἄλυπον, λυσιτελές, ἀνώδυνον, ὠφέλιμον, εὐάρεστον, ἀσφαλές, φίλον, ἔντιμον, ὁμολογούμενον, εὐκλεές, ἄτυφον, ἐπιμελές, πρᾶον, σφοδρόν, χρονιζόμενον, ἄμεμπτον, ἀεὶ διαμένον. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον τὴν τῶν πολλῶν διαβάλλων εἰδωλολατρίαν ἐπιφέρει· ἀνελεύθερος πᾶς ὅστις εἰς δόξαν βλέπει, ὡς δὴ παρ' ἐκείνης τευξόμενός τινος καλοῦ. οὔκουν ἔτι κατὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν δόξαν περὶ τοῦ θείου ὑποληπτέον· οὐδὲ γὰρ λάθρᾳ δοκῶ φωτὸς κακούργου σχήματα ἐκμιμούμενον σοὶ τήνδ' ἐς εὐνὴν ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπον μολεῖν Ἀμφίων λέγει τῇ Ἀντιόπῃ. ὁ Σοφοκλῆς δὲ εὐθυρρημόνως γράφει· τὴν τοῦδε γάρ τοι Ζεὺς ἔγημε μητέρα, οὐ χρυσόμορφος οὐδ' ἐπημφιεσμένος πτίλον κύκνειον, ὡς κόρην Πλευρωνίαν ὑπημβρύωσεν, ἀλλ' ὁλοσχερὴς ἀνήρ· εἶτα ὑπελθὼν καὶ δὴ ἐπήγαγε· ταχὺς δὲ βαθμοῖς μοιχικοῖς ἐπεστάθη ὁ μοιχός· ἐφ' οἷς ἔτι φανερώτερον τὴν
Ordered, just, holy, pious, self-controlled, useful, beautiful, fitting, severe, frank, always beneficial, fearless, painless, profitable, without grief, helpful, pleasing, safe, dear, honorable, agreed upon, glorious, without vanity, careful, gentle, vehement, lasting, blameless, always enduring. And the same author, in his secret teaching, attacking the idolatry of the many, adds: "Every man is unfree who looks to glory, as if he will obtain some good from it." Therefore one must not suppose about the divine according to the opinion of the many. For I do not think that, secretly imitating the shapes of a wicked light, I have come to your bed like a man, as Amphion says to Antiope. And Sophocles writes straightforwardly: "For Zeus married his mother, not in the form of gold nor clad in a swan's feather, as he made the Pleuronian maiden pregnant, but as a whole man." Then, going on, he added: "Swiftly the adulterer stood on the adulterous steps." On which matters, still more clearly, the
ἀκρασίαν τοῦ μυθοποιουμένου Διὸς ὧδέ πως ἐκδιηγεῖται· ὁ δ' οὔτε δαιτὸς οὔτε χέρνιβος θιγὼν πρὸς λέκτρον ᾔει καρδίαν ὠδαγμένος, ὅλην δ' ἐκείνην εὐφρόνην ἐθόρνυτο. ταυτὶ μὲν οὖν παρείσθω ταῖς τῶν θεάτρων ἀνοίαις. ἄντικρυς δὲ ὁ μὲν Ἡράκλειτος· «Τοῦ λόγου τοῦ δέοντος αἰεί», φησίν, «ἀξύνετοι γίγνονται ἄνθρωποι, καὶ πρόσθεν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι καὶ ἀκούσαντες τὸ πρῶτον». ὁ μελοποιὸς δὲ Μελανιππίδης ᾄδων φησί· κλῦθί μοι, ὦ πάτερ, θαῦμα βροτῶν, τᾶς ἀειζώου ψυχᾶς μεδέων. Παρμενίδης τε «ὁ μέγας,» ὥς φησιν ἐν Σοφιστῇ Πλάτων, ὧδέ πως περὶ τοῦ θείου γράφει· πολλὰ μάλ' ὡς ἀγένητον ἐὸν καὶ ἀνώλεθρόν ἐστι, μοῦνον, μουνογενὲς δὲ καὶ ἀτρεμὲς ἠδ' ἀγένητον. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Ἡσίοδος· αὐτὸς γὰρ πάντων φησί βασιλεὺς καὶ κοίρανός ἐστιν ἀθανάτων, σέο δ' οὔ τις ἐρήρισται κράτος ἄλλος. Ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἡ τραγῳδία ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων ἀποσπῶσα εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβλέπειν διδάσκει. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Σοφοκλῆς, ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος ὁ τὰς ἱστορίας συνταξάμενος ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ἅβραμον καὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους, ἄντικρυς ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἐκβοᾷ· εἷς ταῖς ἀληθείαισιν, εἷς ἐστιν θεός, ὃς οὐρανόν τ' ἔτευξε καὶ γαῖαν μακρὴν πόντου τε χαροπὸν οἶδμα καὶ ἀνέμων βίας. θνητοὶ δὲ πολλοὶ καρδίαν πλανώμενοι ἱδρυσάμεσθα πημάτων παραψυχὴν θεῶν ἀγάλματ' ἐκ λίθων ἢ χαλκέων ἢ χρυσοτεύκτων ἢ ἐλεφαντίνων τύπους. θυσίας τε τούτοις καὶ κακὰς πανηγύρεις στέφοντες, οὕτως εὐσεβεῖν νομίζομεν. Εὐριπίδης δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς σκηνῆς τραγῳδῶν· σὲ τὸν αὐτοφυῆ, τὸν ἐν αἰθερίῳ καὶ γῆν πέριξ ἔχονθ' ὑγραῖς ἐν ἀγκάλαις; τοῦτον νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδ' ἡγοῦ θεόν.
Incontinence of the mythologized Zeus he recounts somewhat as follows: "But he, having touched neither feast nor lustral water, went to the bed, his heart stung, and all that night he was in turmoil." Let these things then be dismissed to the follies of the theaters. Directly, Heraclitus says: "Of the Logos which is always, men become uncomprehending, both before they hear and after they have first heard." And the lyric poet Melanippides, singing, says: "Hear me, O father, wonder of mortals, ruler of the ever-living soul." And Parmenides, "the great," as Plato says in the Sophist, writes somewhat as follows concerning the divine: "Much indeed as ungenerated and indestructible it is, alone, only-begotten and unmoved and ungenerated." But also Hesiod says: "He himself is king and lord of all immortals, and no other contends with your power." Indeed, tragedy also, drawing away from idols, teaches us to look up to the heaven. For Sophocles, as Hecataeus, who compiled the histories, says in his work concerning Abraham and the Egyptians, directly exclaims on the stage: "One in truth, one is god, who made both the heaven and the wide earth, the bright swell of the sea, and the forces of the winds. But we mortals, with hearts often wandering, have set up as consolation for our woes images of gods, shapes of stone or bronze or gold-wrought or ivory, and to these we offer sacrifices and wretched festivals, thinking thus to be pious." And Euripides, in tragedy on the same stage: "You the self-grown, who in the ether and around the earth hold in your moist arms; consider this Zeus, regard this as god.
ἔν τε τῷ Πειρίθῳ δράματι ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ τάδε τραγῳδεῖ· σὲ τὸν αὐτοφυῆ, τὸν ἐν αἰθερίῳ ῥόμβῳ πάντων φύσιν ἐμπλέξανθ', ὃν πέρι μὲν φῶς, πέρι δ' ὀρφναία νὺξ αἰολόχρως, ἄκριτός τε ἄστρων ὄχλος ἐνδελεχῶς ἀμφιχορεύει. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸν μὲν αὐτοφυῆ τὸν δημιουργὸν νοῦν εἴρηκε, τὰ δ' ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ κόσμου τάσσεται, ἐν ᾧ καὶ αἱ ἐναντιότητες φωτός τε καὶ σκότους. ὅ τε Εὐφορίωνος Αἰσχύλος ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ σεμνῶς σφόδρα φησί· Ζεύς ἐστιν αἰθήρ, Ζεὺς δὲ γῆ, Ζεὺς δ' οὐρανός, Ζεύς τοι τὰ πάντα χὤτι τῶνδ' ὑπέρτερον. οἶδα ἐγὼ καὶ Πλάτωνα προσμαρτυροῦντα Ἡρακλείτῳ γράφοντι· «Ἓν τὸ σοφὸν μοῦνον λέγεσθαι οὐκ ἐθέλει καὶ ἐθέλει Ζηνὸς ὄνομα.» καὶ πάλιν· «Νόμος καὶ βουλῇ πείθεσθαι ἑνός.» κἂν τὸ ῥητὸν ἐκεῖνο ἀναγαγεῖν ἐθέλῃς· «Ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω», εὕροις ἂν ὧδε ἐμφαινόμενον πρὸς τοῦ Ἐφεσίου· «Ἀξύνετοι ἀκούσαντες κωφοῖσιν ἐοίκασι· φάτις αὐτοῖσι μαρτυρεῖ παρεόντας ἀπεῖναι». ἀλλ' ἄντικρυς μίαν ἀρχὴν καὶ παρ' Ἑλλήνων ἀκοῦσαι ποθεῖς; Τίμαιος ὁ Λοκρὸς ἐν τῷ φυσικῷ συγγράμματι κατὰ λέξιν ὧδέ μοι μαρτυρήσει· «Μία ἀρχὰ πάντων ἐστὶν ἀγένητος· εἰ γὰρ ἐγένετο, οὐκ ἂν ἦν ἔτι ἀρχά, ἀλλ' ἐκείνα ἐξ ἇς ἁ ἀρχὰ ἐγένετο.» ἐρρύη γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν ἡ δόξα ἡ ἀληθινή· «Ἄκουε φησίν, Ἰσραήλ, κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἷς ἐστι καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις.» οὗτος ἰδοὺ πάντεσσι σαφὴς ἀπλάνητος ὑπάρχει, ὥς φησιν ἡ Σίβυλλα. Ξενοκράτης τε ὁ Καλχηδόνιος «τὸν μὲν ὕπατον Δία, τὸν δὲ νέατον» καλῶν, ἔμφασιν πατρὸς ἀπολείπει καὶ υἱοῦ. καὶ τὸ παραδοξότατον, γινώσκειν φαίνεται τὸ θεῖον ὁ ἀνθρωποπαθεῖς εἰσάγων τοὺς θεούς· ὃν οὐδ' οὕτως αἰδεῖται Ἐπίκουρος.
In the drama *Peirithous*, the same author also writes these tragic lines: "You, the self-grown, who have woven the nature of all things in the ethereal whirl, around whom light, and around, dark night of changeful hue, and the countless host of stars ceaselessly dance in a circle." For here he has called the self-grown the demiurgic mind, and the following words are applied to the cosmos, in which there are also the opposites of light and darkness. And Aeschylus, son of Euphorion, speaks very reverently of the god: "Zeus is aether, Zeus is earth, Zeus is heaven, Zeus is all things and whatever is higher than these." I know also that Plato bears witness to Heraclitus writing: "The one wise thing alone is unwilling and willing to be called by the name of Zeus." And again: "Law is to obey the counsel of one." And if you wish to refer to that famous saying, "Let him who has ears to hear, hear," you would find here indicated by the Ephesian: "The uncomprehending, when they hear, are like the deaf; the saying bears witness to them that they are absent while present." But do you desire to hear directly of one first principle even from the Greeks? Timaeus of Locri in his physical treatise will bear witness for me word for word: "There is one ungenerated first principle of all things; for if it were generated, it would no longer be a first principle, but that from which the first principle was generated." For the true opinion flowed from there: "Hear, O Israel, the Lord your God is one, and you shall worship him alone." This, behold, is clear and unerring for all, as the Sibyl says. And Xenocrates of Chalcedon, calling "the one highest Zeus, the other younger," leaves an indication of father and son. And most paradoxically, he who introduces the gods as subject to human passions appears to know the divine; yet even so, Epicurus does not revere him.
φησὶ γοῦν· τίπτε με, Πηλέος υἱέ, ποσὶν ταχέεσσι διώκεις, αὐτὸς θνητὸς ἐών, θεὸν ἄμβροτον; οὐδέ νύ πώ με ἔγνως ὡς θεός εἰμι. οὐχ ἁλωτὸν γὰρ εἶναι θνητῷ οὐδὲ καταληπτὸν τὸ θεῖον οὔτε ποσὶν οὔτε χερσὶν οὔτε ὀφθαλμοῖς οὐδ' ὅλως τῷ σώματι δεδήλωκε. «Τίνι ὡμοιώσατε κύριον; ἢ τίνι ὁμοιώματι ὡμοιώσατε αὐτόν,» φησὶν ἡ γραφή, «μὴ εἰκόνα ἐποίησε τέκτων ἢ χρυσοχόος, χωνεύσας χρυσίον, περιεχρύσωσεν αὐτόν;» καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις. ὅ τε κωμικὸς Ἐπίχαρμος σαφῶς περὶ τοῦ λόγου ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ λέγει ὧδέ πως· ὁ βίος ἀνθρώποις λογισμοῦ κἀριθμοῦ δεῖται πάνυ· ζῶμεν δ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ καὶ λογισμῷ· ταῦτα γὰρ σῴζει βροτούς. εἶτα διαρρήδην
ἐπιφέρει· ὁ λόγος ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ, κατὰ τρόπον σῴζει· εἰ ἔστιν ἀνθρώπων λογισμός, ἔστι καὶ θεῖος λόγος. ἀνθρώπῳ πέφυκε περὶ βίου καταστροφάς. ὁ δέ γε τὰς τέχνας ἅπασι συνέπεται θεῖος λόγος, ἐκδιδάσκων αὐτὸς αὐτούς, ὅ τι ποιεῖν δεῖ συμφέρον. οὐ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος τέχναν τιν' εὗρεν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ταύταν φέρει. ὁ δέ γε τἀνθρώπου λόγος πέφυκεν ἀπὸ γε τοῦ λόγου θείου λόγος. ναὶ μὴν διὰ τοῦ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ πνεύματος κεκραγότος· «Τί μοι πλῆθος τῶν θυσιῶν ὑμῶν; λέγει κύριος· πλήρης εἰμὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων καὶ στέαρ ἀρνῶν καὶ αἷμα ταύρων οὐ βούλομαι» καὶ μετ' ὀλίγα ἐπαγαγόντος· «Λούσασθε, καθαροὶ γένεσθε, ἀφέλετε τὰς πονηρίας ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν» καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις, Μένανδρος ὁ κωμικὸς αὐταῖς γράφει ταῖς λέξεσιν·
He says, then: "Why do you pursue me, son of Peleus, with swift feet, you who are yourself mortal, a deathless god? Do you not yet know that I am a god? For the divine is not to be captured by a mortal, nor is it to be comprehended either by feet or by hands or by eyes, nor at all by the body," he has declared. "To what have you likened the Lord? Or to what likeness have you likened him?" says the Scripture, "Has a carpenter or a goldsmith made an image, melting down gold and gilding it?" and so forth. And the comic poet Epicharmus speaks clearly about the Logos in his *Politeia* somewhat as follows: "Human life has great need of reasoning and number; we live by number and reasoning; for these preserve mortals." Then he expressly adds: "Logos governs humans, and preserves them according to its manner; if there is human reasoning, there is also divine Logos. It is natural for a human concerning the reversals of life. But the divine Logos, which accompanies all arts, itself teaches them what it is beneficial to do. For a human did not discover any art, but the god brings these. And the human Logos is naturally derived from the divine Logos." Yes, indeed, through Isaiah the Spirit cries out: "What is the multitude of your sacrifices to me? says the Lord; I am full of whole burnt offerings and the fat of lambs and the blood of bulls; I do not want them." And after a little, adding: "Wash yourselves, become clean, remove the wickedness from your souls," and so forth, the comic poet Menander writes in these very words:
εἴ τις δὲ θυσίαν προσφέρων, ὦ Πάμφιλε, ταύρων τι πλῆθος ἢ ἐρίφων ἢ νὴ Δία ἑτέρων τοιούτων, ἢ κατασκευάσματα, χρυσᾶς ποιήσας χλαμύδας ἤτοι πορφυρᾶς ἢ δι' ἐλέφαντος ἢ σμαράγδου ζῴδια, εὔνουν νομίζει τὸν θεὸν καθεστάναι, πεπλάνηται ἐκεῖνος καὶ φρένας κούφας ἔχει. δεῖ γὰρ τὸν ἄνδρα χρήσιμον πεφυκέναι, μὴ παρθένους φθείροντα καὶ μοιχώμενον, κλέπτοντα καὶ σφάττοντα χρημάτων χάριν. μηδὲ βελόνης ἔναμμ' ἐπιθυμῇςης, Πάμφιλε· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς βλέπει σε πλησίον παρών. «Θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι καὶ οὐχὶ θεὸς πόρρωθεν. ποιήσει τι ἄνθρωπος ἐν κρυφαίοις, καὶ οὐκ ὄψομαι αὐτόν;» διὰ Ἱερεμίου φησί. καὶ πάλιν ὁ Μένανδρος παραφράζων τὴν γραφὴν ἐκείνην· «Θύσατε θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἐλπίσατε ἐπὶ κύριον» ὧδέ πως γράφει· μηδὲ βελόνης, ὦ φίλτατε, ἐπιθυμήσῃς ἀλλοτρίας ποτέ. ὁ γὰρ θεὸς δικαίοις ἔργοις ἥδεται καὶ οὐκ ἀδίκοις. πονοῦντα δὲ ἐᾷ τὸν ἴδιον ὑψῶσαι βίον, τὴν γῆν ἀροῦντα νύκτα καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν. θεῷ δὲ θῦε διὰ τέλους δίκαιος ὢν καὶ λαμπρὸς ὢν ταῖς χλαμύσιν ὡς τῇ καρδίᾳ. βροντῆς ἐὰν ἀκούσῃς, μὴ φύγῃς, μηδὲν συνειδὼς αὐτὸς αὑτῷ, δέσποτα. ὁ γὰρ θεὸς βλέπει σε πλησίον παρών. «Ἔτι σοῦ λαλοῦντος,» φησὶν ἡ γραφή, «ἐρῶ· Ἰδοὺ πάρειμι.» Δίφιλος πάλιν ὁ κωμικὸς τοιαῦτά τινα περὶ τῆς κρίσεως διαλέγεται· οἴει σὺ τοὺς θανόντας, ὦ Νικήρατε, τρυφῆς ἁπάσης μεταλαβόντας ἐν βίῳ πεφευγέναι τὸ θεῖον ὡς λεληθότας; ἔστιν Δίκης ὀφθαλμός, ὃς τὰ πάνθ' ὁρᾷ· καὶ γὰρ καθ' Ἅιδην δύο τρίβους νομίζομεν, μίαν δικαίων, ἑτέραν δὲ ἀσεβῶν εἶναι ὅρον. καὶ εἰ τοὺς δύο καλύψει ἡ γῆ, φασί, τῷ παντὶ χρόνῳ, ἀπελθὼν κλέπτ', ἀποστέρει, κύκα·
If someone, Pamphilus, offering a sacrifice—whether a multitude of bulls or goats or, by Zeus, other such things, or constructions, making golden or purple cloaks, or figurines of ivory or emerald—thinks that the god is thus made well-disposed, that man is mistaken and has a light mind. For a man must be useful by nature, not corrupting virgins and committing adultery, stealing and murdering for the sake of money. Do not even desire a needle's thread, Pamphilus; for the god sees you, being near at hand. "I am a god who draws near, and not a god from afar. Will a man do something in secret, and I not see it?" he says through Jeremiah. And again Menander, paraphrasing that scripture—"Sacrifice a sacrifice of righteousness and hope in the Lord"—writes something like this: Do not ever desire another's needle, dearest friend. For the god delights in righteous deeds, not unrighteous ones. He allows the one who labors to raise up his own life, plowing the earth night and day. Sacrifice to the god continually, being righteous and being bright in your cloaks as in your heart. If you hear thunder, do not flee, having nothing on your own conscience, master. For the god sees you, being near at hand. "While you are still speaking," says the scripture, "I will say, 'Behold, I am present.'" Diphilus the comic again discusses something like this about judgment: Do you think, Niceratus, that the dead, having partaken of all luxury in life, have escaped the divine as if unnoticed? There is an eye of Justice that sees all things; for we believe that in Hades there are two paths, one for the just and another for the impious as a boundary. And even if the earth covers both, they say, in all time, the one who goes away steals, defrauds, stirs up—
μηδὲν πλανηθῇς, ἔστι καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου κρίσις, ἥνπερ ποιήσει θεὸς ὁ πάντων δεσπότης, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα φοβερόν ἐστιν οὐδ' ἂν ὀνομάσαιμι ἐγώ. ὃς τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι πρὸς μῆκος βίον δίδωσιν. εἴ τις δὲ θνητῶν οἴεται τοὐφημέραν κακόν τι πράσσων τοὺς θεοὺς λεληθέναι, δοκεῖ πονηρὰ καὶ δοκῶν ἁλίσκεται, ὅταν σχολὴν ἄγουσα τυγχάνῃ Δίκη. ὁρᾶτε ὅσοι δοκεῖτε οὐκ εἶναι θεόν. ἔστιν γάρ, ἔστιν· εἰ δέ τις πράττει κακῶς, κακὸς πεφυκώς, τὸν χρόνον κερδαινέτω, χρόνῳ γὰρ οὗτος ὕστερον δώσει δίκην. συνᾴδει δὲ τούτοις καὶ ἡ τραγῳδία διὰ τῶνδε· ἔσται γάρ, ἔσται κεῖνος αἰῶνος χρόνος, ὅταν πυρὸς γέμοντα θησαυρὸν σχάσῃ χρυσωπὸς αἰθήρ· ἡ δὲ βοσκηθεῖσα φλὸξ ἅπαντα τἀπίγεια καὶ μετάρσια φλέξει μανεῖσα· καὶ μετ' ὀλίγα αὖθις ἐπιφέρει· ἐπὰν δὲ ἐκλίπῃ τὸ πᾶν, φροῦδος μὲν ἔσται κυμάτων ἅπας βυθός, γῆ δὲ ἑδράνων ἔρημος, οὐ δ' ἀ ὴρ ἔτι πτερωτὰ φῦλα βλαστήσει πυρουμένη· κἄπειτα σώσει πάνθ' ἃ πρόσθεν ἀπώλεσε. τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις κἀν τοῖς Ὀρφικοῖς εὑρήσομεν ὧδέ πως γεγραμμένα· πάντας γὰρ κρύψας αὖθις φάος ἐς πολυγηθὲς ἐξ ἱερᾶς κραδίας ἀνενέγκατο, μέρμερα ῥέζων. ἢν δὲ ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως διαβιώσωμεν, μακάριοι μὲν ἐνταῦθα, μακαριώτεροι δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγήν, οὐ χρόνῳ τινὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἔχοντες, ἀλλ' ἐν αἰῶνι ἀναπαύσεσθαι δυνάμενοι, ἀθανάτοις ἄλλοισιν ὁμέστιοι, αὐτοτράπεζοι ἐόντες, ἀνδρείων ἀχέων ἀπόκληροι, ἀτειρεῖς, ἡ φιλόσοφος Ἐμπεδοκλέους λέγει ποιητική. οὐχ οὕτως τις μέγας ἔσται καὶ καθ' Ἕλληνας ὡς ὑπερέχειν τὴν
Do not be deceived: there is also judgment in Hades, which the god who is master of all will perform, whose name is fearful, and I would not even utter it. He grants length of life to those who sin. If any mortal thinks that by doing evil during the day he escapes the notice of the gods, he holds a wicked thought and is caught while holding it, whenever Justice is at leisure. See, all of you who think there is no god. There is, there is; if someone does evil, being evil by nature, let him gain time, for in time he will later pay the penalty. The tragedy also agrees with these things through the following: "For there will be, there will be that time of eternity, when the gold-faced aether will split open the treasure full of fire; and the flame, having been fed, will burn everything on earth and in the air, raging." And a little later it adds: "And when the whole has perished, the entire depth of the waves will be gone, the earth will be bereft of its foundations, and the air, burnt, will no longer produce winged creatures." And then it will save all that it previously destroyed. We will find similar things in the Orphic writings, written something like this: "For having hidden all things, he again brought them forth into joyous light from his sacred heart, working terrible deeds." If we live piously and justly, we are blessed here, and more blessed after our departure from here, not having happiness for any limited time, but being able to rest in eternity, dwelling with other immortals, being at the same table, without share in grievous sorrows, unwearying, as the philosophical poetry of Empedocles says. No one will be so great, even among the Greeks, as to surpass
Δίκην, οὐδὲ σμικρὸς ὡς λαθεῖν. ὁ δ' αὐτὸς Ὀρφεὺς καὶ ταῦτα λέγει· εἰς δὲ λόγον θεῖον βλέψας τούτῳ προσέδρευε, ἰθύνων κραδίης νοερὸν κύτος· εὖ δ' ἐπίβαινε ἀτραπιτοῦ, μοῦνον δ' ἐσόρα κόσμοιο ἄνακτα ἀθάνατον. αὖθίς τε περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀόρατον αὐτὸν λέγων, μόνῳ γνωσθῆναι ἑνί τινί φησι τὸ γένος Χαλδαίῳ, εἴτε τὸν Ἁβραὰμ λέγων τοῦτον εἴτε καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τὸν αὐτοῦ, διὰ τούτων· εἰ μὴ μουνογενής τις ἀπορρὼξ φύλου ἄνωθεν Χαλδαίων· ἴδρις γὰρ ἔην ἄστροιο πορείης καὶ σφαίρης κίνημα ἀμφὶ χθόνα ὡς περιτέλλει, κυκλοτερές τ' ἐν ἴσῳ, κατὰ δὲ σφέτερον κνώδακα· πνεύματα δ' ἡνιοχεῖ περί τ' ἠέρα καὶ περὶ χεῦμα. εἶτα, οἷον παραφράζων τὸ «Ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου» ἐπιφέρει· αὐτὸς δ' αὖ μέγαν αὖτις ἐπ' οὐρανὸν ἐστήρικται χρυσέῳ εἰνὶ θρόνῳ· γαίη δ' ὑπὸ ποσσὶ βέβηκε. χεῖρα δὲ δεξιτερὴν περὶ τέρμασιν Ὠκεανοῖο ἐκτέτακεν· ὀρέων δὲ τρέμει βάσις ἔνδοθι θυμῷ οὔτε φέρειν δύναται κρατερὸν μένος. ἔστι δὲ πάντη αὐτὸς ἐπουράνιος καὶ ἐπὶ χθονὶ πάντα τελευτᾷ, ἀρχὴν αὐτὸς ἔχων καὶ μέσσην ἠδὲ τελευτήν. ἄλλως οὐ θεμιτόν σε λέγειν· τρομέω δέ γε γυῖα, ἐν νόῳ. ἐξ ὑπάτου κραίνει καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις. διὰ γὰρ τούτων δεδήλωκε πάντα ἐκεῖνα τὰ προφητικά· «Ὃς ἐὰν ἀνοίξῃ τὸν οὐρανόν, τρόμος λήψεται· καὶ ἀπὸ σοῦ ὄρη τακήσεται, ὡς ἀπὸ προσώπου πυρὸς τήκεται κηρός» καὶ τὰ διὰ Ἡσαΐου· «Τίς ἐμέτρησε τὸν οὐρανὸν σπιθαμῇ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν δρακί;» Πάλιν ὅταν εἴπῃ·
Justice, not even a small one, to escape notice. The same Orpheus also says this: Look to the divine word and attend to it, guiding the intelligent vessel of your heart; walk well on the path, and behold only the immortal lord of the cosmos. And again concerning the god, calling him invisible, he says that he is known only to one, a certain one of the Chaldean race, whether he means Abraham or his son, through these words: Unless there is a certain only-begotten scion of the Chaldean tribe from above; for he was skilled in the course of the star and the movement of the sphere around the earth as it revolves, and in the circle equal in measure, according to its own axis; and he guides the winds around the air and the stream. Then, as if paraphrasing the words, "The heaven is my throne, and the earth is the footstool of my feet," he adds: And he himself is again fixed upon the great heaven on a golden throne; and the earth stands beneath his feet. And he has stretched out his right hand to the limits of Ocean; and the base of the mountains trembles within from his wrath, and cannot bear his mighty strength. And he is everywhere, himself celestial, and on earth he brings all things to an end, having himself the beginning, the middle, and the end. It is not lawful for you to speak otherwise; my limbs tremble in my mind. He rules from on high, and also over these things. For through these words he has revealed all those prophetic sayings: "If he should open the heaven, trembling will seize you; and from you mountains will melt, as wax melts from the face of fire," and those through Isaiah: "Who measured the heaven with a span and the whole earth with a fist?" Again, when he says:
αἰθέρος ἠδ' Ἀΐδου, πόντου γαίης τε τύραννε, ὃς βρονταῖς σείεις βριαρὸν δόμον Οὐλύμποιο, δαίμονες ὃν φρίσσουσι, θεῶν δὲ δέδοικεν ὅμιλος, ᾧ Μοῖραι πείθονται, ἀμείλικτοί περ ἐοῦσαι· ἄφθιτε, μητροπάτωρ, οὗ θυμῷ πάντα δονεῖται, ὃς κινεῖς ἀνέμους, νεφέλῃσι δὲ πάντα καλύπτεις, πρηστῆρσι σχίζων πλατὺν αἰθέρα. σὴ μὲν ἐν ἄστροις τάξις ἀναλλάκτοισιν ἐφημοσύναισι τρέχουσα· σῷ δὲ θρόνῳ πυρόεντι παρεστᾶσιν πολύμοχθοι ἄγγελοι, οἷσι μέμηλε βροτοῖς ὡς πάντα τελεῖται· σὸν μὲν ἔαρ λάμπει νέον ἄνθεσι πορφυρέοισι· σὸς χειμών, ψυχραῖσιν ἐπερχόμενος νεφέλαισι, σάς ποτε βακχευτὴς Βρόμιος διένειμεν ὀπώρας· εἶτα ἐπιφέρει, ῥητῶς παντοκράτορα ὀνομάζων τὸν θεόν· ἄφθιτον, ἀθάνατον, ῥητὸν μόνον ἀθανάτοισιν. ἐλθέ, μέγιστε θεῶν πάντων, κρατερῇ σὺν ἀνάγκῃ, φρικτός, ἀήττητος, μέγας, ἄφθιτος, ὃν στέφει αἰθήρ. διὰ μὲν οὖν τοῦ «μητροπάτωρ» οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων γένεσιν ἐμήνυσεν, ἐνδέδωκε δὲ ἀφορμὰς τοῖς τὰς προβολὰς εἰσάγουσι τάχα καὶ σύζυγον νοῆσαι τοῦ θεοῦ· παραφράζει δὲ ἐκείνας τὰς προφητικὰς γραφάς, τήν τε διὰ Ὠσηέ· «Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ στερεῶν βροντὴν καὶ κτίζων πνεῦμα, οὗ αἱ χεῖρες τὴν στρατιὰν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐθεμελίωσαν» καὶ τὴν διὰ Μωσέως· «Ἴδετε ἴδετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς ἕτερος πλὴν ἐμοῦ. ἐγὼ ἀποκτενῶ καὶ ζῆν ποιήσω· πατάξω κἀγὼ ἰάσομαι. καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἐξελεῖται ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν μου.» αὐτὸς δ' ἐξ ἀγαθοῖο κακὸν θνητοῖσι φυτεύει καὶ πόλεμον κρυόεντα, κατὰ τὸν Ὀρφέα. τοιαῦτα καὶ ὁ Πάριος Ἀρχίλοχος λέγει· ὦ Ζεῦ, σὸν μὲν οὐρανοῦ κράτος, σὺ δ' ἔργα ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους ὁρᾷς λεωργά τε καὶ ἀθέμιστα.
Of Aether and Hades, of sea and earth you are tyrant, who with thunder shakes the mighty house of Olympus, whom daimons dread and the company of gods fears, to whom the Moirai, though implacable, are obedient; imperishable, mother-father, by whose wrath all is shaken, who stirs the winds, and covers all with clouds, cleaving the broad aether with thunderbolts. Your order runs among the stars with unchangeable decrees; and by your fiery throne stand toiling angels, who care that all is accomplished for mortals; your spring shines new with purple flowers; your winter, coming with cold clouds; your Bacchic Bromius once distributed the fruits. Then he adds, expressly naming the god pantokrator: imperishable, immortal, known only to the immortals. Come, greatest of all gods, with strong necessity, fearful, unconquered, great, imperishable, whom aether crowns. Now through the term "mother-father" he indicated not only generation from non-being, but also gave occasion to those who introduce projections perhaps to conceive of a consort of the god; and he paraphrases those prophetic writings, both that through Hosea: "Behold, I am strengthening thunder and creating wind, whose hands laid the foundation of the host of heaven," and that through Moses: "See, see that I am, and there is no other god besides me. I will kill and make alive; I will strike and I will heal. And there is none who will deliver from my hands." But he himself plants evil from good for mortals and chilling war, according to Orpheus. Such things also the Parian Archilochus says: O Zeus, yours is the power of heaven, but you look upon deeds among men, both reckless and lawless.
πάλιν ἡμῖν ᾀσάτω ὁ Θρᾴκιος Ὀρφεύς· χεῖρα δὲ δεξιτερὴν ἐπὶ τέρματος Ὠκεανοῖο πάντοθεν ἐκτέτακεν· γαίη δ' ὑπὸ ποσσὶ βέβηκε. ταῦτα ἐμφανῶς ἐκεῖθεν εἴληπται· «Κύριος σώσει πόλεις κατοικουμένας καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην καταλήψεται τῇ χειρί, ὡς νοσσιάν, κύριος ὁ ποιήσας τὴν γῆν ἐν τῇ ἰσχύϊ αὐτοῦ,» ὥς φησιν Ἱερεμίας, «καὶ ἀνορθώσας τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ.» ἔτι πρὸς τοῖσδε Φωκυλίδης μὲν τοὺς ἀγγέλους δαίμονας καλῶν, τοὺς μὲν εἶναι ἀγαθοὺς αὐτῶν, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους διὰ τούτων παρίστησιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀποστάτας τινὰς παρειλήφαμεν· ἀλλ' ἄρα δαίμονές εἰσιν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν ἄλλοτε ἄλλοι, οἱ μὲν ἐπερχομένου κακὸν ἀνέρος ἐκλύσασθαι. καλῶς οὖν καὶ Φιλήμων ὁ κωμικὸς τὴν εἰδωλολατρίαν ἐκκόπτει διὰ τούτων· οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν οὐδεμία Τύχη θεός, οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ ταὐτόματον ὃ γίγνεται ὡς ἔτυχεν ἑκάστῳ,
προσαγορεύεται Τύχη. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ὁ τραγῳδοποιός· οὐδὲ θεοῖσι λέγει αὐθαίρετα πάντα πέλονται νόσφι Διός· κεῖνος γὰρ ἔχει τέλος ἠδὲ καὶ ἀρχήν· ὅ τε Ὀρφεύς· ἓν κράτος, εἷς δαίμων γένετο, μέγας οὐρανὸς αἴθων, ἓν δὲ τὰ πάντα τέτυκται, ἐν ᾧ τάδε πάντα κυκλεῖται, πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις. Πίνδαρος δὲ ὁ μελοποιὸς οἷον ἐκβακχεύεται ἄντικρυς εἰπεῖν· τί θεός; ὅ τι τὸ πᾶν καὶ πάλιν· θεὸς ὁ πάντα τεύχων βροτοῖς. ἐπὰν δὲ εἴπῃ· τί ἔλπεαι σοφίαν ὀλίγον τοι ἀνὴρ ὑπὲρ ἀνδρὸς ἔχειν; τὰ θεῶν βουλεύματα ἐρευνᾶσαι βροτέᾳ φρενὶ δύσκολον· θνατᾶς δ' ἀπὸ ματρὸς ἔφυ. ἐκεῖθεν ἔσπακε τὴν διάνοιαν· «Τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου; ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ;» ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἡσίοδος δι' ὧν γράφει συνᾴδει τοῖς προειρημένοις·
Again let the Thracian Orpheus sing for us: his right hand is stretched out at the limit of Ocean from all sides, and the earth stands beneath his feet. These things are manifestly taken from there: "The Lord will save inhabited cities and will seize the whole inhabited world with his hand, as a nest, the Lord who made the earth in his strength," as Jeremiah says, "and set upright the inhabited world in his wisdom." Further, in addition to these things, Phocylides, calling the angels daimons, represents some of them as good, others as base through these words, since we too have received that some are apostates: "But daimons are over men, different at different times, some to ward off the evil of a man that is coming." Well then, Philemon the comic poet also cuts out idolatry through these words: "There is for us no Tyche as a god, there is not, but it is the spontaneous that happens as it chances to each, which is called Tyche." And Sophocles the tragedian: "Not even to the gods do all things happen of their own will apart from Zeus; for he has the end and also the beginning." And Orpheus: "One power, one daimon came to be, the great blazing heaven, and one thing all things are made, in which all these things revolve, fire and water and earth and the things upon them." And Pindar the lyric poet, as if inspired, says outright: "What is god? That which is the all." And again: "God, who makes all things for mortals." And when he says: "Why do you expect that a man has wisdom a little more than another man? To search out the plans of the gods with a mortal mind is difficult; he was born from a mortal mother." From there he drew the thought: "Who has known the mind of the Lord? Or who is his counselor?" But also Hesiod, through what he writes, agrees with what has been said before.
μάντις δ' οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐπιχθονίων ἀνθρώπων, ὅστις ἂν εἰδείη Ζηνὸς νόον αἰγιόχοιο. εἰκότως ἄρα Σόλων ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ἐν ταῖς ἐλεγείαις, καὶ αὐτὸς κατακολουθήσας Ἡσιόδῳ, πάμπαν δ' ἀθανάτων ἀφανὴς νόος ἀνθρώποισι γράφει. Πάλιν τοῦ Μωσέως εἰς μόχθους καὶ πόνους διὰ τὴν παράβασιν τέξεσθαι τὴν γυναῖκα προφητεύσαντος ποιητής τις οὐκ ἄσημος γράφει· οὐδέ ποτ' ἦμαρ παύσονται καμάτου καὶ ὀϊζύος οὐδέ τι νύκτωρ στεινόμενοι· χαλεπὰς δὲ θεοὶ δώσουσι μερίμνας. ἔτι Ὅμηρος μὲν εἰπών· αὐτὸς δὲ χρύσεια πατὴρ ἐτίταινε τάλαντα δίκαιον τὸν θεὸν μηνύει. Μένανδρος δὲ ὁ κωμικὸς ἀγαθὸν ἑρμηνεύων τὸν θεόν φησιν· ἅπαντι δαίμων ἀνδρὶ συμπαρίσταται εὐθὺς γενομένῳ μυσταγωγὸς τοῦ βίου ἀγαθός· κακὸν γὰρ δαίμονα οὐ νομιστέον εἶναι, βίον βλάπτοντα χρηστόν· εἶτα ἐπιφέρει· ἅπαντα δ' ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὸν θεόν, ἤτοι πάντα θεὸν ἀγαθὸν λέγων ἤ, ὅπερ καὶ μᾶλλον, ἐν πᾶσι τὸν θεὸν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι. Πάλιν αὖ Αἰσχύλος μὲν ὁ τραγῳδοποιὸς τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ παρατιθέμενος οὐκ ὀκνεῖ καὶ ὕψιστον αὐτὸν προσαγορεύειν διὰ τούτων· χώριζε θνητῶν τὸν θεὸν καὶ μὴ δόκει ὅμοιον αὑτῷ σάρκινον καθεστάναι. οὐκ οἶσθά γ' αὐτόν. ποτὲ μὲν ὡς πῦρ φαίνεται, ἄπλατος ὁρμῇ, ποτὲ δ' ὕδωρ, ποτὲ γνόφος καὶ θηρσὶν αὐτὸς γίνεται παρεμφερής, ἀνέμῳ νεφέλῃ τε καὶ ἀστραπῇ, βροντῇ, βροχῇ. ὑπηρετεῖ δ' αὐτῷ θάλασσα καὶ πέτραι καὶ πᾶσα πηγὴ καὶ ὕδατος συστήματα· τρέμει δ' ὄρη καὶ γαῖα καὶ πελώριος βυθὸς θαλάσσης καὶ ὀρέων ὕψος ἐπὶ μέγα, ἐπὰν ἐπιβλέψῃ γοργὸν ὄμμα δεσπότου· πάντα δυνατὴ γὰρ δόξα ὑψίστου θεοῦ.
No mortal man is a seer who would know the mind of aegis-bearing Zeus. Reasonably, then, Solon the Athenian in his elegies, himself following Hesiod, writes: "The mind of the immortals is wholly invisible to men." Again, when Moses prophesied that the woman would give birth to toils and labors because of the transgression, some not obscure poet writes: "They will never cease from toil and misery, nor by night will they cease groaning; the gods will give grievous cares." Further, Homer, having said: "The father himself stretched the golden scales," indicates that the god is just. And Menander the comic poet, interpreting the god as good, says: "A spirit stands by every man immediately at birth, a good guide of life; for one must not consider that there is an evil spirit harming a good life." Then he adds: "The god is entirely good," meaning either that every god is good, or, which is more likely, that the god is good in all things. Again, Aeschylus the tragedian, setting forth the power of the god, does not hesitate to address him as "Most High" in these words: "Separate the god from mortals and do not think him similar to yourself, made of flesh. You do not know him. Sometimes he appears as fire, irresistible in force, sometimes as water, sometimes as darkness, and he himself becomes like beasts, like wind, cloud, and lightning, thunder, rain. The sea and rocks and every spring and body of water serve him; mountains and earth and the vast depth of the sea and the great height of mountains tremble when the master's fierce eye looks upon them; for the glory of the Most High God is all-powerful.
ἆρ' οὐ δοκεῖ σοι ἐκεῖνο παραφράζειν τὸ «Ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τρέμει ἡ γῆ;» Ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ μαντικώτατος Ἀπόλλων, μαρτυρῶν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγειν ἀναγκάζεται περὶ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς, ἡνίκα ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἐστράτευον οἱ Μῆδοι, ὡς ἐδεῖτό τε καὶ ἱκέτευε τὸν Δία περὶ τῆς Ἀττικῆς. ἔχει δὲ ὧδε ὁ χρησμός· οὐ δύναται Παλλὰς Δί' Ὀλύμπιον ἐξιλάσασθαι, λισσομένη πολλοῖσι λόγοις καὶ μήτιδι πυκνῇ. πολλοὺς δ' ἀθανάτων νηοὺς μαλερῷ πυρὶ δώσει, οἵ που νῦν ἱδρῶτι ῥεεύμενοι ἑστήκασι, δείματι παλλόμενοι, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις. Θεαρίδας δὲ ἐν τῷ Περὶ φύσεως γράφει· «Ἁ ἀρχὰ τῶν ὄντων, ἀρχὰ μὲν ὄντως ἀληθινά, μία· κείνα γὰρ ἐν ἀρχᾷ τέ ἐστιν ἓν καὶ μόνον» οὐδέ τίς ἐσθ' ἕτερος χωρὶς μεγάλου βασιλῆος Ὀρφεὺς λέγει· ᾧ πειθόμενος ὁ κωμικὸς Δίφιλος γνωμικώτατα τὸν ὄντα πάντων φησί πατέρα, τοῦτον διὰ τέλους τίμα, μόνον ἀγαθῶν τοσούτων εὑρετὴν καὶ κτίστορα. εἰκότως τοίνυν καὶ Πλάτων ἐθίζει «τὰς βελτίστας φύσεις ἀφικνεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸ μάθημα, ὃ ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν ἔφαμεν εἶναι μέγιστον, ἰδεῖν τε τἀγαθὸν καὶ ἀναβῆναι ἐκείνην τὴν ἀνάβασιν.» «τοῦτο δή, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐκ ὀστράκου ἂν εἴη περιστροφή, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς περιαγωγὴ ἐκ νυκτερινῆς τινος ἡμέρας εἰς ἀληθινὴν τοῦ ὄντος οὖσαν ἐπάνοδον, ἣν δὴ φιλοσοφίαν ἀληθῆ φήσομεν εἶναι,» καὶ τοὺς ταύτης μετασχόντας τοῦ χρυσοῦ γένους κρίνει, «Ἐστὲ μὲν δὴ πάντες ἀδελφοὶ» λέγων· οἱ δὲ τοῦ χρυσοῦ γένους ἀκριβέστατα καὶ πάντη εἰσί. τοῦ πατρὸς ἄρα καὶ ποιητοῦ συμπάντων ἐμφύτως καὶ ἀδιδάκτως ἀντιλαμβάνεται πάντα πρὸς πάντων, τὰ μὲν ἄψυχα
Does it not seem to you that this paraphrases the saying, "The earth trembles before the face of the Lord"? In addition to these things, the most prophetic Apollo, bearing witness to the glory of God, is compelled to speak concerning Athena, when the Medes were marching against Greece, that she begged and supplicated Zeus concerning Attica. The oracle runs thus: Pallas cannot appease Olympian Zeus, beseeching him with many words and subtle counsel. Many temples of the immortals will she give to devouring fire, which now stand streaming with sweat, quaking with fear, and so forth. Thearidas, in his On Nature, writes: "The beginning of beings, the beginning truly real, is one; for that in the beginning is one and alone." And Orpheus says: "Nor is there any other apart from the great king." The comic poet Diphilus, persuaded by him, says in most sententious terms: "Honor the father of all that is, through to the end, the sole discoverer and creator of such goods." Reasonably, then, Plato also habituates "the best natures to arrive at the study which we earlier said was the greatest, to see the good and to make that ascent." "This, as it seems, would not be the turning of a potsherd, but a turning around of the soul from a kind of night-day to the true return to that which is, which indeed we will affirm to be true philosophy," and he judges those who have partaken of this to be of the golden race, saying, "You are all indeed brothers"; and those of the golden race are most precise and complete. Therefore, the father and maker of all is innately and without instruction apprehended by all, by all things, the inanimate
συμπαθοῦντα τῷ ζῴῳ, τῶν δὲ ἐμψύχων τὰ μὲν ἤδη ἀθάνατα καθ' ἡμέραν ἐργαζόμενα, τῶν δ' ἔτι θνητῶν τὰ μὲν ἐν φόβῳ καὶ διὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῶν ἔτι κατὰ γαστρὸς ὀχούμενα, τὰ δὲ αὐτεξουσίῳ λογισμῷ. καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πάντες Ἕλληνές τε καὶ βάρβαροι, γένος δ' οὐδὲν οὐδαμοῦ τῶν γεωργούντων οὔτε νομάδων, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τῶν πολιτικῶν δύναται ζῆν μὴ προκατειλημμένον τῇ τοῦ κρείττονος πίστει. διὸ πᾶν μὲν ἔθνος ἑῷον, πᾶν δὲ ἑσπερίων ἁπτόμενον ᾐόνων βόρειόν τε καὶ τὰ πρὸς τῷ νότῳ πάντα μίαν ἔχει καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν πρόληψιν περὶ τοῦ καταστησαμένου τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, εἴ γε καὶ τὰ καθολικώτατα τῶν ἐνεργημάτων αὐτοῦ διαπεφοίτηκεν ἐπ' ἴσης πάντα. Πολὺ δὲ πλέον οἱ παρ' Ἕλλησι πολυπράγμονες φιλόσοφοι, ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου ὁρμώμενοι φιλοσοφίας, τῷ ἀοράτῳ καὶ μόνῳ καὶ δυνατωτάτῳ καὶ τεχνικωτάτῳ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων καλλίστων αἰτιωτάτῳ τὴν προνομίαν ἔδωκαν, τὰ ἀκόλουθα τούτοις, εἰ μὴ κατηχηθεῖεν πρὸς ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι, ἀλλ' οὐδ' αὐτὸν ὅπως νοεῖσθαι πέφυκε τὸν θεόν, μόνον δέ, ὡς ἤδη πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν, κατὰ περίφρασιν ἀληθῆ.» Τοσαῦτα καὶ ὁ Κλήμης. ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ διὰ μακροτέρων ἡμῖν ἡ κατὰ Πλάτωνα παρέστη φιλοσοφία συνῳδὸς οὖσα κατὰ πλεῖστα τοῖς Ἑβραίων δόγμασιν ἐφ' οἷς καὶ ἀγάμεθα τὸν ἄνδρα τῆς τε συνέσεως καὶ τῆς ἄλλης τοῦ ἀληθοῦς εὐγνωμοσύνης, ὥρα ἐπιθεωρῆσαι τίνα ταῦτ' εἶναί φαμεν ἐφ' ὧν οὐκέθ' ὁμοίως περὶ αὐτὸν διακείμεθα, τὴν δὲ νενομισμένην βάρβαρον τῆς κατ' αὐτὸν προτιμῶμεν φιλοσοφίας.
feeling compassion for the animal; and of living beings, some already work daily as immortal, while others, still mortal, are carried in fear and through their mother still in the womb, and others by self-determined reason. And of men, all Greeks and barbarians, no race anywhere of farmers or nomads, nor even of city-dwellers, can live without being first seized by faith in the superior being. Therefore every eastern nation, and every one touching the western shores, northern and all those toward the south, have one and the same preconception about the one who established the rule, since even the most universal of his works have permeated all equally. Much more so the inquisitive philosophers among the Greeks, starting from barbarian philosophy, gave the privilege to the invisible, alone, most powerful, most skillful, and most responsible for the other best things, not knowing the consequences of these, unless they were instructed by us, nor even how God is naturally conceived, but only, as we have often said, by periphrasis true." So much also from Clement. But since at greater length the philosophy according to Plato has been presented to us as being in harmony in very many respects with the doctrines of the Hebrews, for which we also admire the man for his intelligence and his other good judgment of the truth, it is time to consider what these things are concerning which we are no longer similarly disposed toward him, but prefer the reputed barbarian philosophy over his own.
ιδʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΠΑΝΤΑ ΕΠΙΤΥΧΩΣ ΕΙΡΗΤΑΙ ΤΩΙ ΠΛΑΤΩΝΙ· ΔΙΟ ΟΥΚ ΑΛΟΓΩΣ ΤΗΝ ΚΑΤ' ΑΥΤΟΝ ΠΑΡΗΙΤΗΜΕΘΑ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΙΑΝ Τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια, θεοπρόπια καὶ χρησμοὺς θείας, ᾗ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, δυνάμεως περιέχοντα θεόν τε αὐθέντην ἐπιγραφόμενα καὶ πιστούμενά γε τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν διὰ τῆς τῶν μελλόντων προρρήσεως διά τε τῶν συμφώνων τοῖς θεσπίσμασιν ἀποτελεσμάτων, πάσης λέγεται διεψευσμένης διανοίας ἐκτὸς τυγχάνειν. τὰ γοῦν «θεῖα λόγια ἁγνὰ καὶ ἀργύριον πεπυρωμένον, δοκίμιον τῇ γῇ, κεκαθαρισμένον ἑπταπλασίως» ἀνείρηται. ἀλλ' οὐ καὶ τὰ Πλάτωνος τοιαῦτα οὐδὲ μὴν ἑτέρου του τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις σοφῶν, οἳ θνητῆς διανοίας ὄμμασιν ἐπικήροις τε στοχασμοῖς καὶ εἰκασίαις, ὄναρ ὥσπερ, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὕπαρ, τῆς τῶν ὄντων φύσεως ἐπὶ φαντασίαν ἐλθόντες πολὺ τὸ κρᾶμα τοῦ ψεύδους τῷ τῆς φύσεως ἀληθεῖ συνεπηνέγκαντο, ὡς σὲ μὴ ἀνευρεῖν ἀπάτης καθαρὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς μάθημα. αὐτίκα γοῦν βραχύ τι τῆς φιλαυτίας εἰ ἐθελήσαις ὑφεῖναι καὶ φῶς αὐτὸ δυνάμει λογικῆς οὐσίας ἐπιθεωρῆσαι, γνοίης ἂν τὸν θαυμάσιον φιλόσοφον αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον, τὸν δὴ μόνον πάντων Ἑλλήνων ἀληθείας προθύρων ψαύσαντα, ὕλῃ φθαρτῇ καὶ ξοάνοις βαναύσων χερσὶν εἰς ἀνδρείκελον σχῆμα κατεσκευασμένοις τὴν τῶν θεῶν προσηγορίαν καταισχύνοντα καὶ μετὰ τὸ μέγα τῆς μεγαλοφωνίας ὕψος, δι' ἧς τὸν πατέρα καὶ δημιουργὸν εἰδέναι τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς διετείνατο, ἄνωθέν ποθεν ἐξ ὑπερκοσμίων ἁψίδων εἰς τὸν κατωτάτω βυθὸν τῆς θεομισοῦς εἰδωλολατρίας τῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ἀθηναίων συνωθούμενον·
14. That Not All Things Have Been Said Successfully by Plato: For Which Reason We Have Not Unreasonably Rejected His Philosophy. The oracles of the Hebrews, divine prophecies and oracles of God, containing power according to human capacity, and inscribed with God as author, and confirmed in their promise through the prediction of future events and through the outcomes consistent with the prophecies, are said to be free from any false intention. Indeed, the "divine oracles are pure and like refined silver, a touchstone for the earth, purified sevenfold." But not so the works of Plato, nor of any other among human sages, who, with the eyes of mortal understanding and with perishable conjectures and probabilities, as if in a dream rather than in waking reality, having come to a perception of the nature of beings, have brought with them a great admixture of falsehood to the truth of nature, so that you cannot find in them a teaching pure of deceit. For instance, if you were willing to yield a little of your self-love and to contemplate light itself by the power of rational substance, you would recognize that this wonderful philosopher himself, the one who alone among the Greeks touched the portals of truth, dishonors the name of the gods with perishable matter and with images shaped by vulgar hands into the form of a man, and that after the great height of his lofty eloquence, by which he insisted on knowing the father and creator of this universe, he is driven down from somewhere above, from the supercosmic vaults, into the lowest depth of god-hated idolatry, together with the populace of the Athenians.
ὡς μὴ διατρέπεσθαι τὸν Σωκράτην καταβῆναι φάντα εἰς Πειραιᾶ προσευξόμενον τῇ θεῷ καὶ τὴν βάρβαρον ἑορτὴν τοὺς πολίτας τότε πρῶτον ἐπιτελοῦντας θεασόμενον καὶ τὸν ἀλεκτρυόνα τῷ Ἀσκληπιῷ θῦσαι ὁμολογοῦντα προστάξαι τόν τε πάτριον Ἑλλήνων ἐξηγητήν, τὸν ἐγκαθήμενον Δελφοῖς δαίμονα, θειά13.14.4 ζοντα. διὸ καὶ εἰκότως τῆς ἀφιλοσόφου πληθύος τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς δεισιδαίμονος πλάνης ἐπιγράψαιτο ἄν. ἀνάλαβε γοῦν σμικρὸν ἄνωθεν τὸν λόγον καὶ θέα, οἷά σοι ὁ πάνσοφος μετὰ τὰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ ἀφθάρτους
ἰδέας καὶ μετὰ θεὸν πρῶτον καὶ δεύτερον αἴτιον καὶ μετὰ νοερὰς καὶ ἀθανάτους οὐσίας περὶ τῆς πανδήμου δόξης ἐνομοθέτει, λέγων· «Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων δαιμόνων εἰπεῖν καὶ γνῶναι τὴν γένεσιν μεῖζον ἢ καθ' ἡμᾶς, πειστέον δὲ τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν ἔμπροσθεν, ἐγγόνοις μὲν θεῶν οὖσιν, ὡς ἔφασαν, σαφῶς γέ που τοὺς ἑαυτῶν προγόνους εἰδότων. ἀδύνατον οὖν θεῶν παισὶν ἀπιστεῖν, καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων λέγουσιν, ἀλλ' ὡς οἰκεῖα φασκόντων ἀπαγγέλλειν ἑπομένους τῷ νόμῳ πιστευτέον. οὕτως οὖν κατ' ἐκείνους ἡμῖν ἡ γένεσις περὶ τούτων τῶν θεῶν ἐχέτω καὶ λεγέσθω· Γῆς τε καὶ Οὐρανοῦ παῖδες Ὠκεανός τε καὶ Τηθὺς ἐγενέσθην, τούτων δὲ Φόρκυς Κρόνος τε καὶ Ῥέα, ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ῥέας Ζεὺς Ἥρα τε καὶ πάντες ὅσουἴσμεν πάντας ἀδελφοὺς λεγομένους αὐτῶν, ἔτι τε τούτων ἄλλους ἐγγόνους.» Διὰ δὴ ταῦτα ἀπολειπτέος ἡμῖν ὁ φιλόσοφος, οὐ κατὰ φιλόσοφον οὐδ' αὐτὸς αὑτῷ συμφώνως τὰς μυθικὰς τῶν ποιητῶν γενεαλογίας καθυποκρινάμενος. αὐτοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἦν ἀκοῦσαι φάντος ἐν Πολιτείᾳ τάδε·
so that Socrates is not prevented from going down to the Piraeus to pray to the goddess and to see the citizens then for the first time celebrating the barbarian festival, and from ordering that a cock be sacrificed to Asclepius, as he confesses, and also the ancestral interpreter of the Greeks, the demon seated at Delphi, who delivers oracles. For this reason one might justly attribute the cause of superstitious error to the unphilosophical multitude. Take up the argument again a little from the beginning and see what your all-wise philosopher, after his incorporeal and imperishable ideas, after the first and second cause after god, after the intellectual and immortal substances, legislates concerning popular opinion, saying: "But to speak of the other demons and to know their generation is too great for us; we must trust those who have spoken before, who were descendants of gods, as they said, clearly knowing their own ancestors. It is impossible to disbelieve the children of gods, even if they speak without probable and necessary proofs, but as they claim to report their own affairs, we must follow the law and believe. So then, according to them, let the generation of these gods be as follows and be told: Ocean and Tethys were children of Earth and Heaven, and from them Phorcys, Cronus, and Rhea, and from Cronus and Rhea, Zeus, Hera, and all those whom we know as their brothers, and still other descendants of these." For these reasons we must abandon the philosopher, since he, not in a philosophical manner nor consistently with himself, has feigned the mythical genealogies of the poets. For one might have heard him saying in the Republic as follows:
«Ἐν τοῖς μείζοσιν, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, μύθοις ὀψόμεθα καὶ τοὺς ἐλάττους. δεῖ γὰρ δὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τύπον εἶναι καὶ ταὐτὸν δύνασθαι τούς τε μείζους καὶ τοὺς ἐλάττους· ἢ οὐκ οἴει; Ἔγωγε, ἔφη· ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐννοῶ οὐδὲ τοὺς μείζους τίνας λέγεις. Οὓς Ἡσίοδός τε καὶ Ὅμηρος, εἶπον, ἡμῖν ἐλεγέτην καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ποιηταί.οὗτοι γάρ που μύθους ψευδεῖς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συντιθέντες ἔλεγόν τε καὶ λέ13.14.7 γουσι,» τὰ μικρῷ πρόσθεν τεθειμένα. πάλιν τε αὐτοῦ ἦν καὶ τὰ δι' ὧν ἔφησεν· «Ἐξαλείψομεν ἄρα, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ἀπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ ἔπους ἀρξάμενοι πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα· βουλοίμην κ' ἐπάρουρος ἐὼν θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ» καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· δι' ὧν τε ἐπιλέγει· «Πάλιν δὴ Ὁμήρου δεησόμεθα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ποιητῶν μὴ ποιεῖν Ἀχιλλέα, θεᾶς παῖδα, ἄλλοτ' ἐπὶ πλευρὰς κατακείμενον, ἄλλοτε δ' αὖτε ὕπτιον» καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑπόμενα. οἷς ἐπάγει· «Ἢ Δία καθευδόντων τῶν ἄλλων θεῶν τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων ὡς μόνος ἐγρηγορὼς ἃ ἐβουλεύσατο τούτων πάντων ῥᾳδίως ἐπιλαθόμενον διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀφροδισίων ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ οὕτως ἐκπλαγέντα ἰδόντα τὴν Ἥραν, ὥστε μηδ' εἰς τὸ δωμάτιον ἐθέλειν ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλ' αὐτοῦ βουλόμενον χαμαὶ συγγίνεσθαι» κορύδου δίκην· «καὶ λέγοντα ὡς οὕτως ὑπὸ ἐπιθυμίας ἔχεται, ὡς οὐδὲ ὅτε πρῶτον ἐφοίτων πρὸς ἀλλήλους, φίλους λήθοντε τοκῆας·
In the greater myths," I said, "we shall also see the lesser ones. For the same pattern must hold and the same power must be in both the greater and the lesser. Or do you not think so?" "I do," he said, "but I do not understand what you mean by the greater ones." "Those which Hesiod and Homer," I said, "told us, and the other poets. For these, composing false myths for men, spoke and still speak," the passages set forth a little earlier. And again there were his words through which he said: "Then we shall erase," I said, "beginning from this verse, all such things: 'I would rather be a serf bound to another man' and the rest," through which he adds: "Again we shall require of Homer and the other poets not to represent Achilles, the son of a goddess, sometimes lying on his side, sometimes on his back," and what follows these. To which he adds: "Or Zeus, while the other gods and men slept, as though alone awake, easily forgetting all that he had planned because of the desire for sexual intercourse, and so struck at the sight of Hera that he did not even wish to go to the bedchamber but wanted to have intercourse with her on the ground," like a lark, "and saying that he was seized by desire as not even when they first consorted with each other, hiding from their parents.
οὐδὲ Ἄρεός τε καὶ Ἀφροδίτης ὑπὸ Ἡφαίστου δεσμὸν δι' ἕτερα τοιαῦτα.»13.14.10 Ὧν τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον εἰρημένων τί δῆτα βούλεται αὐτῷ ἡ μετὰ ταῦτα φωνὴ τοὺς μὲν ποιητὰς θεῶν παῖδας ὀνομάζουσα καὶ τό γε ἀπιστεῖν αὐτοῖς ἀδύνατον εἶναι φήσασα, καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων αὐτοὺς ἀπο13.14.11 δείξεων τοὺς περὶ θεῶν μύθους πλάσαι μαρτυραμένη; τί δὲ ἡ ἄλογος ἐθέλει πίστις, δέει τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν νόμων τιμωρίας προβεβλημένη; πῶς δὲ θεῶν Οὐρανὸς καὶ Γῆ πρῶτοι, ἔπειτα τούτων ἔγγονοι, Ὠκεανὸς καὶ Τηθὺς Κρόνος τε καὶ Ῥέα, καὶ Ζεὺς μετὰ τούτους ἅπαντας Ἥρα τε καὶ πάντεςοἱ πρὸς Ὁμήρου καὶ Ἡσιόδου μυθευόμενοι παῖδες καὶ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ ἔγγονοι τούτων, ὁπότε ταῦτα αὐτὰ ἀνῄρει λέγων· «Ὅπερ, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, χρὴ πρῶτον καὶ μάλιστα μέμφεσθαι, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐάν τις μὴ καλῶς ψεύδηται. Τί τοῦτο; Ὅταν εἰκάζῃ τις κακῶς τῷ λόγῳ περὶ θεῶν τε καὶ ἡρώων, οἷοί εἰσιν, ὥσπερ γραφεὺς μηδὲν ἐοικότα γράφων οἷς ἂν ὅμοια βουληθῇ γράψαι.» Καὶ πάλιν· «Πρῶτον μέν, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, τὸ μέγιστον καὶ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων ψεῦδος ὁ εἰπὼν οὐ καλῶς ἐψεύσατο, ὡς Οὐρανός τε εἰργάσατο, ἅ φησι δρᾶσαι αὐτὸν Ἡσίοδος, ὅ τε αὖ Κρόνος ὡς ἐτιμωρήσατο αὐτόν» καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑξῆς. πῶς δὲ οἱ νῦν ψευδεῖς καὶ οὐκ ἀληθεῖς ποιηταὶ πάλιν οἱ αὐτοὶ θεῶν ἔγγονοι λέγοιντ' ἄν; ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων δὴ χάριν ἀπολειπτέος μὲν ἡμῖν οὗτος, δέει θανάτου τὸν Ἀθηναίων δῆμον καθυποκρινάμενος· τιμητέος δὲ Μωσῆς τά τε Ἑβραίων λόγια καθαρᾶς ἐξεχόμενα διόλου τῆς μόνης ἀληθοῦς καὶ ἀπλανοῦς εὐσεβείας. θέα δὴ
nor the binding of Ares and Aphrodite by Hephaestus for such other reasons." 13.14.10 When these things have been said in this manner, what then does he mean by the subsequent statement that calls the poets children of the gods and asserts that it is impossible to disbelieve them, even though he testifies that they fabricated the myths about the gods without plausible and necessary demonstrations? 13.14.11 And what does the irrational faith, put forward out of fear of punishment from the laws, intend? And how are Uranus and the Earth first among the gods, and then their descendants, Oceanus and Tethys, Cronus and Rhea, and Zeus after all of them, and Hera and all those who are mythologized by Homer and Hesiod as their children and brothers and descendants, when he himself refuted these very things by saying: "This, I said, is what one must first and foremost blame, especially if someone does not lie well. What is this? When one represents badly in speech concerning gods and heroes, what they are like, just as a painter paints things that are not at all like what he intended to paint." And again: "First, I said, the greatest and most important falsehood, and the one who spoke it did not lie well, is that Uranus did what Hesiod says he did, and that Cronus took vengeance on him," and so forth. How then could the same poets, now false and not truthful, again be called descendants of the gods? But for these reasons, we must abandon this man, who feigned the Athenian populace out of fear of death; and we must honor Moses and the oracles of the Hebrews, which throughout adhere purely to the only true and unerring piety. Behold then
καὶ ἄλλο.
ιεʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΚΑΘΟΛΟΥ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΟΡΘΩΣ ΤΟΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΝΟΗΤΩΝ ΟΥΣΙΩΝ ΕΦΩΔΕΥΣΕ ΛΟΓΟΝ Ἑβραῖοι τὴν μέσην τῶν λογικῶν φύσιν γενητήν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀγένητον εἶναί φασι. ταύτην δὲ εἰς νοερὰς οὐσίας διαιροῦντες τῷ λόγῳ πνεύματα καὶ δυνάμεις καὶ θεοῦ λειτουργοὺς ἀγγέλους τε καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους ἐπονομάζουσιν· ἐκ δὲ τῆς τούτων ἀποπτώσεως καὶ παρατροπῆς τὸ δαιμόνων γένος καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῆς ἐναντίας καὶ μοχθηρᾶς ἐνεργείας εἶδος εἰσάγουσι. διόπερ οὐδὲ θεοὺς ἐπιτρέπουσιν ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς μὴ τὸ καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἀχώριστον τῆς φύσεως ἐπαγομένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ εἶναι οὐ παρ' ἑαυτῶν, παρὰ δὲ τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου ἐπενηνεγμένους τό τε εὖ εἶναι καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτό τε τὸ ἀθάνατον οὔτε τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ ὁμοίως οὔτε τῷ δι' οὗ τὰ πάντα συνέστη ἐπιφερομένους. ὁ δέ γε Πλάτων ἀσωμάτους μὲν καὶ νοητὰς οὐσίας τὰς λογικὰς φύσεις ὁμοίως Ἑβραίοις ὑφίστησι, διαπίπτει δὲ τῆς ἀκολουθίας, πρῶτον μὲν ἀγενήτους εἶναι φάσκων αὐτάς, ὥσπερ καὶ πᾶσαν ψυχήν, ἔπειτα ἐξ ἀπορροίας τῆς τοῦ πρώτου αἰτίου συστῆναι λέγων. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος αὐτὰς γεγονέναι διδόναι βούλεται. διὸ καὶ πλειόνων θεῶν ὑποτίθεται εἶναι γένος, ἀπορροίας τινὰς καὶ προβολὰς τοῦ πρώτου καὶ τοῦ δευτέρου αἰτίου τῷ λόγῳ ὑφιστάμενος, εἶναί τε ἀγαθὰς τὴν φύσιν οὐδαμῶς τε οἵας τε τῆς οἰκείας ἐκστῆναι ἀρετῆς, ἔνθεν αὐτοὺς καὶ θεοὺς εἶναι δοξάζει. τούτων δὲ ἕτερον εἶναι τὸ δαιμόνων φῦλον ἡγεῖται, φαυλότητος ὂν καὶ μοχθηρίας καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον τροπῆς δεκτικόν· ὧν τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθούς, τοὺς δὲ φαύ λους εἶναί τε καὶ ὀνομάζεσθαι.
And another.
15. That Plato did not at all correctly expound the doctrine concerning the intelligible substances. The Hebrews say that the intermediate class of rational natures is created, not uncreated. And dividing this by reason into intellectual substances, they name them spirits and powers and ministers of God, angels and archangels; and from the falling away and perversion of these they introduce the race of demons and every form of contrary and evil activity. For this reason they do not permit those who do not bring the good and the beautiful inseparable from their nature to be considered gods, but they bring from the cause of all things not only their being but also their well-being and virtue, and they do not bring immortality either like the God over all or like that through which all things were constituted. Now Plato, like the Hebrews, posits the rational natures as incorporeal and intelligible substances, but he falls away from consistency, first by asserting that they are uncreated, just as every soul is, and then by saying that they subsist from an effluence of the first cause. For he does not wish to grant that they have come into being from non-being. Hence he also supposes that there is a race of several gods, positing in theory certain effluences and projections of the first and second cause, and that they are good by nature and in no way capable of departing from their own virtue, whence he deems them to be gods. He considers the tribe of demons to be different from these, being receptive of baseness and wickedness and change for the worse; of these some are called good, others bad.
ταῦτα δὲ παρὰ τὰ Ἑβραίοις δοκοῦντα τοῦτον ὑποθέμενος τὸν τρόπον, οὐκ ἀποδίδωσιν ὁπόθεν ὑποστῆναι φάναι εἰκὸς τοὺς δαίμονας. ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ὕλης οὐδεὶς ἂν νοῦν ἔχων εἴποι· ἄλογος γὰρ αὕτη· λογικὰ δ' οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἐξ ἀλόγου τεχθείη, λογικοὶ δὲ οἱ δαίμονες. εἰ δ' ἐκ τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων ἀπορροίας οὗτοι, καὶ πῶς οὐ θεοὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ τοῖς γεγεννηκόσιν ἐξ ἴσου; πῶς δ' ἀγαθῆς οὔσης πηγῆς οὐχ ὅμοια καὶ τὰ παρ' αὐτῆς; κακίας δ' ἐν τοῖς δευτέροις ἡ βλάστη πόθεν ἐξέφυ τῆς ῥίζης ἄνωθεν ἐξ ἀγαθῶν καὶ δι' ἀγαθῶν ἰούσης; πῶς δ' ἂν γένοιτο πικρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ γλυκέος; εἰ δὲ δὴ σκότους παντὸς καὶ πικρίας πάσης χαλεπώτερον τὸ τῶν μοχθηρῶν δαιμόνων γένος, πῶς ἐξ ἀπορροίας λέγοιτ' ἂν τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων φύσεως; εἰ δὲ ἐκ τῆσδε ἦν, οὐδ' ἂν ἐτράπη τῆς οἰκείας λήξεως· εἰ δ' ἠλλοίωται, οὐδ' ἦν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπαθὴς τὴν φύσιν· εἰ δ' οὐ τοιάδε ἦν, καὶ πῶς θεοὶ εἶεν, εἰ δὴ φαύλης οἷοί τε εἰσὶ μετέχειν μοίρας; ἀλλ' εἰ μήτε τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων ἀπορροίας μηδ' αὖ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ὕλης εἶεν, ὥρα ἢ ἀγενήτους λέγειν καὶ πρὸς τῇ ἀγενήτῳ ὕλῃ τῶν σωμάτων τρίτον στῖφος λογικῶν ἀγενήτων ἀντιπαρατάττειν τῷ θεῷ οὐκέτι τε τὸν θεὸν πάντων εἶναι ποιητὴν καὶ δημιουργὸν τῶν ὅλων ἀποδιδόναι, ἢ τοῦθ' ὁμολογοῦντας καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα ποιεῖν αὐτὸν τοῖς Ἑβραίων συμφώνως ὁμολογεῖν λόγοις. τίνα δὲ οἵδε περὶ τῶνδε ἐκδιδάσκουσι;
Having set these things in this way contrary to the opinions of the Hebrews, he does not explain from what source it is reasonable to say that the daemons subsist. For no one of sound mind would say that they come from the matter of bodies, for that is irrational; but daemons are rational, and rational beings could never be born from the irrational. But if they come from the effluence of the higher beings, how are they not themselves gods equal to those who generated them? And how, when the source is good, are its products not similar? And from where did the shoot of vice in the secondary beings spring forth, if the root goes from above from good things and through good things? And how could bitter come from sweet? And if the race of wicked daemons is more difficult than all darkness and all bitterness, how could it be said to come from the effluence of the nature of the higher beings? And if it were from this, it would not have changed from its proper lot; but if it has been altered, it was not originally impassible in nature; and if it was not of such a nature, how could they be gods, if indeed they are capable of partaking of an evil portion? But if they are neither from the effluence of the higher beings nor from the matter of bodies, it is time either to say they are ungenerated and, along with the ungenerated matter of bodies, to array a third host of ungenerated rational beings against God, no longer representing God as the maker and creator of all things, or, acknowledging this, to confess in agreement with the words of the Hebrews that he makes even things that are not. And what do they know and teach concerning these matters?
τὴν μέσην τῶν λογικῶν φύσιν οὔτ' ἐκ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ὕλης οὔτ' ἐξ ἀπορροίας τῆς ἀγενήτου καὶ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἐχούσης οὐσίας ὑποστῆναί φασι, μὴ οὖσαν δὲ πρότερον δυνάμει δραστηρίῳ τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου γεγονέναι· ταύτη τε μὴ θεοὺς εἶναι μηδὲ κυρίως τῆσδε τῆς προσηγορίας ἠξιῶσθαι, ὅτι μηδὲ τὴν φύσιν ἰσοῦται τῷ πεποιηκότι μηδ' ἀχώριστον ὁμοίως τῷ θεῷ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφέλκεται τό τε τῷ καλῷ ἐναντίον ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ δέξοιτ' ἂν ὀλιγωρίᾳ τῆς περὶ τὸ κρεῖττον σχολῆς, ἣν αὐτὸς ἕκαστος αὑτῷ κατείργασται, τῆς οἰκείας ὁρμῆς τε καὶ γνώμης
πεφυκὼς κύριος. ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τῶνδε. μετίωμεν δὲ καὶ ἐφ' ἕτερον.
ι ʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΚΑΤΑ ΠΑΝΤΑ ΟΡΘΩΣ ΕΔΟΞΑΣΕ ΠΕΡΙ ΨΥΧΗΣ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ Ἑβραίοις ὁμοίως τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον ὑποθέμενος καὶ τῷ θεῷ ὁμοίαν αὐτὴν εἰπών, οὐκέτ' ἀκολούθως αὐτοῖς ποτε μὲν αὐτῆς τὴν οὐσίαν σύνθετον εἶναί φησιν, ὡς ἂν μέρος μέν τι ἐπαγομένης τῆς ἀμερίστου καὶ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐχούσης αἰτίας καὶ μέρος τῆς περὶ τὰ σώματα μεριστῆς φύσεως. λέγει δ' οὖν αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν ἐν Τιμαίῳ· «Ὁ δὲ καὶ γενέσει καὶ ἀρετῇ προτέραν καὶ πρεσβυτέραν ψυχὴν σώματος ὡς δεσπότιν καὶ ἄρξουσαν ἀρξομένου συνεστήσατο ἐκ τῶνδε καὶ τοιῷδε τρόπῳ· τῆς ἀμερίστου καὶ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐχούσης οὐσίας, καὶ τῆς αὖ περὶ τὰ σώματα γιγνομένης μεριστῆς, τρίτον δ' ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἐν μέσῳ συνεκεράσατο οὐσίας εἶδος, τῆς τε ταὐτοῦ φύσεως αὖ πέρι καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἑτέρου, καὶ κατὰ ταῦτα συνέστησεν ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ τε ἀμεροῦς αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὰ σώματα μεριστοῦ. καὶ τρία λαβὼν αὐτὰ ὄντα συνεκεράσατο εἰς μίαν πάντα ἰδέαν, τὴν θατέρου φύσιν δύσμικτον·
the intermediate nature of rational beings, they say, subsists neither from the matter of bodies nor from an effluence of the ungenerated and always identically and uniformly existing substance, but, not having existed before, came to be by the active power of the cause of all things. And that these are not gods nor are they properly deemed worthy of this appellation, because their nature is not equal to that of their maker, nor do they, like God, inseparably draw the good, and that which is opposite to the beautiful they might at times admit, through neglect of attention to the better, which each has himself wrought for himself, being naturally master of his own impulse and judgment. So much for these matters. Let us now proceed to another.
10. THAT PLATO DID NOT IN ALL RESPECTS THINK CORRECTLY ABOUT THE SOUL. Like the Hebrews, he posits the soul as immortal and says it is similar to God, but he no longer consistently with them sometimes says its substance is composite, as if it brings in one part from the indivisible and always identically existing cause and another part from the divisible nature that pertains to bodies. He speaks thus in his own words in the Timaeus: "He, then, who is prior in generation and in virtue, and older than the body, as mistress and ruler over that which is to be ruled, compounded the soul from the following and in this manner: from the indivisible and always identically existing substance, and from the divisible substance that comes to be among bodies, he blended a third form of substance in between from both, and also from the nature of the Same and that of the Other, and according to these he constituted it in the middle of their indivisible and the divisible that pertains to bodies. And taking these three as existent, he blended them all into one form, the nature of the Other being difficult to mix.
οὖσαν εἰς ταὐτὸ ξυναρμόττων βίᾳ.» Ἔνθεν εἰκότως αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ παθητικὸν μέρος τῷ λόγῳ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῆς συνῆπται. ἀλλὰ τοτὲ μὲν ὧδε περὶ ψυχῆς οὐσίας διείληφε, τοτὲ δὲ ἄλλο τι χεῖρον περιτίθησιν αὐτῇ ἀτόπημα, τὴν θείαν ἐκείνην καὶ οὐράνιον, τὴν ἀσώματον καὶ λογικήν, τὴν θεῷ ὁμοίαν καὶ δι' ἀρετῆς μέγεθος τὰς οὐρανίους ὑπερπαίουσαν ἁψῖδας ἄνωθέν ποθεν ἐκ τῶν ὑπερκοσμίων ἐπὶ ὄνους καὶ λύκους καὶ μύρμηκας καὶ μελίττας κατιέναι φάσκων καὶ τούτῳ πιστεύειν ἡμᾶς παρακαλῶν τῷ λόγῳ ἄνευ τινὸς ἀποδείξεως. λέγει δ' οὖν ἐν μὲν τῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς τάδε· «Καὶ μέχρι γε τούτου πλανῶνται, ἕως ἂν τῇ τοῦ σωματοειδοῦς τοῦ συνεπακολουθοῦντος ἐπιθυμίᾳ πάλιν ἐνδεθῶσιν εἰς σῶμα. ἐνδοῦνται δέ, ὥσπερ εἰκός, εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἤθη, ὁποῖα ἄττ' ἂν καὶ μεμελετηκυῖαι τύχωσιν ἐν βίῳ. Τὰ ποῖα δὴ ταῦτα λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες; Οἷον τοὺς μὲν τὰς γαστριμαργίας τε καὶ ὕβρεις καὶ φιλοποσίας μεμελετηκότας καὶ μὴ διευλαβουμένους εἰς τὰ τῶν ὄνων γένη καὶ τῶν θηρίων εἰκὸς ἐνδύεσθαι· ἢ οὐκ οἴει; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν εἰκὸς λέγεις. Τοὺς δέ γε ἀδικίας καὶ τυραννίδας καὶ ἁρπαγὰς προτετιμηκότας εἰς τὰ τῶν λύκων τε καὶ ἱεράκων καὶ ἰκτίνων γένη· ἢ ποῖ ἂν ἄλλοσε φαῖμεν τὰς τοιαύτας ἰέναι; Ἀμέλει, ἔφη ὁ Κέβης, εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα. Οὐκοῦν, ἦ δ' ὅς, δῆλα δὴ καὶ τἄλλα, ᾗ ἂν ἑκάστη ἴοι κατὰ τὰς αὐτῶν ὁμοιό13.16.7 τητας τῆς μελέτης. Δῆλον δή, ἔφη· πῶς δ' οὔ;
existing into the same forcibly harmonized." Hence naturally the passive part is also attached by him to the definition of its essence. But at one time he has thus defined the essence of the soul, at another he attaches to it a different and worse absurdity, that divine and heavenly, incorporeal and rational soul, resembling God and by the magnitude of its virtue surpassing the heavenly vaults, descends from somewhere above from the supramundane realms into asses and wolves and ants and bees, and urges us to believe this account without any proof. He says then in the *On the Soul* as follows: "And up to this point they wander, until by the desire of the bodily form that follows them they are again bound into a body. And they are bound, as is likely, into such natures as they may have practiced in life. What natures do you mean, Socrates? For example, those who have practiced gluttony and insolence and love of drink and have not been careful, it is likely they enter into the races of asses and wild beasts; or do you not think so? Very likely, you say. And those who have preferred injustice and tyranny and plunder, into the races of wolves and hawks and kites; or where else would we say such souls go? Certainly, said Cebes, into such. Then, said he, it is clear also for the rest, where each would go according to the likenesses of their practice. It is clear, said he; how could it not be?
Οὐκοῦν εὐδαιμονέστατοι, ἔφη, καὶ τούτων εἰσὶ καὶ εἰς βέλτιστον τόπον ἰόντες οἱ τὴν δημοτικὴν καὶ πολιτικὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπιτετηδευκότες, ἣν δὴ καλοῦσι σωφροσύνην τε καὶ δικαιοσύνην, ἐξ ἔθους τε καὶ μελέτης γεγονυῖαν ἄνευ φιλοσοφίας τε καὶ νοῦ; Πῇ δὴ οὗτοι εὐδαιμονέστατοι; Ὅτι τούτους εἰκός ἐστιν εἰς τοιοῦτον πάλιν ἀφικνεῖσθαι πολιτικὸν καὶ ἥμερον γένος, ἤπου μελιττῶν ἢ σφηκῶν ἢ μυρμήκων, ἢ καὶ εἰς αὐτό γε πάλιν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος.» Καὶ ἐν τῷ Φαίδρῳ δὲ ἐπάκουσον ὁποῖα διέξεισιν· «Εἰς μὲν γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ ὅθεν ἥκει ψυχὴ ἑκάστη, οὐκ ἀφικνεῖται ἐτῶν μυρίων· οὐ γὰρ πτεροῦται πρὸ τοσούτου χρόνου, πλὴν ἡ τοῦ φιλοσοφήσαντος ἀδόλως ἢ παιδεραστήσαντος μετὰ φιλοσοφίας. αὗται δὲ τρίτῃ περιόδῳ τῇ χιλιετεῖ, ἐὰν ἕλωνται τρὶς ἐφεξῆς τὸν βίον τοῦτον, οὕτω πτερωθεῖσαι τρισχιλιοστῷ ἔτει ἀπέρχονται. αἱ δὲ ἄλλαι, ὅταν τὸν πρῶτον βίον τελευτήσωσι, κρίσεως ἔτυχον· κριθεῖσαι δὲ αἱ μὲν εἰς τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς δικαιωτήρια ἐλθοῦσαι δίκην τίνουσιν, αἱ δ' εἰς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τινα τόπον ὑπὸ τῆς δίκης κουφισθεῖσαι διάγουσιν ἀξίως οὗ ἐν ἀνθρώπου εἴδει ἐβίωσαν βίου. τῷ δὲ χιλιοστῷ ἀμφότεραι ἀφικνούμεναι ἐπὶ κλήρωσίν τε καὶ αἵρεσιν τοῦ δευτέρου βίου αἱροῦνται ὃν ἂν θέλῃ
Therefore," he said, "the happiest of these, and those who go to the best place, are those who have practiced popular and civic virtue, which they call temperance and justice, arising from habit and practice without philosophy and intellect." "How are these the happiest?" "Because it is likely that they will again arrive at such a civic and tame species, whether of bees or wasps or ants, or even back into the human race itself." And in the *Phaedrus* listen to what he sets forth: "For each soul does not return to the same place from which it came for ten thousand years; for it does not grow wings before that time, except the soul of one who has philosophized guilelessly or who has loved boys with philosophy. These, in the third thousand-year cycle, if they choose this life three times in succession, having thus grown wings, depart in the three-thousandth year. The others, when they have ended their first life, undergo judgment; and after judgment, some go to places of punishment under the earth and pay the penalty, while others, lightened by justice, pass time in some region of the sky, living worthily of the life they led in human form. In the thousandth year, both arrive at the allotment and choice of the second life, and choose whatever they wish.
ἑκάστη. ἔνθα δὴ καὶ εἰς θηρίου βίον ἀνθρωπίνη ψυχὴ ἀφικνεῖται καὶ ἐκ θηρίου, ὅς ποτε ἄνθρωπος ἦν, πάλιν εἰς ἄνθρωπον.» Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐν Φαίδρῳ· ἐν δὲ τῇ Πολιτείᾳ τοιάδε γράφοντος ἄκουε· «Ἰδεῖν μὲν γὰρ ἔφη ψυχὴν τήν ποτε Ὀρφέως γενομένην κύκνου βίον αἱρουμένην, μίσει τοῦ γυναικείου γένους διὰ τὸν ὑπ' ἐκείνων θάνατον οὐκ ἐθέλουσαν ἐν γυναικὶ γεννηθεῖσαν γενέσθαι. ἰδεῖν δὲ τὴν Θαμύρου ἀηδόνος ἑλομένην· ἰδεῖν δὲ καὶ κύκνον μεταβάλλοντα εἰς ἀνθρωπίνου βίου αἵρεσιν καὶ ἄλλα ζῷα μουσικὰ ὡσαύτως. εἰκοστὴν δὲ λαχοῦσαν ψυχὴν ἑλέσθαι λέοντος βίον· εἶναι δὲ τὴν Αἴαντος τοῦ Τελαμωνίου, φεύγουσαν ἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι, μεμνημένην τῆς τῶν ὅπλων κρίσεως. τὴν δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἔχθρᾳ καὶ ταύτην τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου γένους διὰ τὰ πάθη, ἀετοῦ διαλλάξαι βίον. ἐν μέσῃ δὲ λαχοῦσαν τὴν Ἀταλάντης ψυχήν, κατιδοῦσαν μεγάλας τιμὰς ἀθλητοῦ ἀνδρὸς οὐ δύνασθαι παρελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ λαβεῖν. μετὰ δὲ ταύτην ἰδεῖν τὴν Ἐπειοῦ τοῦ Πανοπέως εἰς τεχνικῆς γυναικὸς ἰοῦσαν φύσιν. πόρρω δὲ ἐν ὑστά13.16.11 τοις ἰδεῖν τὴν τοῦ γελωτοποιοῦ Θερσίτου πίθηκον ἐνδυομένην. κατὰ τύχην δὲ τὴν Ὀδυσσέως λαχοῦσαν πασῶν ὑστάτην, αἱρησομένην ἰέναι· μνήμῃ δὲ τῶν προτέρων πόνων φιλοτιμίας λελωφηκυῖαν ζητεῖν περιιοῦσαν χρόνον πολὺν βίον ἀνδρὸς ἰδιώτου καὶ ἀπράγμονος καὶ μόγις εὑρεῖν κείμενόν που καὶ παρημελημένον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ εἰπεῖν ἰδοῦσαν, ὅτι ταῦτ' ἂν ἔπραξε καὶ πρώτη λαχοῦσα, καὶ ἀσμένην ἑλέσθαι.
...each. There indeed the human soul arrives at the life of a beast, and from a beast, which once was a man, again into a man." And these things are in the *Phaedrus*; but in the *Republic* hear what he writes as follows: "He said he saw the soul that was once Orpheus choosing the life of a swan, out of hatred for the female sex because of the death inflicted by them, not wishing to be born of a woman. He saw the soul of Thamyras choosing that of a nightingale; he saw also a swan changing to the choice of a human life, and other musical animals likewise. The soul that drew the twentieth lot chose the life of a lion; it was that of Ajax son of Telamon, shunning being born a man, remembering the judgment of the arms. Next, the soul of Agamemnon, also out of hatred for the human race because of its sufferings, changed to the life of an eagle. The soul of Atalanta, drawing a middle lot, seeing great honors of an athletic man, could not pass them by but took them. After this he saw the soul of Epeus son of Panopeus going into the nature of a skilled woman. Far off, among the last, he saw the soul of the buffoon Thersites putting on that of an ape. By chance the soul of Odysseus, drawing the last of all, was to choose; having been relieved of ambition by the memory of former labors, it went about seeking for a long time the life of a private and unmeddling man, and with difficulty found it lying somewhere neglected by the others, and said when it saw it that it would have done the same even if it had drawn first, and chose it gladly.
καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ θηρίων ὡσαύτως εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἰέναι καὶ εἰς ἄλληλα, τὰ μὲν ἄδικα εἰς τὰ ἄγρια, τὰ δὲ δίκαια εἰς τὰ ἥμερα μεταβαλόντα, καὶ πάσας μίξεις μίγνυσθαι.» Τοσαῦτα περὶ ψυχῆς ὁ Πλάτων εἰπὼν δῆλός ἐστιν αἰγυπτιάζων τῷ δόγματι· οὐ γὰρ Ἑβραίων ὁ λόγος, ὅτι μηδὲ ἀληθείᾳ φίλος. τοῦτο δ' οὐ καιρὸς ἀπελέγχειν, ὅτι μηδ' αὐτὸς δι' ἀποδείξεων ἐνεχείρησε τῷ προβλήματι. τοσοῦτον δ' εὐλόγως τις ἂν ἐπισημήναιτο, ὡς οὐκ ἦν σύμφωνα τὸν αὐτὸν λέγειν ἅμα τῇ τελευτῇ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαττομένας δίκας εἰς Ἅιδου ὧν ἔδρασαν διδόναι κἀκεῖσε τιμωρεῖσθαι εἰς ἄπειρον, καὶ πάλιν φάσκειν αὐτὰς τοὺς ἐνταῦθα βίους κατὰ γνώμην οἰκείαν αἱρεῖσθαι. ἐνδεῖσθαι γὰρ αὐτὰς εἰς σῶμά φησιν ἐπιθυμίᾳ τοῦ σωματοειδοῦς· καὶ τὰς μὲν ὕβρει καὶ γαστριμαργίᾳ ἐντραφείσας ὄνους γίνεσθαι θηρίων τε ἄλλων ὑποδύνειν σώματα, κατὰ γνώμην ἀλλ' οὐ κατὰ δίκην ταῦτα αἱρουμένας· τοὺς δὲ ἀδίκους καὶ ἅρπαγας λύκους καὶ ἰκτῖνας γίγνεσθαι, ἐθελοντὴν ἐπὶ τοῦτ' ἐλθόντας. εἶτα Ὀρφέως μὲν ψυχὴν κύκνον εἶναι θελῆσαι, Θαμύρου δὲ ἀηδόνος, Θερσίτην δὲ πιθήκου βίον ἑλέσθαι.
And from the other beasts likewise to go into men and into each other, the unjust changing into wild animals, the just into tame ones, and all mixtures being mingled." So much Plato said concerning the soul, and it is clear that he is Egyptianizing in his doctrine; for this is not the teaching of the Hebrews, since it is not a friend of truth. But this is not the time to refute it, especially since he himself did not attempt to prove the problem by demonstrations. Yet one might reasonably note this, that it was inconsistent for the same man to say that at death the souls of the impious, departing from here, pay penalties in Hades for what they have done and are punished there endlessly, and again to assert that they choose their lives here according to their own judgment. For he says that they are bound into a body by desire for the corporeal; and that those nurtured in insolence and gluttony become asses and enter the bodies of other beasts, choosing these things according to their own judgment, not by justice; and that the unjust and rapacious become wolves and kites, having come to this willingly. Then that the soul of Orpheus wished to be a swan, that of Thamyris a nightingale, and that Thersites chose the life of an ape.
ποῦ δ' ἂν οὖν εἴη τὰ τῆς μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγὴν κρίσεως, ἣν ἐν μὲν τῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς ὑπογράφων φησὶν ὡς «ἐπειδὰν ἀφίκωνται οἱ τετελευτηκότες εἰς τὸν τόπον οἷ ὁ δαίμων ἕκαστον κομίζει, καὶ οἳ μὲν ἂν δόξωσι μέσως βεβιωκέναι, πορευθέντες ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀχέροντα, ἀναβάντες ἃ δὴ αὐτοῖς ὀχήματά ἐστιν, ἐπὶ τούτων ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὴν λίμνην καὶ ἐκεῖ οἰκοῦσί τε καὶ καθαιρόμενοι τῶν τε ἀδικημάτων διδόντες δίκας ἀπολύονται, εἴ τίς τι ἠδίκηκε, τῶν τε εὐεργεσιῶν τιμὰς φέρονται κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἕκαστος. οἳ δ' ἂν δόξωσιν ἀνιάτως ἔχειν διὰ τὰ μεγέθη τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἢ ἱεροσυλίας πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας ἢ φόνους ἀδίκους καὶ παρανόμους πολλοὺς ἐξειργασμένοι ἢ ἄλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα τυγχάνει ὄντα, τούτους δὲ ἡ προσήκουσα μοῖρα ῥίπτει εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον, ὅθεν οὔ ποτε ἐκβαίνουσι.» Καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ὧδέ πη διῆλθε. περὶ δὲ τῶν εὐσεβῶν ἐπάκουσον ὥς φησι· «Τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ φιλοσοφίᾳ ἱκανῶς καθηράμενοι ἄνευ τε καμάτων ζῶσι τὸ παράπαν εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον καὶ εἰς οἰκήσεις ἔτι τούτου καλλίους ἀφικνοῦνται, ἃς οὔτε ῥᾴδιον δηλῶσαι οὔτε ὁ χρόνος ἱκανὸς ἐν τῷ παρόντι.» Καὶ ἐν τῷ Γοργίᾳ δὲ πρόσχες τί καί φησι· «Τὸν μὲν δικαίως τὸν βίον διελθόντα καὶ ὁσίως, ἐπειδὰν τελευτήσῃ, εἰς μακάρων νήσους
Where then would be the matters of judgment after departure from here, which in the *On the Soul* he describes, saying: "When the dead have arrived at the place to which each one's daemon conveys them, and those who are judged to have lived moderately, having gone to the Acheron and embarked on the vessels that are there for them, arrive on these to the lake, and there they dwell and, being purified, pay penalties for their injustices, if anyone has committed any wrong, and receive honors for their benefactions, each according to his worth. But those who are judged to be incurable because of the magnitude of their sins, whether they have committed many and great acts of temple-robbery or many unjust and lawless murders or any other such things, these the appropriate fate casts into Tartarus, whence they never emerge." And he went through these things concerning the impious. But concerning the pious, listen to what he says: "But of these same, those who have been sufficiently purified by philosophy live entirely without toils for all subsequent time and arrive at dwellings even more beautiful than these, which it is not easy to describe nor is the time sufficient at present." And in the *Gorgias*, observe what he says: "The one who has passed through life justly and piously, when he dies, goes to the Isles of the Blessed.
ἀπιόντα οἰκεῖν ἐν πάσῃ εὐδαιμονίᾳ ἐκτὸς κακῶν, τὸν δὲ ἀδίκως καὶ ἀθέως εἰς τὸ τῆς τίσεώς τε καὶ δίκης δεσμωτήριον, ὃ δὴ Τάρταρον καλοῦσιν, ἰέναι· οἳ δ' ἂν τὰ ἔσχατα ἀδικήσωσι καὶ διὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀδικήματα ἀνίατοι γένωνται, ἐκ τούτων τὰ παραδείγματα γίγνεται· καὶ οὗτοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι ὀνίνανται, ἅτε ἀνίατοι ὄντες, ἄλλοι δὲ ὀνίνανται οἱ τούτους ὁρῶντες διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ὀδυνηρότατα καὶ φοβερώτατα πάθη πάσχοντας τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον, ἀτεχνῶς παραδείγματα ἀνηρτημένους ἐκεῖ ἐν Ἅιδου ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ, τοῖς ἀεὶ τῶν δικῶν ἀφικνουμένοις θεάματα καὶ νουθετήματα.» Ταῦτα πῶς ἂν δύναιτο συνᾴδειν τοῖς περὶ ἀμοιβῆς σωμάτων, ἃ τὴν ψυχὴν μετιοῦσαν αἱρεῖσθαι φάσκουσι, λόγοις; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἡ αὐτὴ τιμωρίας καὶ δεσμωτήρια καὶ τοσαύτην δίκην εἰς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε τελευτὴν ὑφέξει καὶ πάλιν οἵα τις ἀνειμένη καὶ δεσμῶν ἐλευθέρα βίους ἕλοιτ' ἂν οὓς ἂν ἐθέλοι; εἰ δὲ τὰ καθ' ἡδονὴν μέλλοι πάλιν αἱρεῖσθαι, καὶ ποῦ τὸ τῆς τίσεώς τε καὶ δίκης δεσμωτήριον; μυρία δ' ἂν καὶ ἄλλα τις ἐπὶ σχολῆς ἐπιλάβοιτ' ἂν τοῦ λόγου, ὧν οὐ καιρὸς τὴν διάνοιαν μηκύνειν. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὀλίσθημα τῆς τοῦ Πλάτωνος περὶ τῶνδε δόξης ταύτη πη πέφανται· τὸ δ' ἕτερον τῆς τοῦ δόγματος διασκευῆς, δι' οὗ τὸ μέν τι θεῖον καὶ λογικὸν εἶναι τῆς ψυχῆς, τὸ δέ τι μέρος αὐτῆς ἄλογον καὶ παθητικὸν τυγχάνειν ὡρίσατο, καὶ πρὸς τῶν αὐτοῦ γνωρίμων κατέγνωσται, ὡς μαθεῖν ἔνεστιν ἀπὸ τῶν τοιῶνδε λόγων·
depart to dwell in complete happiness free from evils, while the one who has lived unjustly and impiously goes to the prison of retribution and justice, which they call Tartarus. And those who have committed the worst injustices and through such wrongdoings have become incurable, from these the examples are made; and these themselves no longer benefit, since they are incurable, but others benefit, those who see them suffering the greatest and most painful and most fearful sufferings for their sins throughout all time, simply hung up there as examples in Hades in the prison, spectacles and admonitions for those who constantly arrive for judgments." How could these things be consistent with the doctrines concerning the recompense of bodies, which claim that the soul, when passing on, chooses them? For how could the same soul undergo punishments and prisons and such great retribution for all time after the departure from here, and again, as if released and free from bonds, choose whatever lives it wishes? And if it is going to choose again according to pleasure, where then is the prison of retribution and justice? One could, at leisure, take up countless other points of this argument, but it is not the time to prolong the discussion. And the first error of Plato's opinion on these matters has been revealed in this way; the second part of the elaboration of the doctrine, by which he defined that one part of the soul is divine and rational, while another part of it is irrational and passible, has been condemned even by his own associates, as can be learned from the following words:
ιζʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΕΞ ΑΠΑΘΟΥΣ ΚΑΙ ΠΑΘΗΤΗΣ ΟΥΣΙΑΣ Η ΤΗΣ ΨΥΧΗΣ ΣΥΝΕΣΤΗΚΕ ΦΥΣΙΣ «Περὶ δὲ τῆς κατὰ Πλάτωνα ψυχῆς, ἥν φησιν ἐξ ἀπαθοῦς καὶ παθητῆς οὐσίας συστῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς ἐκ λευκοῦ καὶ μέλανος τῶν μέσων τι χρωμάτων, ἐκεῖνα ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἀνάγκη χρόνῳ διαστάσεως αὐτῶν γιγνομένης ἀφανισθῆναι αὐτήν, ὡς τὴν τοῦ μέσου χρώματος σύστασιν, ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑκάστου ἐξ ὧν συνέστη ἐν χρόνῳ φύσει χωριζομένου. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, φθαρτὴν ἀποφανοῦμεν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀθάνατον τὴν ψυχήν. εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ὁμολογεῖται μηδὲν τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει ὄντων ἄνευ τοῦ ἐναντίου εἶναι τά τε ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἐναντίων φύσεως ὑπὸ θεοῦ κεκοσμῆσθαι, φιλίαν αὐτοῖς καὶ κοινωνίαν ἐμποιήσαντος αὐτοῦ, οἷον τῷ ξηρῷ πρὸς τὸ ὑγρὸν καὶ τῷ θερμῷ πρὸς τὸ ψυχρὸν τῷ τε βαρεῖ πρὸς τὸ κοῦφον λευκῷ τε πρὸς τὸ μέλαν γλυκεῖ τε πρὸς πικρὸν σκληρῷ τε πρὸς μαλακὸν καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις μίαν ἄλλην πάντων κοινωνίαν τῇ τε ἀπαθεῖ οὐσίᾳ πρὸς τὴν παθητήν, τὰ δὲ κραθέντα καὶ μιχθέντα χωρισμὸν τὸν ἀπ' ἀλλήλων ἐν χρόνῳ φύσει ἐπιδέχεται, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἐξ ἀπαθοῦς καὶ παθητῆς οὐσίας γεγονέναι ὑποκείσεται, ἀνάγκη ὡς τὸ μέσον χρῶμα οὕτω καὶ ταύτην ἐν χρόνῳ φύσει ἀφανισθῆναι, τῶν ἐν τῇ συστάσει αὐτῆς ἐναντίων ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν ἐπειγομένων. ἦ γὰρ οὐχ ὁρῶμεν καὶ τὸ φύσει βαρύ, κἂν ὑφ' ἡμῶν ἤ τινος ἔξωθεν φυσικῆς προσ γενομένης αὐτῷ κουφότητος ἄνω φέρηται, ὡς αὐτὸ ὁμοίως ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν κάτω βιάζεται, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ φύσει κοῦφον, κατὰ τὰς ὁμοίας ἔξωθεν αἰτίας κάτω φερόμενον, ὡς αὐτὸ ὁμοίως ἐπὶ τὰ ἄνω βιάζεται;
17. That the nature of the soul is not composed of an impassible and a passible substance. "Concerning the soul according to Plato, which he says was constituted by God from an impassible and a passible substance, as from white and black some intermediate color, we have this to say: that of necessity, when a separation of these occurs in time, it will be destroyed, like the composition of the intermediate color, when each of the elements from which it was composed is naturally separated in time to its own proper nature. If this is so, we will declare the soul perishable, not immortal. For if it is agreed that nothing among the things in nature exists without its opposite, and that the things in the cosmos have been ordered by God from the nature of opposites, He having implanted friendship and communion among them—for example, dry with wet, hot with cold, heavy with light, white with black, sweet with bitter, hard with soft, and all such things—and one other common bond of all, the impassible substance with the passible, then things that have been blended and mixed admit of separation from each other in time by nature. And if the soul is held to have come into being from an impassible and a passible substance, of necessity, like the intermediate color, it too will be destroyed in time by nature, when the opposites in its composition hasten to their own proper nature. For do we not see that even that which is naturally heavy, even if it is borne upward by us or by some external lightness added to it, is likewise forced downward to its own proper nature, and similarly that which is naturally light, when borne downward by similar external causes, is likewise forced upward?
τὰ γὰρ ἐκ δύο τινῶν ἀλλήλοις ἐναντίων εἰς ταὐτὸν συναχθέντα ἀδύνατον ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ἀεὶ εἶναι, μὴ τρίτου τινὸς τῆς τῶν ὄντων οὐσίας ἀεὶ ἐνόντος αὐτοῖς. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι ψυχὴ τρίτον τι πρᾶγμα ἐκ δύο ἐναντίων ἀλλήλοις σύνθετον, ἁπλοῦν δὲ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ φύσει ἀπαθὲς καὶ ἀσώματον· ὅθεν Πλάτων καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἀθάνατον αὐτὴν ἔφασαν εἶναι. ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος κοινός ἐστι πάντων λόγος γεγονέναι, τὰ δ' ἐν ἡμῖν ἄνευ σώματος ἑκουσίως καὶ ἀκουσίως γιγνόμενα πάθη τῆς ψυχῆς εἶναι λέγεται, οἱ
μὲν πολλοὶ τούτῳ τεκμαιρόμενοι παθητὴν εἶναι τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτῆς, θνη13.17.6 τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι λέγουσι καὶ σωματοειδῆ, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀσώματον. ὁ δὲ Πλάτων τῷ φύσει αὐτῆς ἀπαθεῖ προσηναγκάσθη τὴν παθητὴν οὐσίαν προσυφᾶναι. ὅτι δὲ μηδετέρως ἔχει, ἐξ ὧν ἑκάτεροι εἰρήκασι, Πλάτων τε καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι, πειρασόμεθα τῷ λόγῳ, τὰς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργούσας δυνάμεις παραθέντες, προσβιβάσαι.» Ταῦτά μοι ἀπὸ τῶν Σευήρου τοῦ Πλατωνικοῦ Περὶ ψυχῆς προκείσθω. σκέψαι δὲ πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ τόδε·
For things composed of two opposites brought together into the same thing cannot always remain in the same state unless some third substance of being is always present in them. But the soul is not some third thing compounded from two opposites; rather, it is simple and, by its own nature, impassible and incorporeal. Hence Plato and his followers declared it to be immortal. Since, however, the common account of all holds that the human being is composed of soul and body, and the affections that occur in us voluntarily and involuntarily apart from the body are said to belong to the soul, the many, inferring from this that its substance is passible, say that it is mortal and corporeal, not incorporeal. But Plato was compelled to weave the passible substance into its naturally impassible nature. That neither view is correct, we shall attempt to demonstrate by setting forth the powers active in us, drawing on what each side—Plato and the others—has said. Let these passages from Severus the Platonist, On the Soul, be set before me. And consider also this in addition to what has been said.
ιηʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΟΥΡΑΝΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΤΩΝ ΕΝ ΑΥΤΩΙ ΦΩΣΤΗΡΩΝ Συμφώνως Ἑβραίοις καὶ τὸν περὶ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ φαινομένων ἀποδοὺς λόγον, καθ' ὃν γενητὰ εἶναι πρὸς τοῦ τῶν ὅλων αἰτίου πεποιη μένα μετέχειν τε τῆς σωματικῆς καὶ φθαρτῆς οὐσίας συνέστη, οὐκέθ' ὁμοίως Ἑβραίοις σέβειν αὐτὰ νομοθετεῖ καὶ θεοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι, ὧδε φάσκων ἐν Ἐπινομίδι· «Τίνα δὴ καὶ σεμνύνων ποτὲ λέγω θεόν, ὦ Μέγιλλε καὶ Κλεινία; σχεδὸν οὐρανόν, ὃν καὶ δικαιότατον, ὡς ξύμπαντες ἄλλοι δαίμονες ἅμα καὶ θεοί, τιμᾶν τε καὶ εὔχεσθαι διαφερόντως αὐτῷ· τὸ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αἴτιον ἀγαθῶν πάντων ἡμῖν αὐτὸν γεγονέναι πάντες ἂν ὁμολογοῖμεν.» Εἶθ' ὑποβὰς ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ προστίθησι ταῦτα· «Θεοὺς δὲ δὴ τοὺς ὁρατούς, μεγίστους καὶ τιμιωτάτους καὶ ὀξύτατον ὁρῶντας πάντη, τοὺς πρώτους τὴν τῶν ἄστρων φύσιν λεκτέον καὶ ὅσα μετὰ τούτων αἰσθανόμεθα γεγονότα, μετὰ δὲ τούτους καὶ ὑπὸ τούτοις ἑξῆς δαίμονας, ἀέριον δὲ γένος ἔχον ἕδραν τρίτην καὶ μέσην, τῆς ἑρμηνείας αἴτιον, εὐχαῖς τιμᾶν μάλα χρεὼν χάριν τῆς εὐφήμου διαπορείας.» Διὰ τούτων θεοὺς εἰπὼν εἶναι τοὺς δηλωθέντας περὶ τῆς πρώτης αὐτῶν συστάσεως φυσιολογῶν ἐν Τιμαίῳ τοιάδε διεξέρχεται· «Ὅ τι πῦρ πρὸς ἀέρα, τοῦτο ἀὴρ πρὸς ὕδωρ καὶ ὅ τι ἀὴρ πρὸς ὕδωρ, τοῦτο ὕδωρ πρὸς γῆν ξυνέδησε καὶ ξυνεστήσατο οὐρανὸν ὁρατὸν καὶ ἁπτόν. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἔκ τε δὴ τούτων τοιούτων καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τεττάρων τὸ τοῦ κόσμου σῶμα ἐγενήθη δι' ἀναλογίας ὁμολογῆσαν φιλίαν τε ἔσχεν ἐκ τούτων, ὥστ' εἰς ταὐτὸν αὑτῷ ξυνελθὸν ἄλυτον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων πλὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ ξυνδήσαντος γενέσθαι.» Εἶτ' ἐπιλέγει·
18. On the Heaven and the Luminaries in It. In agreement with the Hebrews, he also sets forth the account concerning heaven and the things that appear in it, according to which they are generated, having been made by the cause of all things, and partake of bodily and perishable substance; but he no longer, like the Hebrews, legislates to worship them or to consider them gods, speaking thus in the Epinomis: "What then, Megillus and Cleinias, do I ever call a god, whom I should revere? Almost the heaven, which it is most just, as all other daimons and gods together, to honor and to pray to especially; and that it has become the cause of all other good things for us, all would agree." Then, proceeding in the same work, he adds these things: "But the visible gods, the greatest and most honorable and seeing most keenly in all directions, we must declare to be the first nature of the stars and whatever we perceive to have come into being along with them; and after these and under these, in turn, daimons, having the airy race as a third and middle seat, the cause of interpretation, whom it is very necessary to honor with prayers for the sake of auspicious passage." Through these things, having said that the gods are those indicated, he, in the Timaeus, discussing their first constitution physically, goes through the following: "What fire is to air, this air is to water, and what air is to water, this water is to earth; it bound together and constituted the heaven, visible and tangible. And on account of these things, from such things and of the number four, the body of the cosmos came to be, having agreed through proportion and having friendship from these, so that, having come together into itself, it became indissoluble by others except by the one who bound it together." Then he adds:
«Ψυχὴν δὲ εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτοῦ θεὶς διὰ παντός τε ἔτεινε καὶ ἔτι ἔξωθεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτῇ περιεκάλυψε, καὶ κύκλῳ δὴ κύκλον στρεφόμενον οὐρανὸν μόνον ἕνα ἔρημον κατέστησε.» Καὶ πάλιν ὑποβὰς ἐπιφέρει λέγων· «Ἐξ οὖν λόγου καὶ διανοίας θεοῦ τοιαύτης πρὸς χρόνου γένεσιν, ἵνα γενηθῇ χρόνος, ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ πέντε ἄλλα ἄστρα, ἐπίκλην ἔχοντα πλανητά, εἰς διορισμὸν καὶ φυλακὴν ἀριθμῶν χρόνου γέγονε· σώματα δὲ αὐτῶν ἑκάστων ποιήσας ὁ θεὸς ἔθηκεν εἰς τὰς περιφοράς, ἃς ἡ θατέρου περίοδος ᾔει.» Καὶ ἐπιλέγει· «Δεσμοῖς τε ἐμψύχοις σώματα δεθέντα ζῷα ἐγενήθη τό τε προσταχθὲν ἔμαθε.» Καὶ ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων καθόλου περὶ πάσης ψυχῆς ἀποφαίνεται λέγων ὧδε· «Μεταβάλλει μέντοιγε πάνθ' ὅσα μέτοχά ἐστι ψυχῆς, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κεκτημένα τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν· μεταβαλόντα δὲ φέρεται κατὰ τὴν τῆς εἱμαρμένης τάξιν καὶ νόμον. μικρότερα μὲν τῶν ἠθῶν μεταβαλόντα ἐλάττω κατὰ τὸ τῆς χώρας ἐπίπεδον μεταπορεύεται, πλείω δὲ καὶ ἀδικώτερα μεταπεσόντα εἰς βάθος.» Εἰ δὴ οὖν «μεταβάλλει πάνθ' ὅσα μέτοχά ἐστι ψυχῆς ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κεκτημένα τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν,» οὐρανὸς δὲ καὶ ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη μέτοχά ἐστι ψυχῆς κατ' αὐτὸν τὸν Πλάτωνα, καὶ ταῦτα ἄρα μεταβάλλοι ἂν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κεκτημένα τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν κατὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ λόγον. πῶς οὖν πάλιν ἀϊδίους αὐτοὺς εἶναι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο θεούς φησι, καίπερ ἐν σώματι φθαρ13.18.10 τῷ ὄντας καὶ λυθῆναι οἵους τε; λέγει δ' οὖν πάλιν ἐν Τιμαίῳ·
Having placed soul in its center, he stretched it throughout and also enveloped the body with it from outside, and revolving in a circle, he established heaven, one and solitary, as a circle. And again, going on, he adds, saying: From such reason and thought of God for the generation of time, in order that time might come into being, the sun and moon and five other stars, having the additional name planets, came into being for the determination and guardianship of the numbers of time; and the god, having made the bodies of each of them, placed them in the orbits which the revolution of the other traversed. And he adds: And bound by ensouled bonds, bodies became living beings and learned what was commanded. And in the tenth book of the Laws, he declares generally about every soul, speaking thus: All things, however, that partake of soul change, having in themselves the cause of change; and having changed, they are borne according to the order and law of fate. Those that have changed in lesser matters of character move in a lesser way on the level of the region, while those that have fallen into greater and more unjust matters move into depth. If, then, all things that partake of soul change, having in themselves the cause of change, and heaven and sun and moon partake of soul according to Plato himself, then these also would change, having in themselves the cause of change according to his account. How then does he again say that they are eternal and for this reason gods, even though they exist in a perishable body and are capable of being dissolved? He says again, then, in the Timaeus:
«Ἐπεὶ δ' οὖν πάντες ὅσοι τε περιπολοῦσι φανερῶς καὶ ὅσοι φαίνονται, καθ' ὅσον ἂν ἐθέλωσι θεοὶ γένεσιν ἔσχον, λέγει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ τόδε τὸ πᾶν γεννήσας τάδε· Θεοὶ θεῶν, ὧν ἐγὼ δημιουργὸς πατήρ τε ἔργων, ἄλυτα ἐμοῦ μὴ θέλοντος. τὸ μὲν οὖν δὴ δεθὲν πᾶν λυτόν· τό γε μὴν καλῶς ἁρμοσθὲν καὶ ἔχον εὖ λύειν ἐθέλειν κακοῦ. δι' ἃ καὶ ἐπείπερ γεγένησθε, ἀθάνατοι μὲν οὐκ ἐστὲ οὐδ' ἄλυτοι τὸ πάμπαν· οὔτι μὲν δὴ λυθήσεσθέ γε οὐδὲ τεύξεσθε θανάτου μοίρας, τῆς ἐμῆς βουλήσεως μείζονος ἔτι δεσμοῦ καὶ κυριωτέρου λαχόντες ἐκείνων οἷς ὅτε ἐγίγνεσθε ξυνεδεῖσθε.» Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. εἰκότως δῆτα Μωσῆς καὶ τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια σέβειν μὲν ἀπαγορεύει ταῦτα καὶ θεοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι, ἄνω δὲ πρὸς τὸν παμβασιλέα θεὸν ἀνάγοντα, αὐτὸν δὴ τὸν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων ὅλου τε οὐρανοῦ καὶ κόσμου δημιουργόν, τὸν δὴ τὰ πάντα θείῳ λόγῳ συνδήσαντάτε καὶ συναρμοσάμενον μόνον ἡγεῖσθαι θεὸν καὶ μόνῳ τὴν σεβάσμιον ἀπονέμειν νομοθετεῖ τιμήν, λέγων· «Μὴ ἰδὼν τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας καὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πλανηθεὶς προσκυνήσῃς αὐτοῖς.» ἑρμηνεύει δὲ ταῦτα διασαφῶν εἰς πλάτος ὁ τὰ Ἑβραίων πεπαιδευμένος Φίλων ὧδέ πη λέγων πρὸς λέξιν· «Τινὲς ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀστέρας ὑπέλαβον εἶναι θεοὺς αὐτοκράτορας, οἷς τὰς τῶν γιγνομένων ἁπάντων αἰτίας ἀνέθεσαν. Μωσεῖ δὲ ὁ κόσμος ἔδοξεν εἶναι καὶ γενητὸς καὶ πόλις ἡ μεγίστη ἄρχοντας ἔχουσα καὶ ὑπηκόους· ἄρχοντας μὲν τοὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ πάντας, ὅσοι πλάνητες καὶ ἀπλανεῖς ἀστέρες, ὑπηκόους δὲ τὰς μετὰ σελήνην ἐν ἀέρι καὶ περιγείους φύσεις·
Since, then, all those that revolve visibly and those that appear, insofar as they may wish, have had a genesis as gods, the begetter of this whole universe says to them: "Gods of gods, of whom I am the craftsman and father of works, these are indissoluble against my will. Now everything bound is dissoluble; but that which is well fitted and in good condition is unwilling to dissolve evil. Therefore, since you have come into being, you are not entirely immortal nor indissoluble; yet you will not be dissolved nor will you meet with the portion of death, having obtained a bond greater and more authoritative than those with which you were bound when you came into being." Thus Plato. Naturally, then, Moses and the Hebrew oracles forbid revering these as gods and considering them such, but rather refer upward to the all-king God, the very creator of the sun, moon, stars, and the whole heaven and cosmos, who bound and fitted together all things by divine reason, and they legislate to consider only him God and to assign reverent honor to him alone, saying: "Do not, seeing the sun and the moon and the stars and the whole cosmos of heaven, be led astray to worship them." And Philo, educated in Hebrew matters, interprets these things, clarifying at length, speaking somewhere thus word for word: "Some have supposed the sun, moon, and the other stars to be self-ruling gods, to whom they have attributed the causes of all that comes to be. But to Moses the cosmos seemed both to be generated and to be a very great city having rulers and subjects: rulers being all those in heaven, both planets and fixed stars, and subjects being the natures in the air and around the earth after the moon.
τοὺς δὲ λεχθέντας ἄρχοντας οὐκ αὐτεξουσίους, ἀλλ' ἑνὸς τοῦ πάντων πατρὸς ὑπάρχους, οὗ μιμουμένους τὴν ἐπιστασίαν κατορθοῦν πρυτανεύοντος κατὰ δίκην καὶ νόμον ἕκαστον τῶν γεγονότων· τοὺς δὲ μὴ βλέποντας τὸν ἐπιβεβηκότα ἡνίοχον τοῖς ὑπεζευγμένοις ὡς αὐτουργοῖς τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ γινομένων ἀνάψαι τὰς αἰτίας. ὧν τὴν ἄγνοιαν ὁ ἱερώτατος νομοθέτης εἰς ἐπιστήμην μεθαρμόζεται λέγων ὧδε· «Μὴ ἰδὼν τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέ ρας καὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πλανηθεὶς προσκυνήσῃς αὐτοῖς.» εὐθυβόλως πάνυ καὶ καλῶς πλάνον εἶπε τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων ὡς θεῶν ἀποδοχήν. οἱ γὰρ ἰδόντες ἡλίου μὲν προόδοις καὶ ἀναχωρήσεσι τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας συνισταμένας, ἐν αἷς αἱ ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν καὶ καρπῶν γενέσεις ὡρισμέναις χρόνων περιόδοις τελεσφοροῦνται, σελήνην δ' ὑπηρέτιν καὶ διάδοχον ἡλίου νύκτωρ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προστασίαν ἀνειληφυῖαν ὧν μεθ' ἡμέραν ἥλιος, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀστέρας κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τἀπίγεια συμπάθειαν μυρία τῶν ἐπὶ διαμονῇ τοῦ παντὸς ἐνεργοῦντάς τε καὶ δρῶντας, πλάνον ἐπλανή13.18.15 θησαν ἀνήνυτον μόνους εἶναι τούτους θεοὺς ὑποτοπήσαντες. εἰ δ' ἐσπούδασαν διὰ τῆς ἀπλανοῦς βαδίζειν ὁδοῦ, κἂν εὐθὺς ἔγνωσαν, ὅτι καθάπερ αἴσθησις ὑποδιάκονος νοῦ γέγονε, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ οἱ αἰσθητοὶ πάντες ὑπηρέται τοῦ νοητοῦ συνέστησαν.» Καὶ ἐπάγει λέγων· «Ὥσθ' ὑπερβάντες τῷ λογισμῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ὁρατὴν οὐσίαν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀειδοῦς καὶ ἀοράτου καὶ μόνῃ διανοίᾳ καταληπτοῦ τιμὴν ἴωμεν, ὃς οὐ μόνον θεός ἐστι νοητῶν τε καὶ αἰσθητῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων δημιουργός.
The said rulers are not autonomous, but are lieutenants of the one father of all, imitating whose superintendence they succeed when he presides over each of the things that have come to be according to justice and law. Those who do not see the charioteer mounted upon the yoked team as the actual agents of the things that happen in the world ascribe the causes to them. Their ignorance the most holy lawgiver transforms into knowledge, speaking thus: "Do not, seeing the sun and the moon and the stars and the whole cosmos of the heaven, be led astray to worship them." Very aptly and well he called the acceptance of the said things as gods a wandering. For those who have seen the yearly seasons constituted by the advances and retreats of the sun, in which the generations of animals, plants, and fruits are brought to completion in fixed periods of time, and the moon as a servant and successor of the sun having taken up by night the care and protection of those things which the sun has by day, and the other stars according to their sympathy with earthly things effecting and acting countless things for the preservation of the whole, have wandered an endless wandering, suspecting that these alone are gods. But if they had been eager to walk the unerring path, they would have immediately known that, just as sense-perception has become a subordinate servant of mind, in the same way all perceptible things have been constituted as servants of the intelligible. And he adds, saying: "Therefore, passing over by reason the whole visible substance, let us go to the honor of that which is formless and invisible and comprehensible only by the mind, who is not only god of intelligible and perceptible things, but also the creator of all.
ἐὰν δέ τις τὴν τοῦ ἀϊδίου καὶ ποιητοῦ θεραπείαν ἄλλῳ προσνέμῃ νεωτέρῳ καὶ γενητῷ, φρενοβλαβὴς ἀναγεγράφθω καὶ ἔνοχος ἀσεβείᾳ τῇ μεγίστῃ.» Ταῦτα τῆς Ἑβραίων εὐσεβείας τὰ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀκήρατά τε καὶ θεῖα μαθήματα πρὸ τῆς τετυφωμένης φιλοσοφίας τετιμήκαμεν. τί με δεῖ μηκύνειν καὶ τἄλλα τοῦ Πλάτωνος εἰς φῶς ἄγειν, ἐκ τῶνδε παρὸν καὶ τὰ ἐμοὶ νῦν σεσιγημένα τεκμαίρεσθαι; οὐ μὴν διαβολῆς ἕνεκα ταῦτα φάναι προήχθην, ἐπεὶ καὶ σφόδρα ἔγωγε ἄγαμαι τὸν ἄνδρα, ναὶ πάντων Ἑλλήνων φίλον ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τιμῶ, τὰ ἐμοὶ φίλα καὶ συγγενῆ, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὰ ἴσα διόλου, πεφρονηκότα, Μωσέως δ' ἐν παραθέσει
καὶ τῶν παρ' Ἑβραίοις προφητῶν τὸ ἐλλιπὲς ἐπι δεικνὺς αὐτοῦ τῆς διανοίας. καίτοι παρῆν τῷ καταμέμφεσθαι παρεσκευασμένῳ μυρί' ἄττα καταιτιᾶσθαι, οἷα τὰ σεμνὰ καὶ σοφὰ αὐτῷ περὶ γυναικῶν ἐν Πολιτείᾳ διατεταγμένα ἢ οἷα τὰ περὶ ἔρωτος ἐκθέσμου σεσεμνολογημένα ἐν Φαίδρῳ. σὺ δ', εἰ καὶ τούτων ἐπακοῦσαι ποθεῖς, ἀνάγνωθι τάσδε αὐτοῦ λαβὼν τὰς φωνάς·
If anyone assigns the service due to the eternal and creator to another, younger and generated, let him be recorded as insane and guilty of the greatest impiety. These truly pure and divine teachings of Hebrew piety we have honored before the inflated philosophy. Why need I prolong the matter and bring the other things of Plato to light, when from these it is possible to infer what is now passed over by me in silence? I was not led to say these things for the sake of slander, since I greatly admire the man, indeed I consider and honor him as a friend of all Greeks, as one who has thought things dear and akin to me, even if not entirely the same, but in comparison with Moses and the prophets among the Hebrews I show the deficiency of his thought. Yet it was possible for one prepared to find fault to bring many accusations, such as his solemn and wise arrangements concerning women in the Republic, or his solemnly glorified words about lawless love in the Phaedrus. But you, if you desire to hear these things as well, take his own words and read them.
ιθʹ. ΟΠΟΙΑ ΠΕΡΙ ΓΥΝΑΙΚΩΝ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΔΙΕΤΑΞΑΤΟ «Ἴσως δή, εἶπον, παρὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς γελοῖα ἂν φαίνοιτο πολλὰ περὶ τὰ νῦν δὴ λεγόμενα, εἰ πράξεται ᾗ λέγεται. Καὶ μάλα, ἔφη. Τί δέ, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, γελοιότατον αὐτῶν ὁρᾷς; ἢ δηλαδὴ ὅτι γυμνὰς τὰς γυναῖκας ἐν ταῖς παλαίστραις γυμναζομένας μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, οὐ μόνον τὰς νέας, ἀλλ' ἤδη καὶ τὰς πρεσβυτέρας, ὥσπερ τοὺς γέροντας ἐν τοῖς γυμνασίοις, ὅταν ῥυσοὶ καὶ μὴ ἡδεῖς τὴν ὄψιν ὅμως φιλογυμναστῶσι.» Καὶ ἐπιλέγει ἑξῆς· «Ὁ δὲ γελῶν ἀνὴρ ἐπὶ γυμναῖς ταῖς γυναιξὶ τοῦ βελτίστου ἕνεκα γυμναζομέναις, «ἅτε δὴ τοῦ γελοίου σοφίας δρέπων καρπόν,» οὐδὲ οἶδεν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐφ' ᾧ γελᾷ.» Φησὶ δὲ καὶ ἐν ἑβδόμῳ τῶν Νόμων· «Ὡς ἄρα δεήσει τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παῖδας ὀρχεῖσθαι, δῆλα δή, καὶ γυμνάζεσθαι μανθάνειν·» καί· «Τοῖς μὲν παισὶν ὀρχησταί, ταῖς δὲ ὀρχηστρίδες ἂν εἶεν πρὸς τὸ διαπονεῖν οὐκ ἀνεπιτηδειότερον.» Τίθησι δ' ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ τάδε· «Ἡ δὲ αὖ που παρ' ἡμῖν κόρη καὶ δέσποινα, εὐφρανθεῖσα τῇ τῆς χορείας παιδείᾳ, οὐκ ᾠήθη δεῖν κεναῖς χερσὶν ἀθύρειν, πανοπλίᾳ δὲ παντελεῖ κοσμηθεῖσα οὕτω τὴν ὄρχησιν διαπεραίνειν· ἃ δὴ πάντως μιμεῖσθαι πρέπον ἂν εἴη κόρους τε ἅμα καὶ κόρας.» Καὶ πολεμεῖν δὲ γυναιξὶν ὧδέ πη νομοθετεῖ·
9. What Plato Ordained Concerning Women: "Perhaps, then," I said, "many things now being spoken might appear ridiculous contrary to custom, if they are done as described." "And indeed," he said. "What," I said, "do you see as the most ridiculous of them? Or is it obviously that women, naked, exercise in the wrestling schools with men, not only the young but also the older, just as old men in the gymnasia, when wrinkled and not pleasant to look at, yet still love to exercise?" And he adds next: "But the man who laughs at women exercising naked for the sake of the best, 'plucking the fruit of wisdom from the ridiculous,' does not know, it seems, at what he laughs." He also says in the seventh book of the Laws: "Thus it will be necessary for boys and girls to learn to dance, clearly, and to exercise;" and: "For boys there would be dancers, for girls there would be dancing girls, not less suitable for exertion." He also sets down in the same work the following: "And our maiden and mistress, rejoicing in the education of the chorus, did not think it right to play with empty hands, but, adorned with full armor, thus completes the dance; which it would be altogether fitting for both youths and maidens to imitate." And he also legislates for women to engage in warfare somewhere as follows:
«Ἐν δὲ τούτοις πᾶσι δεῖ διδασκάλους ἑκάστων πεπεισμένους μισθοῖς, οἰκοῦντας ξένους, διδάσκειν τε πάντα ὅσα πρὸς τὸν πόλεμόν ἐστι μαθήματα τοὺς φοιτῶντας ὅσα τε πρὸς μουσικήν, οὐχ ὃν μὲν ἂν ὁ πατὴρ βούληται, φοιτῶντα, ὃν δ' ἂν μή, ἐῶντα τὰς παιδείας, ἀλλὰ τὸ λεγόμενον πάντα ἄνδρα καὶ παῖδα κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν, ὡς τῆς πόλεως μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν γεννητόρων ὄντας, παι13.19.5 δευτέον ἐξ ἀνάγκης. ταὐτὰ δὲ δὴ καὶ περὶ θηλειῶν ὁ μὲν ἐμὸς νόμος ἂν εἴποι πάντα, ὅσαπερ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀρρένων, ἴσα καὶ τὰς θηλείας ἀσκεῖν δεῖν· καὶ οὐδὲν φοβηθεὶς εἴποιμ' ἂν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον οὔτε ἱππικῆς οὔτε γυμναστικῆς, ὡς ἀνδράσι μὲν πρέπον ἂν εἴη, γυναιξὶ δὲ οὐκ ἂν πρέπον.» Καὶ πάλιν ἑξῆς ὑποβάς φησι· «Γυμνάσια τιθῶμεν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον πάντα τοῖς σώμασι διαπονήματα τοξικῆς τε καὶ πάσης ῥίψεως καὶ πελταστικῆς καὶ ἁπάσης ὁπλομαχίας καὶ διεξόδων τακτικῶν καὶ ἁπάσης πορείας στρατοπέδων καὶ στρατοπεδεύσεων καὶ ὅσα εἰς ἱππικὴν μαθήματα ξυντείνει. πάντων γὰρ τούτων διδασκάλους τε εἶναι δεῖ κοινούς, ἀρνυμένους μισθὸν παρὰ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τούτων μαθητὰς τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει παῖδάς τε καὶ ἄνδρας καὶ κόρας καὶ γυναῖκας πάντων τούτων ἐπιστήμονας· κόρας μὲν οὔσας ἔτι πᾶσαν τὴν ἐν ὅπλοις ὄρχησιν καὶ μάχην μεμελετηκυίας, γυναῖκας δὲ διεξόδων καὶ τάξεων καὶ θέσεως καὶ ἀναιρέσεως ὅπλων ἡμμένας.» Ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τούτοις ὁ Ἑβραίων ἐπινεύσει λόγος, ἀντιφθέγξεται δὲ πάντως τἀναντία, μηδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρῶν ῥώμαις, μὴ ὅτι γε γυναικῶν τὴν ἐν πολέμοις ἀνατιθεὶς κατόρθωσιν, πάντα δὲ εἰς θεὸν ἀνάγων καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦδε. λέγει δ' οὖν·
In all these matters there must be teachers for each subject, hired with pay, living as foreigners, and they must teach all the lessons that pertain to war and all that pertain to music, not only when the father wishes the student to attend, and when he does not, letting the education go, but, as the saying goes, every man and child, as far as possible, must be educated of necessity, as belonging to the city rather than to their parents. The same things indeed concerning females my law would say, that all things just as for males, equally females must train; and I would say this word fearing nothing, neither of horsemanship nor of gymnastics, as though it would be fitting for men but not fitting for women. And again, proceeding further he says: Let us establish gymnasia and all the exercises for the body concerning war, of archery and all throwing and peltast fighting and all armed combat and tactical maneuvers and all marching of camps and encampments and all lessons that pertain to horsemanship. For of all these there must be common teachers, receiving pay from the city, and students of these must be the boys and men and maidens and women in the city, knowledgeable in all these things: maidens while still young having practiced all the dance in arms and battle, and women having taken hold of maneuvers and ranks and position and removal of arms. But the Hebrew word will not assent even to these, but will speak the opposite in every way, attributing success in wars not to the strength of men, let alone of women, but referring everything to God and the alliance from Him. So it says:
«Ἐὰν μὴ κύριος οἰκοδομήσῃ οἶκον, εἰς μάτην ἐκοπίασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες αὐτόν. ἐὰν μὴ κύριος φυλάξῃ πόλιν, εἰς μάτην ἠγρύπνησεν ὁ φυλάσσων.» ὁ δέ γε θαυμαστὸς φιλόσοφος θέα ὡς καὶ εἰς τὸν γυμνικὸν εἰσάγει τὰς γυναῖκας ἀγῶνα, ὧδέ πη λέγων· «Γυναιξὶ δέ, κόραις μὲν ἀνήβοις γυμναῖς στάδιον καὶ δίαυλον καὶ ἔφιππον
καὶ δόλιχον, ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ δρόμῳ ἁμιλλωμέναις· ταῖς δὲ τριακαιδεκέτεσι μέχρι γάμου μενούσαις κοινωνίας μὴ μακρότερον εἴκοσιν ἐτῶν μηδ' ἔλαττον ὀκτωκαίδεκα, πρεπούσῃ δὲ στολῇ ταύταις ἐσταλμέναις καταβατέον ἐπὶ τὴν ἅμιλλαν τούτων τῶν δρόμων. καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ δρόμους ἀνδράσι τε καὶ γυναιξὶ ταῦτ' ἔστω· τὰ δὲ κατ' ἰσχύν, ἀντὶ μὲν πάλης καὶ τῶν τοιούτων τὰ νῦν, ὅσα βαρέα, τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάχην ἕνα τε πρὸς ἕνα διαμαχομένους καὶ δύο πρὸς δύο.» Καὶ ἑξῆς εἰπών· «Ταὐτὸν δὴ καὶ τοὺς περὶ ὁπλομαχίαν ἄκρους παρακαλοῦντας χρὴ τούτους νομοθετεῖν κελεύειν» ἐπιφέρει λέγων· «Τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν θηλειῶν ἔστω νομοθετούμενα, τῶν μέχρι γάμων.» Εἶτα πάλιν τούτοις ἑξῆς συνάψας τοὺς περὶ πελταστικῆς καὶ παγκρατίου καὶ τόξου λίθων τε ἐκ χειρὸς βολῆς καὶ διὰ σφενδόνης νόμους ἵππων τε πέρι ἀγῶνος, πάλιν κἀνταῦθα περὶ τῶν θηλειῶν ἐπάγει λέγων· «Θηλείας δὲ περὶ τούτων νόμοις μὲν καὶ ἐπιτάξεσιν οὐκ ἄξια βιάζεσθαι τῆς κοινωνίας· ἐὰν δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔξωθεν παιδεύματα εἰς ἔθος ἰόντων ἡ φύσις ἐνδέχηται καὶ μὴ δυσχεραίνῃ παῖδας ἢ παρθένους κοινωνεῖν, ἐᾶν καὶ μὴ ψέγειν.» Τοσαῦτα τοῦ Πλάτωνος τὰ περὶ γυναικῶν. τοῦ δ' αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ θαυμάσιος ὅδε τυγχάνει νόμος·
If the master does not build the house, those who build it have labored in vain. If the master does not guard the city, the guard has kept watch in vain. And this wonderful philosopher also introduces women into the gymnastic contest, speaking somewhere as follows: "For women, for girls before puberty, the naked stadium, the double course, the horse race, and the long course, as they compete in the race itself; for those from thirteen years of age until marriage, remaining in the community for no longer than twenty years and no less than eighteen, and dressed in appropriate attire, they must descend to the competition of these races. And let these be the matters concerning races for men and women; and for those concerning strength, instead of wrestling and such things as are now heavy, the battle in arms, fighting one against one and two against two." And after saying next, "It is necessary to command that those who summon the experts in armed combat legislate these things," he adds, saying, "And let the same be legislated concerning females, up to the time of marriage." Then, after joining to these the laws concerning peltastic fighting, the pancratium, the bow, the throwing of stones by hand and by sling, and the contest of horses, he again introduces concerning females, saying, "But it is not fitting to force females concerning these things by laws and ordinances of the community; but if, from the external training becoming customary, nature permits and does not object to boys or maidens sharing, let it be allowed and not censured." So much for Plato's statements concerning women. And this wonderful law also belongs to him:
«Ἐάν τις παῖδας θηλείας καταλίπῃ, δι' ἀδελφῶν τε καὶ ἀδελφιδῶν ἐπανιὼν ἔμπροσθεν μὲν τῶν ἀρρένων, ὕστερον δὲ θηλειῶν ἑνὶ γένει· τὴν δὲ τοῦ τῶν γάμων χρόνου συμμετρίαν τε καὶ ἀμετρίαν δικαστὴς σκοπῶν κρινέτω, γυμνοὺς μὲν τοὺς ἄρρενας, γυμνὰς δὲ ὀμφαλοῦ μέχρι θεώμενος τὰς θηλείας.» Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς δεῖν αὐτάς φησι γυμνὰς χορεύειν ἐν ἕκτῳ τῶν Νόμων λέγων οὕτως· «Τῆς οὖν τοιαύτης σπουδῆς ἕνεκα χρὴ καὶ τὰς παιδείας ποιεῖσθαι χορεύοντάς τε καὶ χορευούσας κόρους τε καὶ κόρας καὶ ἅμα δὴ θεωροῦντάς τε καὶ θεωρουμένους μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἡλικίας τινὸς ἐχούσης εἰκυίας προφάσεις γυμνοὺς καὶ γυμνὰς μέχρι περ αἰδοῦς σώφρονος ἑκάστων.» Πρὸς τούτοις ἅπασιν ἐπάκουσον καὶ τῶνδε τῶν ἐν Πολιτείᾳ περὶ τοῦ κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς γυναῖκας νόμου· «Τούτων, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ἕπεται νόμος καὶ τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι, ὅδε· τὰς γυναῖκας ταύτας τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων πάντων πάσας εἶναι κοινάς, ἰδίᾳ δὲ μηδενὶ μηδεμίαν συνοικεῖν· καὶ τοὺς παῖδας αὖ κοινοὺς καὶ μήτε γονέα ἔκγονον εἰδέναι τὸν αὑτοῦ μήτε παῖδα γονέα.» Καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει· «Εἰκὸς μὲν τοίνυν, ἦν δ' ἐγώ· ὁ νομοθέτης αὐτοῖς ὥσπερ τοὺς ἄνδρας οὕτω καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἐκλέξας παραδώσει καθ' ὅσον οἷόν τε ὁμοφυεῖς· οἱ δὲ ἅτε οἰκίας τε καὶ ξυσσίτια κοινὰ ἔχοντες, ἰδίᾳ δὲ οὐδενὸς οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον κεκτημένου, ὁμοῦ δὴ ἔσονται, ὁμοῦ δὲ ἀναμεμιγμένων καὶ ἐν γυμνασίοις καὶ ἐν τῇ ἄλλῃ τροφῇ ὑπ' ἀνάγκης, οἶμαι, τῆς ἐμφύτου ἄξονται πρὸς τὴν ἀλλήλων μῖξιν. ἢ οὐκ ἀναγκαῖά σοι δοκῶ λέγειν;
If someone leaves behind female children, returning through brothers and nieces and nephews, first among the males, later among the females in one family; and let a judge, examining the proportion and disproportion of the time of marriages, decide, viewing the males naked, and the females naked as far as the navel. But also in festivals, he says they must dance naked, speaking thus in the sixth book of the Laws: "For the sake of such earnestness, it is necessary to conduct the educations, with boys and girls dancing and dancing, and at the same time both viewing and being viewed, with reason and with some age having suitable pretexts, naked males and females as far as the genitals, each being modest." In addition to all this, listen also to this law in the Republic about women being common: "After these things, I said, follows a law, along with the others, as I think, this one: that these women of these men are all to be common, and no one is to cohabit privately with any one; and the children are to be common, and neither parent is to know his own offspring nor child his parent." And he adds further: "It is likely, then, I said; the lawgiver, having selected the women just as the men, will hand them over as far as possible of the same nature; and since they have houses and common messes in common, and no one possesses anything of this kind privately, they will be together, and with both sexes mingling in gymnasiums and in the rest of their nurture, they will, I think, be led by necessity of innate instinct to intercourse with each other. Or do I not seem to you to speak of necessities?
Οὐ γεωμετρικαῖς γε, ἦ δ' ὅς, ἀλλ' ἐρωτικαῖς ἀνάγκαις, αἳ κινδυνεύουσιν ἐκείνων δριμύτεραι εἶναι πρὸς τὸ πείθειν τε καὶ ἕλκειν τὸν πολὺν λεών.» Ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν ἴσως τις ἑτέρως διηγήσεται τὴν τοῦ λόγου διάνοιαν, μὴ τὸ νομιζόμενον φὰς ὑποβάλλειν. μὴ γὰρ ἀδιαστόλως εἰπεῖν πάσας εἶναι κοινὰς τὰς γυναῖκας, ὡς καὶ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἀκολασταίνειν ἐξεῖναι, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐξουσίᾳ κεῖσθαι τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας διανέμησιν αὐτῶν. οὕτως γὰρ εἶναι κοινάς, ὡς ἂν καὶ τὰ δημόσια χρήματα φαίη τις εἶναι κοινὰ οἷς προσήκει διανεμόμενα πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτετραμμένων. καὶ δὴ ταῦθ' οὕτως ἐχέτω. τί δ' ἂν εἴποις μαθὼν ὡς καὶ μὴ ἐκφέρειν εἰς φῶς τὰ κυούμενα προστάττει, λέγων ὧδε; «Γυναικί, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ἀρξαμένῃ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαέτιδος τίκτειν τῇ πόλει· ἀνδρὶ δέ, ἐπειδὰν τὴν ὀξυτάτην δρόμου ἀκμὴν παρῇ, τὸ ἀπὸ τούτου γεννᾶν τῇ πόλει μέχρι πεντεκαιπεντηκονταέτους.» Οἷς ἐπιλέγει· «Ὅταν δὲ δή, οἶμαι, αἵ τε γυναῖκες καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ γεννᾶν ἐκβῶσι τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἀφήσομέν που ἐλευθέρους αὐτοὺς συγγίνεσθαι ᾧ ἐὰν ἐθέλωσι.» Καὶ ἐπιλέγει·
Not by geometric, but by erotic necessities, which are likely to be more pungent than those for persuading and drawing the common people." But perhaps someone will interpret the meaning of this passage differently, not supposing that it suggests what is commonly thought. For he does not say without distinction that all women are common, so that it is permitted to be licentious with anyone who happens by, but that the distribution of them to men lies at the discretion of the rulers. For they are common in the sense that one might say public funds are common, distributed by those entrusted with them to those to whom they belong. And let this be so. What would you say upon learning that he also commands not to bring to light what is conceived, speaking thus: "A woman, I said, beginning from the age of twenty, is to bear children for the city; and a man, when he has passed the swiftest peak of his course, is to beget for the city from that time until the age of fifty-five." To which he adds: "But when, I suppose, both women and men have passed the age of procreation, we will leave them free to consort with whomever they wish." And he adds:
«Διακελευσάμενοι προθυμεῖσθαι μάλιστα μὲν μὴ εἰς φῶς ἐκφέρειν κύημα μηδέν, ἐὰν γένηται· ἐὰν δέ τις βιάσηται, οὕτω τιθέναι ὡς οὐκ οὔσης τροφῆς τῷ τοιούτῳ.» Καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ γυναικῶν ἀγωγῆς τοιαῦτα. τὰ δὲ περὶ ἔρωτος ἐκθέσμου ἐπάκουσον οἷα τυγχάνει·
κʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΕΡΩΤΟΣ ΕΚΘΕΣΜΟΥ «Ὅταν δὲ χρονίζῃ τοῦτο δρῶν καὶ πλησιάζῃ μετὰ τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι ἔν τε γυμνασίοις καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ὁμιλίαις, τότε δὴ ἡ τοῦ ῥεύματος ἐκείνου πηγή, ὃν ἵμερον Ζεὺς Γανυμήδους ἐρῶν ὠνόμασε, πολλὴ φερομένη πρὸς τὸν ἐραστὴν ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δ' ἀπομεστουμένου ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ· καὶ οἷον πνεῦμα ἤ τις ἠχὼ ἀπὸ λείων τε καὶ στερεῶν ἁλλομένη πάλιν ὅθεν ὡρμήθη φέρεται, οὕτω τὸ τοῦ κάλλους ῥεῦμα πάλιν εἰς τὸν καλὸν διὰ τῶν ὀμμάτων ἰόν, ᾗ πέφυκεν ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἰέναι ἀφικόμενον, καὶ ἀναπτερῶσαν τὰς διόδους τῶν πτερῶν ἄρδει τε καὶ ὥρμησε πτεροφυεῖν καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐρωμένου αὖ ψυχὴν ἔρωτος ἐνέπλησεν. ἐρᾷ μὲν οὖν, ὅτου δέ, ἀπορεῖ καὶ οὔθ' ὅ τι πέπονθεν οὐδ' ἔχει φράσαι, ἀλλ' οἷον ἀπ' ἄλλου ὀφθαλμίας ἀπολελαυκὼς πρόφασιν εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἔχει.» Καὶ ἐπιλέγει ἑξῆς· «Ἐπιθυμεῖ δὲ ἐκείνῳ παραπλησίως μέν, ἀσθενεστέρως δέ, ὁρᾶν, ἅπτεσθαι, φιλεῖν, συγκατακεῖσθαι· καὶ δέ, οἷον εἰκός, ποιεῖ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ταχὺ ταῦτα. ἐν οὖν τῇ συγκοιμήσει τοῦ μὲν ἐραστοῦ ὁ ἀκόλαστος ἵππος ἔχει ὅ τι λέγει πρὸς τὸν ἡνίοχον καὶ ἀξιοῖ ἀντὶ πολλῶν πόνων σμικρὰ ἀπολαῦσαι· ὁ δὲ τῶν παιδικῶν ἔχει μὲν οὐδὲν εἰπεῖν, σπαργῶν δὲ καὶ ἀπορῶν περιβάλλει τὸν ἐραστὴν καὶ φιλεῖ, ὡς σφόδρα εὔνουν ἀσπαζόμενος·
Having given orders to be especially eager not to bring any offspring to light, if one should be conceived; but if someone should be forced, to expose it as if there were no nourishment for such a child. And such are the matters concerning the training of women. But hear what sort of things are said concerning unlawful love:
20. Concerning Unlawful Love: "When he continues doing this and draws near with touching both in gymnasia and in other associations, then indeed the source of that stream, which Zeus, loving Ganymede, named 'desire,' flows copiously toward the lover; part of it sinks into him, but part, when he is filled, flows outward; and like a breath or an echo rebounding from smooth and solid surfaces and carried back to where it started, so the stream of beauty returns again to the beautiful one through the eyes, going as it is naturally inclined to go to the soul, and having arrived, it waters and stimulates the passages of the wings to grow feathers, and fills the soul of the beloved with love. So he loves, but of whom he is at a loss, and cannot say what he has experienced, but like one who has caught an eye-disease from another, he has no excuse to give." And he adds next: "He desires similarly, but more weakly, to see, to touch, to kiss, to lie together; and, as is likely, he does these things quickly thereafter. So in the act of sleeping together, the licentious horse of the lover has something to say to the charioteer and demands to enjoy small pleasures in return for many labors; but that of the beloved has nothing to say, yet, being full of passion and at a loss, he embraces the lover and kisses him, greeting him as a very well-disposed friend.
ὅταν τε συγκατακέωνται, οἷός τέ ἐστι μὴ ἀπαρνηθῆναι τὸ αὑτοῦ μέρος χαρίσασθαι τῷ ἐρῶντι, εἰ δεηθείη τυγχάνειν. – ἐὰν μὲν δὴ οὖν εἰς τεταγμένην δίαιταν καὶ φιλοσοφίαν νικήσῃ τὰ βελτίω τῆς διανοίας, μακάριον καὶ ὁμονοητικὸν τὸν ἐνθάδε βίον διάξουσιν, ἐγκρατεῖς ἑαυτῶν καὶ κόσμιοι ὄντες.» Εἶτα μεθ' ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει· «Ἐὰν δὲ διαίτῃ φορτικωτέρᾳ τε καὶ ἀφιλοσόφῳ, φιλοτίμῳ δὲ χρήσωνται, τάχ' ἄν που ἐν μέθαις ἤ τινι ἄλλῃ ἀμελείᾳ τὼ ἀκολάστω αὐτοῖν ὑποζυγίω λαβόντε τὰς ψυχὰς ἀφρούρους, συναγαγόντες εἰς ταὐτὸ τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν μακαριστὴν αἵρεσιν εἱλέσθην καὶ διεπραξάσθην· καὶ διαπραξαμένω τὸ λοιπὸν ἤδη χρῶνται μὲν αὐτῇ, σπανίᾳ δέ, ἅτε οὐ πάσῃ δεδογμένα τῇ διανοίᾳ πράτ τοντες. φίλω μὲν οὖν καὶ τούτω, ἧττον δὲ ἐκείνων, ἀλλήλοιν διά τε τοῦ ἔρωτος καὶ ἔξω γενομένω διάγουσι, πίστεσι ταῖς μεγίσταις ἡγουμένω ἀλλήλοιν δεδωκέναι τε καὶ δεδέχθαι, ἃς οὐ θεμιτὸν εἶναι λύσαντας εἰς ἔχθραν ποτὲ ἐλθεῖν. ἐν δὲ τῇ τελευτῇ ἄπτεροι μέν, ὡρμηκότες δὲ πτεροῦσθαι ἐκβαίνουσι τοῦ σώματος, ὥστε οὐ σμικρὸν ἆθλον τῆς ἐρωτικῆς μανίας φέρονται. εἰς γὰρ σκότον καὶ τὴν ὑπὸ γῆς πορείαν οὐ νόμος ἐστὶν ἔτι ἐλθεῖν τοῖς κατηργμένοις ἤδη τῆς ὑπουρανίου πορείας, ἀλλὰ φανὸν βίον διαγαγόντας εὐδαιμονεῖν μετ' ἀλλήλων πορευομένους καὶ ὁμοπτέρους ἔρωτος χάριν. ταῦτα τοσαῦτα, ὦ παῖ, καὶ οὕτω θεῖά σοι δωρήσεται ἡ παρ' ἐραστοῦ φιλία.» Τοιαῦτα μὲν τὰ Πλάτωνος, ἀλλ' οὐ τὰ Μωσέως, ὃς διαρρήδην τούτοις ἐναντία νομοθετεῖ, μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ τὴν κατὰ παιδεραστῶν προσήκουσαν προφερόμενος δίκην. φησὶ γοῦν·
When they lie together, what sort of man is he who would not deny his own part to gratify the lover, if he should need it? If, then, the better elements of the mind prevail toward a regulated regimen and philosophy, they will live a blessed and harmonious life here, being self-controlled and orderly. Then after other remarks he adds: "But if they adopt a more vulgar and unphilosophical regimen, yet an ambitious one, perhaps in drunkenness or some other negligence, the two undisciplined beasts of burden, taking the souls off guard, having brought together into the same the choice blessed by the many, they chose and accomplished it; and having accomplished it, they henceforth use it, but sparingly, since they do not do what is not approved by the whole mind. These two are friends, but less so than the former, living together through love and also apart, holding that they have given and received the greatest pledges to each other, which it is not lawful to break and ever come to enmity. At the end, however, they depart from the body wingless, but eager to become winged, so that they carry away no small prize for their erotic madness. For it is not lawful for those who have already begun the journey beneath the heavens to go into darkness and the path under the earth, but having lived a luminous life, they are blessed, journeying together and becoming winged for the sake of love. Such and so divine gifts, O boy, will the friendship from a lover bestow upon you." Such are the words of Plato, but not those of Moses, who explicitly legislates contrary to these, proclaiming with a loud voice the fitting penalty against pederasts. He says, then:
«Ὃς ἂν κοιμηθῇ μετὰ ἄρσενος κοίτην γυναι κός, βδέλυγμα ἐποίησαν ἀμφότεροι· θανάτῳ θανατούσθωσαν, ἔνοχοί εἰσι» καί· «Ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ κοιμώμενος μετὰ ἄρσενος κοίτην γυναικός.» τί δεῖ τὰ νῦν ἀπελέγχειν, ὡς παρεὶς ὁ σοφώτατος τὸν παιδεραστὴν οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις ἠξίωσε κατὰ παιδεραστῶν θανάτου δίκην ὁρίσασθαι προστάττει θανάτῳ ζημιοῦν οἰκετῶν τὸν μὴ καταμηνύσαντα
θησαυρὸν ὑφ' ἑτέρου τινὸς εὑρημένον; ἐπάκουσον δὲ καὶ τῶνδε, ἵνα μή με συκοφαντεῖν ὑπολάβῃς·
καʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΠΑΡΑ ΠΛΑΤΩΝΙ ΦΟΝΙΚΩΝ ΝΟΜΩΝ «Ὅ τι δ' ἂν ὁ θεός,» φησίν, «ἀναιρῇ περί τε τῶν κτημάτων καὶ τοῦ κινήσαντος, τοῦθ' ἡ πόλις ὑπηρετοῦσα ταῖς μαντείαις δράτω τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐλεύθερος ὁ μηνύσας ᾖ, δόξαν ἀρετῆς κεκτήσθω, μὴ μηνύων δὲ κακίας· δοῦλος δὲ ἐὰν ᾖ, ὁ μηνύσας μὲν ἐλεύθερος ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως ὀρθῶς γίγνοιτ' ἄν, ἀποδιδούσης τῷ δεσπότῃ τὴν τιμήν· μὴ μηνύων δὲ θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω.» Κἀνταῦθα μὲν ἐζημίωται θανάτῳ οὐχ ὁ παρακινήσας τι τῶν ἀπειρημένων, ἀλλ' ὁ ἑτέρου πλημμελήσαντος μὴ καταμηνύσας. καὶ ἄλλως δὲ καθαρὸν ἀποφαίνει δεσπότην, εἰ τὸν ἴδιον δοῦλον θυμῷ φονεύσειε. λέγει δ' οὖν· «Δοῦλον δὲ κτείνας ἑαυτοῦ μὲν καθηράσθω, ἐὰν δὲ ἀλλότριον θυμῷ, διπλῇ τὸ βλάβος ἐκτισάτω τῷ κεκτημένῳ.» Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἐπάκουσον αὐτοῦ τῶν νόμων, οὓς περὶ φονέων διετάξατο· «Ἂν ἄρα τις αὐτόχειρ μὲν κτείνῃ ἐλεύθερον, τὸ δὲ πεπραγμένον ἀπροβουλεύτως ὀργῇ τινι γένηται πραχθέν, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, καθάπερ ἄνευ θυμοῦ κτείναντι προσῆκέ τῳ πάσχειν, πασχέτω·
Whoever lies with a male as with a woman, both have committed an abomination; let them be put to death, they are guilty. And: Cursed is everyone who lies with a male as with a woman. Why should I now refute that the most wise one, omitting the pederast—for even in the Laws he did not deign to prescribe the death penalty against pederasts—orders that a slave who does not report a treasure found by someone else be punished by death? But listen also to the following, lest you suppose I am slandering:
21. CONCERNING THE PENAL LAWS IN PLATO: "Whatever the god," he says, "ordains concerning possessions and the one who moved them, the city, serving the oracles, shall do the god's bidding. And if the informer is free, let him acquire a reputation for virtue, but if he does not inform, for vice; if he is a slave, the one who informs would rightly be made free by the city, paying the price to the master; but if he does not inform, let him be punished by death." Here, then, it is not the one who has transgressed any of the forbidden things who is punished by death, but the one who, when another has offended, did not inform. And in another way, he declares a master pure if he kills his own slave in anger. For he says: "If one kills his own slave, let him be purified; but if he kills another's in anger, let him pay double the damage to the owner." And listen also to this from his laws, which he laid down concerning murderers: "If someone kills a free person with his own hand, and the deed was done unintentionally in some anger, let him suffer the other things, just as it is fitting for one who kills without anger to suffer.
δύο δ' ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔτη φευγέτω, κολάζων τὸν αὑτοῦ θυμόν.» Καὶ τούτῳ προστίθησιν ἑξῆς ἕτερον τοιόνδε νόμον· «Ὁ δὲ θυμῷ μέν, μετ' ἐπιβουλῆς δὲ κτείνας τὰ μὲν ἄλλα κατὰ τὸν ἔμπροσθεν αὖ, τρία δὲ ἔτη, καθάπερ ἅτερος ἔφευγε τὰ δύο, φευγέτω, μεγέθει θυμοῦ πλείω τιμωρηθεὶς χρόνον.» Εἶθ' ἑξῆς περὶ τοῦ δεύτερον φονεύσαντος τοιάδε νομοθετεῖ· «Ἐὰν δὲ αὖθίς ποτε κατελθὼν ὁπότερος αὐτοῖν ἡττηθεὶς ὀργῇ πράξῃ ταὐτὸν τοῦτο, φυγὼν μηκέτι κατέλθῃ.» Καὶ πάλιν ἑξῆς φησιν· «Ἐὰν δέ, ὃ γίνεται μέν, ὀλιγάκις δέ, διὰ θυμὸν πατὴρ ἢ μήτηρ υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα πληγαῖς ἤ τινι τρόπῳ βιαίῳ κτείνῃ, καθάρσεις μὲν τὰς αὐτὰς τοῖς ἄλλοις καθαίρεσθαι καὶ ἐνιαυτοὺς τρεῖς ἀπενιαυτεῖν, κατελθόντων δὲ τῶν κτεινάντων ἀπαλλάττεσθαι γυναῖκά τε ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα ἀπὸ γυναικὸς καὶ μήποτ' ἔτι κοινῇ παιδοποιήσασθαι.» Καὶ τούτοις ἐπιφέρει· «Γυναῖκα δὲ γαμετὴν ἐὰν ἀνὴρ δι' ὀργὴν κτείνῃ τινὰ ἢ γυνή τις ἑαυτῆς ἄνδρα ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ὡσαύτως ἐργάσηται, καθαίρεσθαι τοὺς αὐτοὺς καθαρμούς, τριετεῖς δὲ ἀπενιαυτήσεις διατελεῖν. κατελθὼν δὲ ὁ τοιοῦτό τι δράσας τοῖς αὑτοῦ παισὶν ἱερῶν μὴ κοινωνείτω μηδὲ ὁμοτράπεζος γιγνέσθω ποτέ. καὶ ἐὰν ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν ἢ ἀδελφὴν ἀδελφὴ θυμῷ κτείνῃ, τὰ μὲν τῶν καθαρμῶν καὶ ἀπενιαυτήσεων, καθάπερ εἴρηται τοῖς γονεῦσι καὶ τοῖς ἐγγόνοις, εἰρήσθω δεῖν γίγνεσθαι καὶ τούτοις ὧν ἀδελφούς τε ἀδελφῶν καὶ γονέας ἐστέρηκε παίδων· τούτοις δὲ συνέστιος αὐτοῖς αὐτὸς μηδέποτε γιγνέσθω μηδὲ κοινω13.21.9 νὸς ἱερῶν.
Two years he must necessarily flee, chastening his own anger." And to this he adds next another law of this kind: "He who kills in anger, but with premeditation, in other respects according to the former law, but let him flee three years, just as the other fled two, punished with a longer time because of the greater anger." Then next concerning the one who kills a second time he legislates as follows: "If, having returned, either of them, overcome by anger, does this same thing again, let him flee and never return." And again next he says: "If, which happens but rarely, a father or mother kills a son or daughter in anger by blows or some violent means, let them undergo the same purifications as others and be in exile for three years, and when those who killed return, let the wife be separated from the husband and the husband from the wife, and let them never again have children together." And to these he adds: "If a husband kills his wedded wife in anger, or a wife does the same to her husband, let them undergo the same purifications and complete three years of exile. When such a one returns, let him not partake of sacred rites with his own children nor ever be a table-companion. And if a brother kills a brother or a sister a sister in anger, let it be said that the same purifications and exiles as are prescribed for parents and children must be undergone also by those who have deprived brothers of brothers and parents of children; but let him never be a housemate with them nor a participant in sacred rites.
–ἀδελφὸς δὲ ἐὰν ἀδελφὸν κτείνῃ ἐν στάσεσι μάχης γενομένης ἤ τινι τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ ἀμυνόμενος ἄρχοντα χειρῶν πρότερον, καθάπερ πολέ μιον ἀποκτείνας ἔστω καθαρός, καὶ ἐὰν πολίτης πολίτην, ὡσαύτως, ἢ ξένος ξένον. ἐὰν δὲ ἀστὸν ξένος ἢ ξένον ἀστὸς ἀμυνόμενος κτείνῃ, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἔστω τοῦ καθαρὸς εἶναι· καὶ ἐὰν δοῦλος δοῦλον, ὡσαύτως. ἐὰν δὲ αὖ δοῦλος ἐλεύθερον ἀμυνόμενος ἀποκτείνῃ, καθάπερ ὁ κτείνας πατέρα τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἔνοχος ἔστω νόμοις. –Ὃς ἂν ἐκ προνοίας τε καὶ ἀδίκως ὅντιν' οὖν τῶν ἐμφυλίων αὐτόχειρ κτείνῃ, πρῶτον μὲν τῶν νομίμων εἰργέσθω, μήτε ἀγορὰν μήτε ἱερὰ μήτε λιμένας μήτε ἄλλον κοινὸν σύλλογον μηδένα μιαίνων, ἐάν τέ τις ἀπαγορεύῃ τῷ δράσαντι ταῦτα ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐὰν μή· ὁ γὰρ νόμος ἀπαγορεύει. –ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐπεξιών, δέον, ἢ μὴ προαγορεύων εἰργέσθω τῶν ἐντὸς ἀνεψιότητος. –τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ὑπόδικος τῷ θέλοντι τιμωρεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τελευτήσαντος
γιγνέσθω. –Γυνὴ δὲ ἄνδρα ἑαυτῆς ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι τρώσασα, ἢ ἀνὴρ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα, φευγέτω ἀειφυγίαν.» Τοιοῦτοι μὲν οἱ τοῦ φιλοσόφου νόμοι. εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ τοὺς Μωσέως τούτοις ἀντιπαραβαλεῖν, ἐπάκουσον οἷα περὶ τῶν φονικῶν διατάττεται· «Ἐὰν πατάξῃ τίς τινα καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, θανάτῳ θανατούσθω. ὁ δὲ οὐχ ἑκών, ἀλλ' ὁ θεὸς παρέδωκεν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ· δώσω σοι τόπον οὗ φεύξεται ἐκεῖ ὁ φονεύσας. ἐὰν δὲ ἐπίθηταί τις τῷ πλησίον αὐτοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν δόλῳ καὶ καταφύγῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου μου λήψῃ αὐτὸν θανατῶσαι. ὃς τύπτει πατέρα αὐτοῦ ἢ μητέρα αὐτοῦ, θανάτῳ θανατούσθω.
If a brother kills a brother in a civil disturbance or in some such manner, defending himself against one who first raised his hands, let him be pure, as having killed an enemy; and if a citizen kills a citizen, likewise, or a foreigner a foreigner. But if a native kills a foreigner, or a foreigner a native, in self-defense, let him be pure on the same terms; and if a slave kills a slave, likewise. But if a slave kills a free man in self-defense, let him be liable to the same laws as one who kills his father. Whoever intentionally and unjustly kills with his own hand any of his fellow citizens, let him first be excluded from lawful things, polluting neither market, nor temples, nor harbors, nor any other common assembly, whether anyone forbids the doer these things or not; for the law forbids. And he who does not prosecute, when he ought, or does not give notice, let him be excluded from within the degree of cousin. Secondly, let him be liable to anyone who wishes to avenge the deceased. A woman who wounds her own husband with intent to kill, or a man his own wife, let him flee into perpetual exile. Such are the laws of the philosopher. But if it is necessary to compare those of Moses with these, hear what he ordains concerning homicides: "If anyone strikes another and he dies, let him be put to death. But if he did not do it willingly, but God delivered him into his hands, I will give you a place where the slayer shall flee. But if anyone attacks his neighbor to kill him by guile and takes refuge, take him from my altar and put him to death. He who strikes his father or his mother, let him be put to death.
–ἐὰν δὲ λοιδορῶνται δύο ἄνδρες καὶ πατάξῃ τις τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ λίθῳ ἢ πυγμῇ καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ, κατακλιθῇ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν κοίτην, ἐὰν ἐξαναστὰς ὁ ἄνθρωπος περιπατήσῃ ἔξω ἐπὶ ῥάβδου αὐτοῦ, ἀθῷος ἔσται ὁ πατάξας· πλὴν τῆς ἀργίας αὐτοῦ ἀποτίσει καὶ τὰ ἰατρεῖα. ἐὰν δὲ πατάξῃ τις τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ ἢ τὴν παιδίσκην αὐτοῦ ἐν ῥάβδῳ καὶ ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὸ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, δίκῃ ἐκδικηθήσεται. ἐὰν δὲ ἡμέραν μίαν ἢ δύο βιώσῃ, οὐκ ἐκδικηθήσεται· τὸ γὰρ ἀργύριον αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. –ἐὰν δὲ πατάξῃ τις τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τοῦ οἰκέτου ἢ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τῆς θεραπαίνης αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκτυφλώσῃ αὐτόν, ἐλευθέρους ἐξαποστελεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ αὐτῶν.» τοιαῦτα δὴ καὶ τὰ Μωσέως. αὖθις δὲ ὁ Πλάτων τίνα τρόπον καὶ δι' ὁποῖα πληγαῖς ἀπαραιτήτοις αἰκίζεσθαι τὸν οἰκέτην προστάττει ἐπάκουσον· «Ὅταν τὴν γενναίαν νῦν λεγομένην σταφυλὴν ἢ τὰ γενναῖα σῦκα ἐπονομαζόμενα ὀπωρίζειν βούληται, ἐὰν μὲν ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων λαμβάνῃ, ὅπως ἂν ἐθέλῃ καὶ ὁπόταν βούληται, καρπούσθω· ἐὰν δὲ ἐξ ἄλλων μὴ πείσας, ἑπόμενος τῷ λόγῳ τῷ «μὴ κινεῖν ὅ τι μὴ κατέθετο», ἐκεῖνος ἀεὶ ζημιούσθω. ἐὰν δὲ δοῦλος μὴ πείσας τὸν δεσπότην τῶν χωρίων ἅπτηταί του τῶν τοιούτων, κατὰ ῥᾶγα βοτρύων καὶ σῦκον συκῆς ἰσαρίθμους πληγὰς τούτοις μαστιγούσθω.» Τοιαῦτα μὲν τὰ κατὰ τῶνδε, οὐκ ἄξια τῆς Πλάτωνος μεγαλονοίας. ὡς δὲ σεμνὰ καὶ φιλάνθρωπα τὰ παρὰ Μωσεῖ, μάθοις ἂν ἐπακούσας ὧδέ πη λέγοντος· «Ἐὰν δὲ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς ἀμπελῶνα τοῦ πλησίον, φάγῃ σταφυλήν, ὅσον ψυχήν σου ἐμπλησθῆναι, εἰς δ' ἄγγος οὐκ ἐμβαλεῖς.» καὶ πάλιν·
If two men are reviling each other and one strikes his neighbor with a stone or a fist and he does not die, but takes to his bed, if the man rises and walks outside leaning on his staff, the striker shall be guiltless; but he shall pay for his loss of work and the medical expenses. If a man strikes his own son or his own maidservant with a rod and he dies under his hands, he shall be punished by law. But if he lives for a day or two, he shall not be punished; for the slave is his property. If a man strikes the eye of his household slave or the eye of his maidservant and blinds him, he shall send them away free in place of their eye. Such are the laws of Moses. Now listen to how Plato prescribes in what manner and for what offenses a slave is to be flogged with inexorable blows: "When one wishes to gather what is now called the noble grape or the noble figs, if he takes from his own property, let him enjoy the fruit however and whenever he wishes; but if from another's without permission, following the principle 'do not disturb what is not your own,' let him always be fined. If a slave, without persuading the master of the fields, touches any such thing, let him be whipped with as many stripes as there are grapes in a cluster or figs on a fig tree." Such are the regulations concerning these matters, unworthy of Plato's great mind. But how noble and humane are the laws of Moses, you would learn by hearing him speak thus: "If you enter your neighbor's vineyard and eat grapes, enough to fill your soul, but you do not put any into a vessel." And again:
«Ἐὰν εἰσέλθῃς εἰς ἀμητὸν τοῦ πλησίον σου καὶ συλλέξῃς στάχυς ἐν ταῖς χερσί σου, καὶ δρέπανον οὐ μὴ ἐπιβάλῃς ἐπὶ τὸν ἀμητὸν τοῦ πλησίον σου.» καὶ αὖθις· «Ἐὰν ἀμήσῃς ἀμητόν σου ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σου καὶ ἐπιλάθῃ δράγμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σου, οὐκ ἐπαναστραφήσῃ λαβεῖν αὐτό· τῷ πτωχῷ καὶ τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ ἔσται, ἵνα εὐλογήσῃ σε κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ τῶν χειρῶν σου. ἐὰν δὲ ἐλαιολογήσῃς, οὐκ ἐπαναστρέψεις καλαμήσασθαι τὰ ὀπίσω σου· τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ ἔσται. ἐὰν δὲ τρυγήσῃς τὸν ἀμπελῶνά σου, οὐκ ἐπανατρυγήσεις τὰ ὀπίσω σου· τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ ὀρφανῷ καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ ἔσται.» Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τὰ παρὰ Μωσεῖ. δῆλα δὲ καὶ τὰ Πλάτωνος ἐν οἷς μυρία εὕροις ἂν ἀνεπίληπτα, ὧν δὴ μάλιστα τῶν παρ' αὐτῷ τὰ σεμνὰ καὶ κράτιστα ἀποδεχόμενοι τοῖς μὴ τοιούτοις μακρὰ χαίρειν φαμέν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων ὧδε διεξωδευμένων ἀποδοθείσης τε αἰτίας δι' ἣν οὐ κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφεῖν ἐγνώκαμεν, ὥρα καὶ τὰ τῆς λοιπῆς ὑποσχέσεως εἰς πέρας ἀγαγεῖν καὶ τάς γε ἄλλας αἱρέσεις τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἐπιθεωρῆσαι φιλοσοφίας.
If you enter your neighbor's harvest and gather ears of grain in your hands, you shall not put a sickle to your neighbor's harvest. And again: If you reap your harvest in your field and a sheaf is left behind in your field, you shall not turn back to take it; it shall be for the poor, and the proselyte, and the orphan, and the widow, that the Lord your God may bless you in every work of your hands. If you gather olives, you shall not turn back to glean what is left behind you; it shall be for the proselyte, and the orphan, and the widow. If you harvest your vineyard, you shall not go back to glean what is left behind you; it shall be for the proselyte, and the orphan, and the widow. These are the things in Moses. And the things of Plato are also clear, in which you might find countless blameless things, of which indeed we especially accept the noble and best among them, and bid a long farewell to those that are not such. But now that these matters have been discussed here, and the reason has been given why we have decided not to philosophize according to Plato, it is time to bring the rest of our promise to completion and to survey the other schools of Greek philosophy.
14. ΙΔ ΤΑΔΕ ΤΟ ΙΔ ΠΕΡΙΕΧΕΙ ΣΥΓΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΤΗΣ ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΚΗΣ ΠΡΟΠΑΡΑΣΚΕΥΗΣ 14. αʹ. Προοίμιον περὶ τῆς ὑποθέσεως βʹ. Περὶ τῆς τῶν φιλοσόφων πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφωνίας καὶ μάχης γʹ. Περὶ τῆς τῶν καθ' Ἑβραίους συμφωνίας δʹ. Ὅπως ὁ
Πλάτων τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ διαβέβληκεν εʹ. Περὶ τῆς πρώτης κατὰ Πλάτωνα διαδοχῆς. Ἐκ τοῦ Νομηνίου τοῦ Πυθαγορικοῦ ʹ. Περὶ Ἀρκεσιλάου τοῦ τὴν δευτέραν Ἀκαδημίαν ὑποστησαμένου. Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦζʹ. Περὶ Λακύδου τοῦ τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον διαδεξαμένου. Ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ηʹ. Περὶ Καρνεάδου τοῦ τὴν τρίτην Ἀκαδημίαν ὑποστησαμένου. Ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ θʹ. Περὶ Φίλωνος τοῦ διαδεξαμένου Κλειτόμαχον, τὸν διαδεξάμενον Καρνεάδην. Ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ιʹ. Ὅτι στοχασμοὶ καὶ λογομαχίαι καὶ πολλὴ πλάνη τυγχάνει παρὰ τοῖς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσόφοις. Ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς Νεκτανεβὼ Πορφυρίου ἐπιστολῆς καὶ λοιπῶν ιαʹ. Περὶ γεωμετρίας καὶ ἀστρονομίας καὶ λογισμῶν. Ἀπὸ τῶν Ξενοφῶντος ιβʹ. Περὶ τῶν φυσιολογεῖν αὐχούντων. Ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ιγʹ. Περὶ γυμναστικῆς καὶ μουσικῆς. Ἐκ τῆς Πολιτείας Πλάτωνος ιδʹ. Δόξαι φιλοσόφων περὶ ἀρχῶν. Ἐκ τοῦ Πλουτάρχου ιεʹ. Περὶ τῆς Ἀναξαγόρου δόξης. Ἐκ τοῦ Πλάτωνος ι ʹ. Δόξαι φιλοσόφων περὶ θεῶν. Ἐκ τοῦ Πλουτάρχου ιζʹ. Πρὸς τοὺς περὶ Ξενοφάνην καὶ Παρμενίδην τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀναιροῦντας. Ἐκ τοῦ Ἀριστοκλέους ιηʹ. Πρὸς τοὺς κατὰ Πύρρωνα σκεπτικοὺς ἢ καὶ ἐφεκτικοὺς ἐπικληθέντας, μηδὲν καταληπτὸν εἶναι ἀποφηναμένους. Ἐκ τοῦ Ἀριστοκλέους ιθʹ. Πρὸς τοὺς κατ' Ἀρίστιππον φιλοσόφους, μόνα λέγοντας τὰ πάθη εἶναι καταληπτὰ, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἀκατάληπτα. Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κʹ.
14. The fourteenth book of the Preparation for the Gospel contains the following: 1. Preface concerning the subject matter. 2. Concerning the disagreement and conflict of the philosophers with one another. 3. Concerning the harmony of the Hebrews. 4. How Plato slandered those before him. 5. Concerning the first succession according to Plato. From Numenius the Pythagorean. 6. Concerning Arcesilaus, who established the Second Academy. From the same. 7. Concerning Lacydes, who succeeded Arcesilaus. From the same. 8. Concerning Carneades, who established the Third Academy. From the same. 9. Concerning Philo, who succeeded Clitomachus, who succeeded Carneades. From the same. 10. That there are conjectures, wordy disputes, and much error among the Greek philosophers. From the letter of Porphyry to Nectanebo and others. 11. Concerning geometry, astronomy, and calculations. From Xenophon. 12. Concerning those who boast of natural philosophy. From the same. 13. Concerning gymnastics and music. From Plato’s Republic. 14. Opinions of philosophers concerning principles. From Plutarch. 15. Concerning the opinion of Anaxagoras. From Plato. 16. Opinions of philosophers concerning the gods. From Plutarch. 17. Against those who, like Xenophanes and Parmenides, abolish the senses. From Aristocles. 18. Against the skeptics, also called ephectics, following Pyrrho, who declared that nothing is apprehensible. From Aristocles. 19. Against the philosophers following Aristippus, who say that only the affections are apprehensible, and the rest inapprehensible. From the same. 20.
Πρὸς τοὺς περὶ Μητρόδωρον καὶ Πρωταγόραν, μόναις δεῖν πιστεύειν ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι λέγοντας. Ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ καʹ. Πρὸς τοὺς κατ' Ἐπίκουρον ἡδονὴν τέλος ὁριζομένους. Ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κβʹ. Ἔτι πρὸς τοὺς τὴν ἡδονὴν τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι ὁριζομένους. Ἀπὸ τοῦ Πλάτωνος κγʹ. Πρὸς τοὺς κατ' Ἐπίκουρον πρόνοιαν μὲν ἀρνουμένους, ἀτόμοις δὲ σώμασιν ἀνατιθέντας τὸ πᾶν. Ἀπὸ τῶν Διονυσίου ἐπισκόπου κδʹ. Ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑποδειγμάτων. Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κεʹ. Ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συστάσεως. Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κ ʹ. Ἀπὸ τῆς τἀνθρώπου φύσεως. Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κζʹ. Ὅτι οὐκ ἐπίπονον τῷ θεῷ τὸ ἐργάζεσθαι. Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ
ΙΔ αʹ. ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΥΠΟΘΕΣΕΩΣ Ὅσα μὲν εἰπεῖν τε καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἦν ἀμφὶ τῆς κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφίας τῆς τε τούτου πρὸς τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια συμφωνίας, δι' ἣν τὸν ἄνδρα καταπεπλήγμεθα, καὶ αὖ πάλιν τῆς πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς διαφωνίας, δι' ἣν οὐκ ἄν τις αὐτὸν εὖ φρονῶν ἀποδέξαιτο, διελθὼν ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου, μέτειμι νῦν ἐπὶ τὰς λοιπὰς αἱρέσεις τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησιν ἐπὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ βοηθέντων. καὶ τούτων αὖ πάλιν τὸν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ὄλισθον οὐκ αὐτὸς οὐδὲ παρ' ἐμαυτοῦ, διὰ δὲ τῆς αὐτῶν πάλιν τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν φωνῶν μαρτυρίας σκοπεῖν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν θήσω· οὐ μὲν δή τισι τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀπεχθόμενος, ὧν γε καὶ μέγα θαῦμα ἔχειν ὁμολογῶ, ὅταν δὴ τοῖς ἄλλοις, οἷάπερ ἀνθρώποις, παραβάλλω τοὺς ἄνδρας·
Against those who, like Metrodorus and Protagoras, say that one must trust only the senses. From the same, 21. Against those who, like Epicurus, define pleasure as the end. From the same, 22. Again against those who define pleasure as the good. From Plato, 23. Against those who, like Epicurus, deny providence but attribute the universe to atomic bodies. From the works of Bishop Dionysius, 24. From examples among human beings. From the same, 25. From the constitution of the universe. From the same, 26. From the nature of man. From the same, 27. That it is not laborious for God to work. From the same.
14.1. Preface concerning the subject matter. All that could be said and heard concerning the philosophy according to Plato and its agreement with the writings of the Hebrews, on account of which we are astonished at the man, and again concerning its disagreement with them, on account of which no one in his right mind would accept him, having gone through in the previous book, I now proceed to the remaining schools of those among the Greeks who are called philosophers. And of these again I will set before the eyes of my readers the slip from the truth, not from myself or on my own authority, but through the testimony of the Greek voices themselves. I do not bear any ill will toward any of these men, for I confess that I hold them in great admiration when I compare them with other men, such as they are.
ἐπὰν δὲ τοῖς Ἑβραίων θεολόγοις τε καὶ προφήταις θεῷ τε τῷ διὰ τούτων καὶ μελλόντων προρρήσεις καὶ θαυμάτων ἐπιδείξεις πεποιημένῳ, ἀτὰρ δὴ καὶ μαθημάτων εὐσεβῶν δογμάτων τε ἀληθῶν διδασκαλίαν καταβεβλημένῳ, οὐκέτ' οἶμαί τινα δεῖν εὐλόγως ἐπιμέμψασθαι, εἰ θεὸν πρὸ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀλήθειαν αὐτὴν πρὸ θνητῶν λογισμῶν τε καὶ στοχασμῶν τιμώμεθα. τοῦτο δέ μοι πᾶν ὁ τῆς παρούσης Προπαρασκευῆς δείξειν πεφιλοτίμηται λόγος, εἰς ἀπόκρισιν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀπολογίαν τῶν δὴ πευσομένων, τί δὴ ἄρα καλὸν ἢ σεμνὸν ἰδόντες ἐν τοῖς βαρβάρων γράμμασι τῆς πατρῴας καὶ εὐγενοῦς φιλοσοφίας, τῆς Ἑλλήνων λέγω, προκρίνειν αὐτὰ διανενοήμεθα. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἤδη δι' ἔργων ἡ ἀπόδειξις ἡμῖν χωρείτω.
βʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΩΝ ΠΡΟΣ ΑΛΛΗΛΟΥΣ ΔΙΑΦΩΝΙΑΣ ΚΑΙ
ΜΑΧΗΣ Ἡγοῦμαι δὲ δεῖν πρώτιστα πάντων ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης καταβολῆς τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων ἀπάρξασθαι καὶ τοὺς πρόσθεν ἢ Πλάτωνα γενέσθαι φυσικοὺς ἐπικληθέντας φιλοσόφους καταμαθεῖν, τίνες ποτὲ γεγόνασι καὶ ὁποίων ἔτυχεν ἡ κατ' αὐτοὺς φιλοσοφία προστατῶν τοῦ λόγου, εἶτ' ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ Πλάτωνος παρελθεῖν διαδοχὴν καὶ τίνες ποτ' ἦσαν καὶ οἵδε τάς τε πρὸς ἀλλήλους λογομαχίας αὐτῶν ἐπισκέψασθαι, ἐπιθεωρῆσαι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αἱρέσεων τὰς διαστάσεις τῶν τε δοξῶν τὰς ἀντικαταστάσεις, ἐν αἷς πυκτεύοντας τοὺς γενναίους καὶ φιλοτίμως διαπληκτιζομένους ὥσπερ ἐπὶ σκηνῆς τοῖς θεαταῖς παραδείξω.
When, however, it is a question of the Hebrew theologians and prophets, and of the God who through them has made predictions of the future and displays of wonders, and has moreover laid down a teaching of pious doctrines and true learning, I think no one can reasonably find fault if we honour God before men, and truth itself before mortal reasonings and conjectures. And this is what the whole discourse of the present Preparation aims to show, both as an answer and as a defence for those who will ask what good or noble thing we have seen in the writings of the barbarians that we have determined to prefer them to our ancestral and noble philosophy, I mean that of the Greeks. But let the proof now proceed by actual deeds.
2. ON THE DISAGREEMENT AND CONFLICT OF THE PHILOSOPHERS WITH ONE ANOTHER
I think it necessary, first of all, to begin from the very beginning, from the first foundation of the philosophers among the Greeks, and to examine the so-called physical philosophers who lived before Plato, to see who they were and what kind of leaders of their philosophy they had; then to pass on to the succession of Plato, and to see who these were and what were their mutual word-battles; and also to survey the divisions of the other sects and the oppositions of their opinions, in which I shall exhibit the noble men boxing and contending ambitiously, as on a stage, to the spectators.
αὐτίκα γοῦν μάλα θεασώμεθα ὅπως μὲν ὁ Πλάτων τοὺς αὐτοῦ πρώτους ἔσκωπτεν, ὅπως δὲ τοὺς Πλάτωνος οἰκείους τε καὶ διαδόχους ἄλλοι καὶ αὖ πάλιν ὅπως οἱ Πλάτωνος ἑταῖροι τὰ σοφὰ τῆς Ἀριστοτέλους πολυνοίας ἀπήλεγχον ὅπως θ' οἱ τὸν Ἀριστοτέλην καὶ τὸν Περίπατον αὐχοῦντες τὰ δοκοῦντα τοῖς τὴν ἐναντίαν πρε14.2.3 σβεύουσι τὸ μηθὲν ὄντα παρίστων. καὶ τὰ δεινὰ δὲ καὶ ἀκριβῆ τῆς τῶν Στωϊκῶν λεπτολογίας ὑφ' ἑτέρων αὖ πάλιν ὄψει καταγελώμενα πάντας τε πανταχόθεν κατὰ τῶν πέλας κονιομένους καὶ μάχην καὶ πάλην ἀνδρικώτατα συνισταμένους, ὡς διὰ χειρῶν ἤδη καὶ γλώττης ἢ μᾶλλον διὰ καλάμου καὶ μέλανος τὸν κατὰ ἀλλήλων αὐτοὺς πόλεμον ἐπιτειχίζεσθαι, μονονουχὶ βάλ14.2.4 λοντας καὶ βαλλομένους τοῖς διὰ λόγων δόρασί τε καὶ παντευχίαις. περιέξει δ' ἡμῖν τὸ στάδιον ἐν τῷ γυμνικῷ τῷδε ἀγῶνι γυμνοὺς ἀληθείας ἁπάσης πρὸς τοῖς δηλωθεῖσι καὶ τοὺς πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ τοῖς δογματικοῖς φιλοσόφοις ἐξ ἐναντίας ἀραμένους τὰ ὅπλα, τοὺς ἀμφὶ Πύρρωνα λέγω, μηδὲν εἶναι καταληπτὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀποφηναμένους, καὶ τούς τε κατ' Ἀρίστιππον μόνα λέγοντας τὰ πάθη εἶναι καταληπτὰ καὶ αὖ πάλιν τοὺς κατὰ Μητρόδωρον καὶ Πρωταγόραν μόναις δεῖν φάσκοντας ταῖς τοῦ σώματος πιστεύειν αἰσθήσεσιν. ἔμπαλιν δὲ τούτοις συναποδύσομεν τοὺς ἀμφὶ Ξενοφάνην καὶ Παρμενίδην τὴν ἐναντίαν παραταξαμένους καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀνελόν14.2.6 τας. οὐ παρήσομεν δὲ οὐδὲ τοὺς τῆς ἡδονῆς προμάχους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων τὸν ἀριστέα Ἐπίκουρον σὺν τοῖς εἰρημένοις καταλέξομεν. πρὸς ἅπαντας δὲ ὁμοῦ τοῖς σφετέροις αὐτῶν βέλεσι τὸν κατ' αὐτῶν ἀντιθήσομεν ἔλεγχον.
Let us then observe how Plato mocked his own first principles, how others mocked Plato’s associates and successors, and again how Plato’s companions refuted the clever subtleties of Aristotle’s polymathy, and how those who boasted of Aristotle and the Peripatos showed that the opinions of those who held the opposite view were nothing. And you will see the terrible and precise subtleties of the Stoics’ logic laughed at by others again, and all from every side raising dust against their neighbors and engaging in battle and wrestling most vigorously, as if with hands and tongue, or rather with pen and ink, they were building up their war against each other, almost hurling and being struck with spears and full armor of words. The stadium will contain for us in this gymnastic contest, stripped of all truth, along with those already mentioned, also those who took up arms against all the dogmatic philosophers alike—I mean the followers of Pyrrho, who declared that nothing is comprehensible among men—and those who, following Aristippus, said that only the affections are comprehensible, and again those who, following Metrodorus and Protagoras, asserted that one must trust only the body’s senses. On the other hand, we will strip for combat along with these the followers of Xenophanes and Parmenides, who arrayed themselves on the opposite side and abolished the senses. Nor will we pass over the champions of pleasure, but we will enroll their champion Epicurus together with those mentioned. Against all of them together we will set the refutation with their own weapons.
καὶ τῶν ἐπίκλην δὲ φυσικῶν ἁπάντων ὁμοῦ τῶν τε δογμάτων τὰς διαφωνίας καὶ τῆς σπουδῆς τὴν ἀχρηστομάθειαν εἰς φανερὸν οἴσω, οὔ τί που μισέλλην οὐδὲ μισόλογος τις ὤν πολλοῦ γε δέω, διαβολῆς δ' αἰτίαν ἀπολυόμενος, ὅτι δὴ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἥκιστα σοφίας μεταποιηθέντες τὰ Ἑβραίων λόγια προτετιμήκαμεν.
γʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΚΑΘ' ΕΒΡΑΙΟΥΣ ΣΥΜΦΩΝΙΑΣ Οἱ μέν γε Ἑβραῖοι ἄνωθεν ἐξ αἰῶνος μακροῦ καὶ αὐτῆς, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἀνθρωπογονίας τὴν ἀληθῆ καὶ εὐσεβῆ φιλοσοφίαν ἀνηρευνηκότες, ἀκήρατον καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μετέπειτα ταύτην διατετηρήκασι, παῖς παρὰ πατρὸς θησαυρὸν λόγων ἀληθῶν ὑποδεξάμενοί τε καὶ φυλάξαντες, ὡς μήτ' ἐπιθεῖναι μήτ' ἀφελεῖν τινα τοῖς ἅπαξ κεκριμένοις τολμῆσαι. οὔτ' οὖν ὁ πάνσοφος Μωσῆς, πάντων μὲν Ἑλλήνων πρεσβύτατος ἀποφανθεὶς διὰ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν, πάντων δὲ ὕστατος τὴν ἡλικίαν τῶν πρὶν Ἑβραίων γεγονώς, κινῆσαί τι καὶ μεταθεῖναι τῶν τοῖς προπάτορσι δοξάντων τῆς δογματικῆς πέρι θεολογίας διανενόηται, πλὴν ὅσον τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἀνθρώποις ἀγωγῆς βίου καταλλήλου τρόπον καί τινος μέσης πολιτείας νομοθεσίαν καταβαλέσθαι,
And I will bring to light the disagreements of all the so-called natural philosophers together, both the discrepancies of their doctrines and the useless erudition of their pursuit, not because I am in any way a hater of Greeks or a hater of reason—far from it—but to clear myself of the charge of slander, since, having had the least to do with Greek wisdom, we have preferred the Hebrew scriptures.
3. ON THE HARMONY AMONG THE HEBREWS
The Hebrews, indeed, from a remote age and, so to speak, from the very first generation of mankind, having investigated true and pious philosophy, have preserved it pure and unadulterated for those who came after, receiving and guarding it as a treasure of true words from father to son, so that no one dared to add or remove anything from what had once been decided. Thus the all-wise Moses, who was shown in the preceding to be the most ancient of all Greeks, and who was the latest in time among the earlier Hebrews, never thought to disturb or alter any of the opinions of his forefathers concerning doctrinal theology, except insofar as he laid down for the people under him a way of life suited to them and a legislation for a kind of middle polity.
οὔθ' οἱ μετὰ τόνδε προφῆται, μυρίαις ὅσαις ὕστερον ἐτῶν περιόδοις ἐκλάμψαντες, διάφωνόν τι ῥῆμα πρός τε σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἢ πρὸς τὰ Μωσεῖ καὶ τοῖς πάλαι θεοφιλέσι νομισθέντα προέσθαι τῇ φωνῇ τετολμήκασιν. ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τὸ καθ' ἡμᾶς διδασκάλιον, κεῖθέν ποθεν ὁρμώμενον καὶ δι' ἐνθέου δυνάμεως ὁμοῦ πᾶσαν Ἑλλάδα τε καὶ τὴν βάρβαρον ἐμπλῆσαν, διάφωνόν τι τοῖς πρόσθεν ἐμπεριείληφεν, εἰ μή τις φαίη ὅτι μὴ μόνον τοῖς δόγμασι τῆς θεολογίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τοῦ βίου τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγωγὴν τοῖς πρὸ Μωσέως θεοφιλέσιν Ἑβραίοις παραδίδωσι. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἡμέτερα τοιαῦτα μιᾷ τε διανοίᾳ μιᾷ τε φωνῇ ὑπὸ τῶν πρώτων καὶ τῶν μέσων καὶ τῶν ὑστάτων μεμαρτυρημένα τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλοσοφίας τὸ βέβαιον ἁπάσαις ψήφοις ἐπισφραγίζεται πληροῖ τε τὴν σύμπασαν οἰκουμένην, ὁσημέραι νεάζοντα καὶ ἀνθοῦντα, ὡς ἄρτι πρώτην ἀκμὴν καταβεβλημένα· καὶ οὔτε νόμων διατάξεις οὔτ' ἐχθρῶν ἐπιβουλαὶ οὔτε πολεμίων πολλάκις ἀκονηθέντα ξίφη κρείττονα τῆς ὧν μετήλθομεν λόγων ἀρετῆς τὴν δύναμιν ἐπιδέδεικται. τὰ δὲ τῆς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσοφίας ἐπὶ βραχέσι σαλεύσαντα τίνα ποτὲ τὴν ἰσχὺν ἐπεδείξατο, νυνὶ θεασώμεθα, πρώτους ἁπάντων εἰς μέσον ἀγαγόντες καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα καθιέντες τοὺς φυσικοὺς ἐπικληθέντας· οἳ δὴ πρόσθεν ἢ Πλάτωνα διαλάμψαι λεγόμενοι ὅπως πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐστασίασαν παρ' αὐτοῦ μαθεῖν ἔστι τοῦ Πλάτωνος· ὃς δὴ τῶν ἀμφὶ Πρωταγόραν Ἡράκλειτόν τε καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλέα τὴν πρὸς Παρμενίδην καὶ τοὺς ἀμφ' αὐ14.3.7 τὸν διαμάχην ἐξελέγχει. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Δημοκρίτου γεγονὼς ἑταῖρος, ὁ Πρωταγόρας, ἄθεον ἐκτήσατο δόξαν·
Nor have the prophets who came after him, shining forth in countless thousands of years later, ever dared to utter a single discordant word against themselves or against what was deemed by Moses and the ancient God-beloved. Nor does our own teaching, which takes its start from that source and, by divine power, has filled all of Greece and the barbarian world alike, contain anything discordant with what came before—unless one should say that it hands down not only the doctrines of theology but also the same way of life as that of the God-beloved Hebrews before Moses. And our own matters, thus attested by the first, the middle, and the last with one mind and one voice, are sealed with the certainty of true piety and philosophy by all votes, and fill the whole inhabited world, ever young and flourishing, as if just now planted in their first prime; and neither the ordinances of laws, nor the plots of enemies, nor the often-sharpened swords of adversaries have shown themselves stronger than the virtue of the words we have followed. But as for the philosophy of the Greeks, which wavered after a brief time, let us now see what strength it ever displayed, first bringing forward and sending into the contest those called natural philosophers, who are said to have shone before Plato, and how they quarreled with one another can be learned from Plato himself, who exposes the battle of those around Protagoras, Heraclitus, and Empedocles against Parmenides and his followers. For Protagoras, who was a companion of Democritus, acquired an atheistic reputation.
λέγεται γοῦν τοιᾷδε κεχρῆσθαι εἰσβολῇ ἐν τῷ Περὶ θεῶν συγγράμματι· «Περὶ μὲν θεῶν οὐκ οἶδα οὔθ' ὡς εἰσὶν οὔθ' ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶν οὔθ' ὁποῖοί τινες ἰδέαν.» ὁ δὲ Δημόκριτος ἀρχὰς τῶν ὅλων ἔφη εἶναι τὸ κενὸν καὶ τὸ πλῆρες· τὸ πλῆρες ὂν λέγων καὶ στερεόν, τὸ δὲ κενὸν μὴ ὄν. διὸ καί φησι «μηδὲν μᾶλλον τὸ ὂν τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἶναι» ὅτι τε «ἐξ ἀϊδίου τὰ ὄντα ἐν τῷ κενῷ συνεχῶς καὶ ὀξέως κινεῖται.» ὁ δὲ Ἡράκλειτος ἀρχὴν τῶν πάντων ἔφη εἶναι τὸ πῦρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα γίνεται καὶ εἰς ὃ ἀναλύεται. ἀμοιβὴν γὰρ εἶναι τὰ πάντα χρόνον τε ὡρίσθαι τῆς τῶν πάντων εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἀναλύσεως καὶ τῆς ἐκ τούτου γενέσεως. οἵδε μὲν οὖν πάντα κινεῖσθαι ἔφασαν. ὁ δὲ Παρμενίδης, τὸ γένος Ἐλεάτης ὤν, ἓν μὲν εἶναι τὸ πᾶν, ἀγένητον δὲ καὶ ἀκίνητον καὶ κατὰ σχῆμα σφαιροειδὲς ὑπάρχειν ἐδογμάτιζε. Παρμενίδου δὲ Μέλισσος ἑταῖρος γέγονε, τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ Παρμενίδῃ δοξάζων. τούτων δὴ οὖν πέρι ὁποῖα ὁ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ Θεαιτήτῳ διέξεισιν ἄκουε·
δʹ. ΟΠΩΣ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΤΟΥΣ ΠΡΟ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΔΙΑΒΕΒΛΗΚΕΝ «Ἐκ δὲ διαφορᾶς τε καὶ κινήσεως καὶ κράσεως πρὸς ἄλληλα γίνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι, οὐκ ὀρθῶς προσαγορεύοντες. ἔστι μὲν γὰρ οὐδέποτ' οὐδέν, ἀεὶ δὲ γίνεται. καὶ περὶ τούτου πάντες ἐξαίσιοι σοφοὶ πλὴν Παρμενίδου συμφέρεσθον, Πρωταγόρας τε καὶ Ἡράκλειτος καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς, καὶ τῶν ποιητῶν οἱ ἄκροι τῆς ποιήσεως ἑκατέρας, κωμῳδίας μὲν Ἐπίχαρμος, τραγῳδίας δὲ Ὅμηρος, ὃς εἰπών· Ὠκεανόν τε θεῶν γένεσιν καὶ μητέρα Τηθύν, πάντα εἴρηκεν ἔγγονα ῥοῆς τε καὶ κινήσεως. ἢ οὐ δοκεῖ τοῦτο λέγειν; Ἔμοιγε.
It is said, at any rate, that he employed an opening of this kind in his treatise On the Gods: "Concerning the gods, I know neither that they exist nor that they do not exist, nor of what kind they are in form." Democritus, for his part, declared that the principles of all things are the void and the plenum; the plenum he called being and solid, the void non-being. Hence he also says, "the existent is no more than the non-existent," because "from eternity the things that are move continuously and swiftly in the void." Heraclitus declared that the principle of all things is fire, from which all things come to be and into which they are resolved; for all things are an exchange, and time is determined for the resolution of all things into fire and for their generation from it. These men, then, said that all things are in motion. Parmenides, being of the Eleatic race, held that the all is one, ungenerated, unmoved, and spherical in shape. Melissus was a companion of Parmenides, holding the same opinions as Parmenides. Now hear what Plato says about these matters in the Theaetetus:
4. HOW PLATO HAS DISCREDITED THOSE BEFORE HIM: "But from difference and motion and mixture with one another, all things come to be which we say exist, though we name them incorrectly; for nothing ever is, but always becomes. And on this point all the extraordinary wise men except Parmenides agree—Protagoras, Heraclitus, and Empedocles, and among the poets the foremost of each kind of poetry, Epicharmus of comedy and Homer of tragedy, who, when he said, 'Ocean, the origin of the gods, and mother Tethys,' declared that all things are offspring of flux and motion. Or does he not seem to say this?" "He does to me.
Τίς οὖν ἂν ἔτι πρός γε τοσοῦτον στρατόπεδον καὶ στρατηγὸν Ὅμηρον δύναιτο ἀμφισβητήσας μὴ καταγέλαστος γενέσθαι;» Εἶθ' ἑξῆς προϊὼν τῷ λόγῳ ἐπιφέρει λέγων· «Προσιτέον οὖν ἐγγυτέρω, ὡς ὁ ὑπὲρ Πρωταγόρου λόγος ἐπέταττε, καὶ σκεπτέον τὴν φερομένην ταύτην οὐσίαν διακρούοντα, εἴτε ὑγιὲς εἴτε σαθρὸν φθέγγεται. μάχη δ' οὖν περὶ αὐτῆς οὐ φαύλη οὐδ' ὀλίγοις γέγονε. Πολλοῦ καὶ δεῖ φαύλη εἶναι, ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τὴν Ἰωνίαν καὶ ἐπιδίδωσι πάμπολυ. οἱ γὰρ τοῦ Ἡρακλείτου ἑταῖροι
χορηγοῦσι τούτου τοῦ λόγου μάλα ἐρρωμένως. Τῷ τοι, ὦ φίλε Θεόδωρε, μᾶλλον σκεπτέον καὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ὥσπερ αὐτοὶ ὑποτείνονται. Παντάπασι μὲν οὖν. καὶ γάρ, ὦ Σώκρατες, περὶ τούτων τῶν Ἡρακλειτείων ἢ ὥσπερ σὺ λέγεις Ὁμηρείων τε καὶ ἔτι παλαιοτέρων, αὐτοῖς μὲν τοῖς περὶ τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅσοι ποιοῦνται ἔμπειροι, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον οἷόν τε διαλεχθῆναι ἢ τοῖς οἰστρῶσιν. ἀτεχνῶς γὰρ κατὰ τὰ συγγράμματα φέρονται, τὸ δὲ ἐπιμεῖναι ἐπὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἐρωτήματι καὶ ἡσυχίως ἐν μέρει ἀποκρίνασθαί τε καὶ ἐρέσθαι, ἧττον αὐτοῖς μέλει ἢ τὸ μηδέν· μᾶλλον δὲ ὑπερβάλλει τὸ οὐδ' οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸ σμικρὸν ἐνεῖναι τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἡσυχίας. ἀλλ' ἄν τινα ἔρῃ, ὥσπερ ἐκ φαρέτρας ῥηματίσκια αἰνιγματώδη ἀνασπῶντες ἀποτοξεύουσι, καὶ ἂν τούτου ζητῇς λόγον λαβεῖν, τί εἴρηκεν, ἑτέρῳ πεπλήξῃ καινῶς μετωνομασμένῳ, περανεῖς δὲ οὐδέποτε οὐδὲν πρὸς οὐδένα αὐτῶν οὐδέ γε ἐκεῖνοι αὐτοὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἀλλ' εὖ πάνυ φυλάττουσι τὸ μηδὲν βέβαιον ἐᾶν εἶναι μήτ' ἐν λόγῳ μήτ' ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν ψυχαῖς, ἡγούμενοι, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, αὐτὸ στάσιμον εἶναι.
Who then, against so great an army and general as Homer, could argue without becoming ridiculous?" Then, proceeding further in his argument, he adds, saying: "We must therefore approach more closely, as the argument concerning Protagoras commanded, and examine this reputed substance, testing it, whether it speaks soundly or unsoundly. Now, the battle concerning it has been neither trivial nor confined to a few. It is indeed far from trivial, but in Ionia it flourishes exceedingly. For the followers of Heraclitus
vigorously supply this argument. Therefore, my dear Theodorus, we must examine it more thoroughly and from the beginning, as they themselves propose. By all means. For, Socrates, concerning these Heraclitean, or as you say Homeric, and even more ancient matters, it is no more possible to converse with those who are experienced in them around Ephesus than with men stung by a gadfly. For they are carried away exactly according to their writings, and to abide by a discourse, a question, and to answer or ask in a measured way, concerns them less than nothing; rather, the absence of any stillness in the men surpasses even nothing. But if one questions them, as if drawing riddling little phrases from a quiver, they shoot them off, and if you seek to get an account of what he has said, he will strike you with another newly named one, and you will never come to any conclusion with any of them, nor do they themselves with each other, but they very well guard that nothing be allowed to be stable either in argument or in their own souls, considering, as it seems to me, that very stability to be something.
τούτῳ δὲ πάνυ πολεμοῦσι καὶ καθ' ὅσον δύνανται πανταχόθεν ἐκβάλλουσιν. Ἴσως, ὦ Θεόδωρε, τοὺς ἄνδρας μαχομένους ἑώρακας, εἰρηνεύουσι δὲ οὐ συγγέγονας· οὐ γάρ σοι ἑταῖροί εἰσιν. ἀλλ', οἶμαι, τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπὶ σχολῆς φράζουσιν, οὓς ἂν βούλωνται ὁμοίους αὑτοῖς ποιῆσαι. Ποίοις μαθηταῖς, ὦ δαιμόνιε; οὐδὲ γίγνεται τῶν τοιούτων ἕτερος ἑτέρου μαθητής, ἀλλ' αὐτόματοι ἀναφύονται, ὁπόθεν ἂν τύχῃ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἐνθουσιάσας, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ὁ ἕτερος οὐδὲν ἡγεῖται εἰδέναι. παρὰ μὲν οὖν τούτων, ὅπερ ᾖα ἐρῶν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε λάβοις λόγον οὔτε ἑκόντων οὔτε ἀκόντων· αὐτοὺς δὲ δεῖ παραλαβόντας ὥσπερ πρόβλημα ἐπισκοπεῖσθαι. Καὶ μετρίως γε λέγεις. τὸ δὲ δὴ πρόβλημα ἄλλο τι παρειλήφαμεν παρὰ μὲν τῶν ἀρχαίων μετὰ ποιήσεως ἐπικρυπτομένων τοὺς πολλούς, ὡς ἡ γένεσις τῶν πάντων Ὠκεανός τε καὶ Τηθὺς ῥεῦμα τυγχάνει καὶ οὐδὲν ἕστηκε, παρὰ δὲ τῶν ὑστέρων, ἅτε σοφωτέρων, ἀναφανδὸν ἀποδεικνυμένων, ἵνα καὶ οἱ σκυτοτόμοι αὐτῶν τὴν σοφίαν μάθωσιν ἀκούσαντες καὶ παύσωνται ἠλιθίως οἰόμενοι τὰ μὲν ἑστάναι, τὰ δὲ κινεῖσθαι τῶν ὄντων, μαθόντες δὲ ὅτι πάντα κινεῖται τιμῶσιν αὐτούς; ὀλίγου δὲ ἐπελαθόμην, ὦ Θεόδωρε, ὅτι ἄλλοι αὖ τἀναντία τούτοις ἀπεφήναντο, οἷον· «ἀκίνητον τελέθει τῷ παντὶ ὄνομ' εἶναι,» καὶ ἄλλα ὅσα Μέλισσοί τε καὶ Παρμενίδαι ἐναντιούμενοι πᾶσι τούτοις διισχυρίζονται, ὥς τε πάντα ἐστὶ καὶ ἕστηκεν αὐτὸ ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὐκ ἔχον χώραν ἐν ᾗ κινεῖται. τούτοις οὖν, ὦ ἑταῖρε, πᾶσι τί χρησόμεθα;
They are at war with this in every way, and as far as they are able, they cast it out from all sides. Perhaps, Theodore, you have seen these men fighting, but you have not associated with them when they are at peace, for they are not your companions. But, I think, they say such things to their students in their leisure, those whom they wish to make like themselves. "What students, you strange fellow? No one of such men becomes a student of another, but they spring up spontaneously, each from wherever he happens to be inspired, and one considers the other to know nothing." From these men, then, as I was about to say, you would never get an account, either willingly or unwillingly; but we must take them up and examine them like a problem. And you speak moderately. But we have taken up this problem from the ancients, who concealed the many with poetry, that the generation of all things is Ocean and Tethys, that it is a flux and nothing stands still, and from the later ones, who are wiser, who demonstrate openly, so that even their cobblers may learn their wisdom by hearing and cease foolishly thinking that some things stand still and others move, and learning that all things move, they honor them. I almost forgot, Theodore, that others have declared the opposite to these, such as: "Unmoving is the name for the All," and all that Melissus and Parmenides insist upon, opposing all these, that everything is and stands still in itself, having no place in which it moves. To all these, then, my friend, what use shall we make of them?
κατὰ σμικρὸν γὰρ προϊόντες λελήθαμεν ἀμφοτέρων εἰς τὸ μέσον πεπτωκότες, καὶ ἐὰν μή πη ἀμυνόμενοι διαφύγωμεν, δίκην δώσομεν ὥσπερ οἱ ἐν ταῖς παλαίστραις διὰ γραμμῆς παίζοντες, ὅταν ὑπ' ἀμφοτέρων ληφθέντες ἕλκωνται εἰς τἀναντία.» Ταῦτα μὲν ἐν Θεαιτήτῳ. μεταβὰς δὲ ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Σοφιστὴν αὖθις περὶ τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ γενομένων φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων τοιάδε φησίν· «Εὐκόλως μοι δοκεῖ Παρμενίδης ἡμῖν διειλέχθαι καὶ πᾶς ὅστις ἡμῖν πώποτε ἐπὶ κρίσιν ὥρμησε τοῦ τὰ ὄντα διορίσασθαι πόσα τε καὶ ποῖά ἐστι. Μῦθόν τινα ἕκαστος φαίνεταί μοι διηγεῖσθαι, παισὶν ὡς οὖσιν ἡμῖν. ὁ μὲν ὡς τρία τὰ ὄντα, πολεμεῖ δὲ ἀλλήλοις ἐνίοτε αὐτῶν ἄττα πη, τοτὲ δὲ καὶ φίλα γιγνόμενα γάμους τε καὶ τόκους καὶ τροφὰς τῶν ἐγγόνων παρέχεται· δύο δὲ ἕτερος εἰπών, ὑγρὸν καὶ ξηρὸν ἢ θερμὸν καὶ ψυχρόν, συνοικίζει τε αὐτὰ καὶ ἐκδίδωσι. τὸ δὲ παρ' ἡμῖν Ἐλεατικὸν ἔθνος ἅπαν, ἀπὸ Ξενοφάνους τε καὶ ἔτι πρόσθεν ἀρξάμενον, ὡς ἑνὸς ὄντος τῶν πάντων καλουμένων οὕτω διεξέρχεται τοῖς μύθοις. Ἰάδες δέ τινες καὶ Σικελικαί τινες ὕστερον Μοῦσαι ξυνενόησαν ὅτι συμπλέκειν ἀσφαλέστερον ἀμφότερα καὶ λέγειν ὡς τὸ ὂν πολλά τε καὶ ἕν ἐστιν, ἔχθρᾳ δὲ καὶ φιλίᾳ συνέχεται. διαφερόμενον γὰρ ἀεὶ ξυμφέρεται, φασὶν αἱ συντονώτεραι τῶν Μουσῶν· αἱ δὲ μαλακώτεραι τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν
For gradually advancing we have unconsciously fallen between both, and unless we defend ourselves and escape, we shall pay the penalty like those who play the line-game in wrestling-schools, when caught by both sides they are dragged in opposite directions. So much in the Theaetetus. Then passing on to the Sophist, he speaks again about the natural philosophers who preceded him as follows: "It seems to me that Parmenides and everyone who ever set out to determine how many and what kind the things that are are, have discoursed to us easily. Each of them appears to me to tell a story, as if we were children. One says that the things that are are three, and that some of them sometimes war with each other, and sometimes become friends and provide marriages, births, and nurture of offspring. Another, saying they are two, wet and dry or hot and cold, unites them and gives them in marriage. The whole Eleatic tribe among us, beginning from Xenophanes and even earlier, goes through the story that the one is of all that are called. And some Ionian and some Sicilian Muses later perceived that it is safer to combine both and say that being is both many and one, and is held together by enmity and friendship. For that which is always at variance is always coming together, say the more intense of the Muses; but the softer ones say that it always holds thus.
ἐχάλασαν, ἐν μέρει δὲ τοτὲ μὲν ἓν εἶναί φασι τὸ πᾶν καὶ φίλον ὑπ' Ἀφροδίτης, τοτὲ δὲ πολλὰ καὶ πολέμιον αὐτὸ αὑτῷ διὰ νεῖκός τι. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα εἰ μὲν ἀληθῶς τις ἢ μὴ τούτων εἴρηκε, χαλεπὸν καὶ πλημμελὲς οὕτω μεγάλα κλεινοῖς καὶ παλαιοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐπιτιμᾶν.» Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει· «Τοὺς μὲν τοίνυν διακριβολογουμένους ὄντος τε πέρι καὶ μὴ πάντας μὲν οὐ διεληλύθαμεν, ὅμως δ' ἱκανῶς ἐχέτω· τοὺς δὲ ἄλλως λέγοντας αὖ θεατέον, ἵν' ἐκ πάντων ἴδωμεν ὅτι τὸ ὂν τοῦ μὴ ὄντος οὐδὲν εὐπορώτερον εἰπεῖν ὅ τι ποτ' ἔστιν. Οὐκοῦν πορεύεσθαι χρὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτους. Καὶ μὴν ἔοικέ γε ἐν αὐτοῖς οἷον γιγαντομαχία τις εἶναι διὰ τὴν ἀμφισβήτησιν περὶ τῆς οὐσίας πρὸς ἀλλήλους. Πῶς; Οἱ μὲν εἰς γῆν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀοράτου πάντα ἕλκουσι, ταῖς χερσὶν ἀτεχνῶς πέτρας καὶ δρῦς περιλαμβάνοντες. τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐφαπτόμενοι πάντων διισχυρίζονται τοῦτο εἶναι μόνον ὃ παρέχει προσβολὴν καὶ ἐπαφήν τινι, ταὐτὸν σῶμα καὶ οὐσίαν ὁριζόμενοι, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων εἴ τις φήσει μὴ σῶμα ἔχον εἶναι, καταφρονοῦντες τὸ παράπαν καὶ οὐδὲν ἐθέλοντες ἄλλο ἀκούειν. Ἦ δεινοὺς εἴρηκας ἄνδρας· ἤδη γὰρ καὶ ἐγὼ τούτων πάνυ πολλοῖς προσέτυχον. Τοιγαροῦν οἱ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀμφισβητοῦντες μάλα εὐλαβῶς ἄνωθέν ποθεν ἀμύνονται, νοητὰ ἄττα καὶ ἀσώματα εἴδη βιαζόμενοι τὴν ἀληθινὴν οὐσίαν εἶναι· τὰ δὲ ἐκείνων σώματα καὶ τὴν λεγομένην ὑπὸ τούτων ἀλήθειαν κατὰ σμικρὰ διαθραύοντες ἐν τοῖς λόγοις γένεσιν ἀντὶ οὐσίας φερομένην τινὰ προσαγορεύουσιν. ἐν μέσῳ δὲ περὶ ταῦτα ἄπλετος ἀμφοτέρων μάχη τις, ὦ Θεαίτητε, ἀεὶ ξυνέστηκεν.
they slackened, and in part they sometimes say that the whole is one and friendly under Aphrodite, and sometimes that it is many and at war with itself through some strife. Now whether anyone has truly said all these things or not, it is difficult and improper to censure such great and renowned ancient men in this way." And shortly after he adds: "We have not, then, gone through all those who precisely distinguish between what is and what is not, but let this suffice; we must also consider those who speak otherwise, so that from all we may see that being is no more easy to define than non-being. Therefore we must proceed to these as well. And indeed there seems to be among them a kind of gigantomachy, due to their dispute with each other about substance. How? Some drag everything down from the sky and the invisible to earth, grasping rocks and oaks with their hands, as it were. For they cling to all such things and insist that only that which offers contact and touch is, defining body and substance as the same; and if anyone says that something without body exists, they despise it utterly and will hear nothing else. 'You have described formidable men,' you say; 'for I myself have already encountered many of them.' Therefore those who dispute with them defend themselves very cautiously from some higher place, insisting that certain intelligible and incorporeal forms constitute true substance; and they shatter the bodies of the others and what those call truth into small pieces in their arguments, calling it a kind of becoming instead of substance. And in the midst of these, a vast battle, Theaetetus, always arises between both sides.
Ἀληθῆ.» Διὰ δὴ τοσούτων τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ φυσικοὺς φιλοσόφους διαβέβληκεν ὁ Πλάτων. ὁποίαν δὲ αὐτὸς περὶ τῶν ἐζητημένων ἐπήγετο δόξαν ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου διειλήφαμεν, ὅτε συμφωνεῖν αὐτὸν τοῖς Ἑβραίων δόγμασι καὶ τῇ Μωσέως συντρέχειν περὶ τοῦ ὄντος διδασκαλίᾳ παριστῶμεν. Καὶ τοὺς αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ Πλάτωνος διαδόχους φέρε τῷ λόγῳ θεωρήσωμεν. Πλάτωνά φασιν ἐν Ἀκαδημίᾳ συστησάμενον τὴν διατριβὴν πρῶτον Ἀκαδημαϊκὸν κληθῆναι καὶ τὴν ὀνομασθεῖσαν Ἀκαδημαϊκὴν φιλοσοφίαν συστήσασθαι. μετὰ δὲ Πλάτωνα Σπεύσιππον τὸν ἐξ ἀδελφῆς Πλάτωνος, τῆς Ποτώνης, εἶτα Ξενοκράτην, ἔπειτα Πολέμωνα τὴν διατριβὴν ὑποδέ14.4.14 ξασθαι. τούτους δὲ ἀφ' ἑστίας ἀρξαμένους εὐθὺς τὰ Πλατωνικά φασι παραλύειν, στρεβλοῦντας τὰ τῷ διδασκάλῳ φανέντα ξένων εἰσαγωγαῖς δογμάτων, ὥστε σοι μὴ εἰς μακρὸν ἐλπίζειν τὴν τῶν θαυμαστῶν ἐκείνων διαλόγων ἰσχὺν ἀποσβῆναι ἅμα τε τῇ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τελευτῇ καὶ τὴν τῶν δογμάτων διαδοχὴν συναποτελευτῆσαι, μάχης ἐντεῦθεν καὶ στάσεως ἀπὸ τῶνδε ἀρξαμένης, οὔποτε καὶ εἰς δεῦρο διαλειπούσης, τοὺς τὰ αὐτῷ φίλα ζηλοῦν ἀσπαζομένους οὐδένας μὲν οὐδὲ ὄντας, πλὴν εἰ μὴ εἷς που ἢ δεύτερος ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ βίῳ ἢ καί τινες ἄλλοι κομιδῇ βραχεῖς τὸν ἀριθμόν, οὐδ' αὐτοὶ πάμπαν ἀλλότριοι τῆς ἐπιπλάστου σοφιστείας· ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ πρόσθεν τὸν Πλάτωνα διαδεξάμενοι τοιοίδε τίνες διαβέβληνται. Πολέμωνα γάρ φασι διαδέξασθαι Ἀρκεσίλαον, ὃν δὴ κατέχει λόγος ἀφέμενον τῶν Πλάτωνος δογμάτων ξένην τινὰ καί, ὥς φασι, δευτέραν συστήσασθαι Ἀκαδημίαν. φάναι γὰρ περὶ ἁπάντων ἐπέχειν δεῖν·
True." So through so many words Plato has slandered the natural philosophers before him. What opinion he himself held concerning the matters under investigation we have already discussed before this, when we showed that he agrees with the doctrines of the Hebrews and concurs with the teaching of Moses concerning being. And let us now consider in our account the successors of Plato himself. They say that Plato, having established his school in the Academy, was first called an Academic and founded the so-called Academic philosophy. After Plato, Speusippus, the son of Plato's sister Potone, then Xenocrates, then Polemo, are said to have taken over the school. These, beginning from the hearth, as they say, immediately began to dissolve the Platonic teachings, distorting what had appeared to their teacher by introducing foreign doctrines, so that you might not long hope that the power of those wonderful dialogues would be extinguished together with the man's death, and that the succession of his doctrines would die out with him, since from these a conflict and faction began, which has never ceased to this day, and that there are no admirers who zealously follow what is dear to him, except perhaps one or two in the whole world, or some others exceedingly few in number, and not even these are entirely free from artificial sophistry. For even those who succeeded Plato are slandered as being of such a sort. For they say that Polemo was succeeded by Arcesilaus, who, as the account holds, abandoned the doctrines of Plato and established some foreign school, which they call the second Academy. For he said that one must withhold judgment about everything.
εἶναι γὰρ πάντα ἀκατάληπτα καὶ τοὺς εἰς ἑκάτερα λόγους ἰσοκρατεῖς ἀλλήλοις, καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις δὲ ἀπίστους εἶναι καὶ πάντα λόγον. ἐπῄνει γοῦν Ἡσιόδου τουτὶ τὸ ἀπόφθεγμα· κρύψαντες γὰρ ἔχουσι θεοὶ νόον ἀνθρώποισιν. ἐπειρᾶτο δὲ καὶ παράδοξά τινα ἀνακαινίζειν. μετὰ δὲ τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον τοὺς ἀμφὶ Καρνεάδην καὶ Κλειτόμαχον, τῆς τῶν προτέρων δόξης ἀποτραπέντας, τρίτης Ἀκαδημίας αἰτίους γενέσθαι φασίν. «Ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ τετάρτην προστιθέασι τὴν τῶν περὶ Φίλωνα καὶ Χαρμίδαν. τινὲς δὲ καὶ πέμπτην καταλέγουσι τὴν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον.» Τοιαύτη μέν τις ἡ αὐτοῦ Πλάτωνος ὑπῆρξε διαδοχή. ὁποῖοι δὲ γεγόνασιν οἵδε τὸν τρόπον, λαβὼν
ἀνάγνωθι τὰς ὧδε ἐχούσας Νουμηνίου τοῦ Πυθαγορείου φωνάς, ἃς τέθειται ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ὧν ἐπέγραψε Περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἀκαδημαϊκῶν πρὸς Πλάτωνα διαστάσεως·
εʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΠΡΩΤΗΣ ΚΑΤΑ ΠΛΑΤΩΝΑ ΔΙΑΔΟΧΗΣ «Ἐπὶ μὲν τοίνυν Σπεύσιππον τὸν Πλάτωνος μὲν ἀδελφιδοῦν, Ξενοκράτη δὲ τὸν διάδοχον τὸν Σπευσίππου, Πολέμωνα δὲ τὸν ἐκδεξάμενον τὴν σχολὴν παρὰ Ξενοκράτους ἀεὶ τὸ ἦθος διετείνετο τῶν δογμάτων σχεδὸν δὴ ταὐτόν, ἕνεκά γε τῆς μήπω ἐποχῆς ταυτησὶ τῆς πολυθρυλήτου τε καὶ εἰ δή τινων τοιούτων ἄλλων. ἐπεὶ εἴς γε τὰ ἄλλα πολλαχῆ παραλύοντες, τὰ δὲ στρεβλοῦντες, οὐκ ἐνέμειναν τῇ πρώτῃ διαδοχῇ· ἀρξάμενοι δὲ ἀπ' ἐκείνου καὶ θᾶττον καὶ βράδιον διίσταντο προαιρέσει ἢ ἀγνοίᾳ, τὰ δὲ δή τινι αἰτίᾳ ἄλλῃ οὐκ ἀφι14.5.2 λοτίμῳ ἴσως. καὶ οὐ μὲν βούλομαί τι φλαῦρον εἰπεῖν διὰ Ξενοκράτη, μᾶλλον μὴν ὑπὲρ Πλάτωνος ἐθέλω.
all things are incomprehensible and the arguments on both sides are equally balanced, and that the senses are untrustworthy, as is every argument. At any rate, he praised this saying of Hesiod: "For the gods keep hidden the mind of men." He also attempted to revive certain paradoxical ideas. After Arcesilaus, they say that those around Carneades and Clitomachus, turning away from the opinion of their predecessors, became the founders of the Third Academy. "Some also add a Fourth Academy, that of Philo and Charmidas. And some even enumerate a Fifth Academy, that of Antiochus." Such, then, was the succession of Plato himself. But what sort of men these were in character, take
and read the words of Numenius the Pythagorean, which are set forth in the first book of his work entitled On the Dissension of the Academics with Plato:
5. ON THE FIRST SUCCESSION ACCORDING TO PLATO "Now down to Speusippus, the nephew of Plato, and Xenocrates, the successor of Speusippus, and Polemo, who took over the school from Xenocrates, the character of the doctrines remained almost the same, at least with regard to the not yet famous suspension of judgment and any such other matters. For in other respects, often deviating and distorting, they did not abide by the first succession; but beginning from that point, sooner or later they diverged, whether by choice or ignorance, or perhaps for some other reason not lacking in ambition. And I do not wish to say anything disparaging on account of Xenocrates, but rather I wish to speak in behalf of Plato.
καὶ γάρ με δάκνει ὅτι μὴ πᾶν ἔπαθόν τε καὶ ἔδρων σῴζοντες τῷ Πλάτωνι κατὰ πάντα πάντη πᾶσαν ὁμοδοξίαν. καίτοι ἄξιος ἦν αὐτοῖς ὁ Πλάτων, οὐκ ἀμείνων μὲν Πυθαγόρου τοῦ μεγάλου, οὐ μέντοι ἴσως οὐδὲ φλαυρότερος ἐκείνου, ᾧ συνακολουθοῦντες σεφθέντες τε οἱ γνώρι14.5.3 μοι ἐγένοντο πολυτιμητίζεσθαι αἰτιώτατοι τὸν Πυθαγόραν. τοῦτο δὲ οἱ Ἐπικούρειοι οὐκ ὤφελον μέν, μαθόντες δ' οὖν ἐν οὐδενὶ ὤφθησαν Ἐπικούρῳ ἐναντία θέμενοι οὐδαμῶς, ὁμολογήσαντες δὲ εἶναι σοφῷ συνδεδογμένοι καὶ αὐτοὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπέλαυσαν τῆς προσρήσεως εἰκότως· ὑπῆρξέ τε ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον τοῖς μετέπειτα Ἐπικουρείοις μηδ' αὐτοῖς εἰπεῖν πω ἐναντίον οὔτε ἀλλήλοις οὔτε Ἐπικούρῳ μηδὲν εἰς μηδέν, ὅτου καὶ μνησθῆναι ἄξιον· ἀλλ' ἔστιν αὐτοῖς παρανόμημα, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀσέβημα, καὶ κατέγνωσται τὸ καινοτομηθέν. διὸ τοῦτο οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ τολμᾷ, κατὰ πολλὴν δὲ εἰρήνην αὐτοῖς ἠρεμεῖ τὰ δόγματα ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις αἰεί ποτε συμφωνίας. ἔοικέ τε ἡ Ἐπικούρου διατριβὴ πολιτείᾳ τινὶ ἀληθεῖ, ἀστασιαστοτάτῃ, κοινὸν ἕνα νοῦν, μίαν γνώμην ἐχούσῃ· ἀφ' ἧς ἦσαν καὶ εἰσὶ καί, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἔσονται φιλακόλουθοι. τὰ δὲ τῶν Στωϊκῶν ἐστασίασται, ἀρξάμενα ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ μηδέπω τελευτῶντα καὶ νῦν. ἐλέγχουσι δὲ ἀγαπώντως ὑπὸ δυσμενοῦς ἐλέγχου, οἱ μέν τινες αὐτῶν ἐμμεμενηκότες ἔτι, οἱ δ' ἤδη μεταθέμενοι. εἴξασιν οὖν οἱ πρῶτοι ὀλιγαρχικωτέροις, οἳ δὴ διαστάντες ὑπῆρξαν εἰς τοὺς μετέπειτα πολλῆς μὲν τοῖς προτέροις, πολλῆς δὲ τῆς ἀλλήλοις ἐπιτιμήσεως αἴτιοι, εἰσί τε ἑτέρων ἕτεροι Στωϊκώτεροι· καὶ μᾶλλον ὅσοι πλεῖον περὶ τὸ τεχνικὸν ὤφθησαν μικρολόγοι·
For it distresses me that I did not suffer and do everything to preserve for Plato complete unanimity in all respects on every point. And yet Plato was worthy of them, not better than the great Pythagoras, but perhaps not even inferior to him, following whom and being devoted, his associates became most responsible for causing Pythagoras to be highly honored. The Epicureans, however, did not benefit from this, but having learned, they were in no way seen to set themselves in opposition to Epicurus, and having agreed to be of one mind with the wise man, they themselves accordingly enjoyed the appellation, as was fitting; and it came about that for the most part, even among later Epicureans, no one spoke in opposition either to each other or to Epicurus in any respect worth mentioning; but for them it is a transgression, rather an impiety, and innovation is condemned. Therefore no one even dares this, and in great peace their doctrines rest, due to the constant harmony among them. The school of Epicurus resembles a true polity, most free from faction, having one common mind, one opinion; from which came, and are, and, as it seems, will be, faithful followers. The doctrines of the Stoics, however, have been in turmoil, beginning from their founders and not yet ceasing even now. They are refuted, lovingly, by hostile refutation; some of them still persist, others have already changed their views. The first ones, then, resembled more oligarchic types, who, having split off, became for later generations the cause of much criticism both of their predecessors and of each other; and some are more Stoic than others, and especially those who were seen to be more petty about technical matters.
αὐτοὶ γὰρ οὗτοι τοὺς ἑτέρους ὑπερβαλλόμενοι τῇ τε πολυπραγμοσύνῃ τοῖς τε σκαριφηθμοῖς ἐπετίμων θᾶττον. πολὺ μέντοι τούτων πρότερον ταὐτὰ ἔπαθον οἱ ἀπὸ Σωκράτους ἀφελκύσαντες διαφόρους τοὺς λόγους, ἰδίᾳ μὲν Ἀρίστιππος, ἰδίᾳ δὲ Ἀντισθένης καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ ἰδίᾳ οἱ Μεγαρικοί τε καὶ Ἐρετρικοὶ ἢ εἴ τινες ἄλλοι μετὰ τούτων. αἴτιον δέ, ὅτι τρεῖς θεοὺς τιθεμένου Σωκράτους καὶ φιλοσοφοῦντος αὐτοῖς ἐν τοῖς προσήκουσιν ἑκάστῳ ῥυθμοῖς οἱ διακούοντες τοῦτο μὲν ἠγνόουν, ᾤοντο δὲ λέγειν πάντα αὐτὸν εἰκῆ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς νικώσης αἰεὶ προστυχῶς ἄλλοτε ἄλλης τύχης, ὅπως πνέοι. ὁ δὲ Πλάτων πυθαγορίσας ᾔδει δὲ τὸν Σωκράτην μηδαμόθεν ἢ ἐκεῖθεν δὴ τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα εἰπεῖν καὶ γνόντα εἰρηκέναι ὧδε οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς συνεδήσατο τὰ πράγματα, οὔτε εἰωθότως οὔτε δὴ εἰς τὸ φανερόν· διαγαγὼν δὲ ἕκαστα ὅπῃ ἐνόμιζεν, ἐπικρυψάμενος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ δῆλα εἶναι καὶ μὴ δῆλα, ἀσφαλῶς μὲν ἐγράψατο, αὐτὸς δὲ αἰτίαν παρέσχε τῆς μετ' αὐτὸν στάσεώς τε ἅμα καὶ διολκῆς τῆς τῶν δογμάτων, οὐ φθόνῳ μὲν οὐδέ γε δυσνοίᾳ· ἀλλ' οὐ βούλομαι ἐπὶ ἀνδράσι πρεσβυτέροις εἰπεῖν ῥήματα οὐκ ἐναίσιμα. τοῦτο δὲ δεῖ μαθόντας ἡμᾶς ἐπανενεγκεῖν ἐκεῖσε μᾶλλον τὴν
For these very men, surpassing the others in both meddlesome curiosity and superficial quibbling, were quicker to find fault. Much earlier than these, however, the same thing happened to those who drew away from Socrates and made his discourses divergent: Aristippus in one way, Antisthenes in another, and elsewhere the Megarians and Eretrians, or any others along with them. The reason is that, since Socrates posited three gods and philosophized with them in the rhythms appropriate to each, his hearers were ignorant of this and thought he said everything at random and according to whatever chance happened to be prevailing at the time, blowing as it might. But Plato, having become a Pythagorean, knew that Socrates had said these very things from no other source than that, and that he had spoken them knowingly. Therefore he himself bound the matters together, neither in the customary way nor openly; but, arranging each thing as he thought best, and concealing it in the middle ground between being clear and not clear, he wrote securely, yet he himself provided the cause for the subsequent division and dispersal of the doctrines among those after him—not from envy nor from ill will, but I do not wish to speak inauspicious words about older men. This we must learn, and then refer the matter rather to that
γνώμην, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀρχῆς προὐθέμεθα χωρίζειν αὐτὸν Ἀριστοτέλους καὶ Ζήνωνος, οὕτως καὶ νῦν τῆς Ἀκαδημίας, ἐὰν ὁ θεὸς ἀντιλάβηται, χωρίζοντες ἐάσομεν αὐτὸν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ νῦν εἶναι Πυθαγόρειον· ὡς νῦν μανικώτερον, ἢ Πενθεῖ τινι προσῆκε, διελκόμενος πάσχει μὲν κατὰ μέλη, ὅλος δ' ἐξ ὅλου ἑαυτοῦ μετατίθεταί τε καὶ ἀντι14.5.9 μετατίθεται οὐδαμῶς. ὅπως οὖν ἀνὴρ μεσεύων Πυθαγόρου καὶ Σωκράτους, τοῦ μὲν τὸ σεμνὸν ὑπαγαγὼν μέχρι τοῦ φιλανθρώπου, τοῦ δὲ τὸ κομψὸν τοῦτο καὶ παιγνιῆμον ἀναγαγὼν ἀπὸ τῆς εἰρωνείας εἰς ἀξίωμα καὶ ὄγκον καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο κεράσας Σωκράτει Πυθαγόραν, τοῦ μὲν δημοτικώτερος, τοῦ δὲ σεμνότερος ὤφθη. Ἀλλ' οὐ γάρ τοι ταῦτα διαιτήσων ἦλθον, μὴ περὶ τούτων οὔσης νῦν μοι τῆς ζητήσεως, ἃ δὲ προὐδέδοκτο· καὶ εἶμι ἐκεῖσε ἢ δὴ φροῦδος ἀναδραμεῖν δοκῶ μοι, μὴ καί που ἀποκρουσθῶμεν τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς φερούσης. Πολέμωνος δὲ ἐγένοντο γνώριμοι Ἀρκεσίλαος καὶ Ζήνων· πάλιν γὰρ αὐτῶν μνησθήσομαι ἐπὶ τέλει. Ζήνωνα μὲν οὖν μέμνημαι εἰπὼν Ξενοκράτει, εἶτα δὲ Πολέμωνι φοιτῆσαι, αὖθις δὲ παρὰ Κράτητι κυνίσαι· νυνὶ δὲ αὐτῷ λελογίσθω ὅτι καὶ Στίλπωνός τε μετέσχε καὶ τῶν λόγων τῶν Ἡρακλειτείων. ἐπεὶ γὰρ συμφοιτῶντες παρὰ Πολέμωνι ἐφιλοτιμήθησαν ἀλλήλοις, συμπαρέλαβον εἰς τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους μάχην ὁ μὲν Ἡράκλειτον καὶ Στίλπωνα ἅμα καὶ Κράτητα, ὧν ὑπὸ μὲν Στίλπωνος ἐγένετο μαχητής, ὑπὸ δὲ Ἡρακλείτου αὐστηρός, κυνικὸς δὲ ὑπὸ Κράτητος·
opinion, and just as from the beginning we set out to separate him from Aristotle and Zeno, so also now from the Academy, if God should assist, we shall leave him separated and on his own as a Pythagorean; as now, more madly than befits even some Pentheus, he is torn apart limb by limb, yet as a whole from his whole self he is transferred and never counter-transferred. So then, how a man mediating between Pythagoras and Socrates, having brought down the solemnity of the former to the level of philanthropy, and having raised the clever and playful character of the latter from irony to dignity and gravity, and having blended this very thing with Socrates as Pythagoras, appeared more popular than the one and more solemn than the other. But I did not come to adjudicate these matters, since this is not now the subject of my inquiry, but what was previously determined; and I go there where I seem to have already run off, lest we be somehow turned aside from the path that leads. From Polemon came the disciples Arcesilaus and Zeno; I will mention them again at the end. I remember saying that Zeno attended Xenocrates, then Polemon, and again studied under Crates the Cynic; but now let it be reckoned to him that he also partook of Stilpo and of the Heraclitean doctrines. For when they were fellow students under Polemon and vied with one another, they brought into their mutual battle, on the one hand, Heraclitus and Stilpo together with Crates, under Stilpo becoming a fighter, under Heraclitus austere, and under Crates a Cynic.
ὁ δ' Ἀρκεσίλαος Θεόφραστον ἴσχει καὶ Κράντορα τὸν Πλατωνικὸν καὶ Διόδωρον, εἶτα Πύρρωνα, ὧν ὑπὸ μὲν Κράντορος πιθανουργικός, ὑπὸ Διοδώρου δὲ σοφιστής, ὑπὸ δὲ Πύρρωνος ἐγένετο παντοδαπὸς καὶ ἴτης καὶ οὐδέν. ὅθεν καὶ ἐλέγετο περὶ αὐτοῦ ᾀδόμενόν τι ἔπος παραγωγὸν καὶ ὑβριστικόν· πρόσθε Πλάτων, ὄπιθεν δὲ Πύρρων, μέσσος Διόδωρος. Τίμων δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ Μενεδήμου τὸ ἐριστικόν φησι λαβόντα ἐξαρτυθῆναι, εἴπερ γε δή φησι περὶ αὐτοῦ· τῇ μὲν ἔχων Μενεδήμου ὑπὸ στέρνοισι μόλιβδον θεύσεται ἢ 'ς Πύρρωνα τὸ πᾶν κρέας ἢ Διόδωρον. ταῖς οὖν Διοδώρου, διαλεκτικοῦ ὄντος, λεπτολογίαις τοὺς λογισμοὺς τοὺς Πύρρωνος καὶ τὸ σκεπτικὸν καταπλέξας διεκόσμησε λόγου δεινότητι τῇ Πλάτωνος φλήναφόν τινα κατεστωμυλμένον καὶ ἔλεγε καὶ ἀντέλεγε καὶ μετεκυλινδεῖτο κἀκεῖθεν κἀντεῦθεν, ἑκατέρωθεν, ὁπόθεν τύχοι, παλινάγρετος καὶ δύσκριτος καὶ παλίμβολός τε ἅμα καὶ παρακεκινδυνευμένος, οὐδέν τι εἰδώς, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη, γενναῖος ὤν· εἶτά πως ἐξέβαινεν ὅμοιος τοῖς εἰδόσιν, ὑπὸ σκιαγραφίας τῶν λόγων παντοδαπὸς πεφαντασμένος.
Arcesilaus holds Theophrastus and Crantor the Platonist and Diodorus, then Pyrrho, of whom by Crantor he was made a plausible speaker, by Diodorus a sophist, and by Pyrrho all-various and a wanderer and nothing. Hence a certain sung verse, diverting and insulting, was said about him: "Plato in front, Pyrrho behind, Diodorus in the middle." Timon says that he also took the eristic from Menedemus and was equipped, if indeed he says about him: "Having under his breast the lead of Menedemus, he will run either to Pyrrho, the whole flesh, or to Diodorus." So, weaving together the reasonings of Pyrrho and the skeptical with the subtleties of Diodorus, who was a dialectician, he adorned with the rhetorical skill of Plato some babbling nonsense, and he spoke and contradicted and rolled back and forth from here to there, from both sides, wherever it happened, revocable and hard to judge and at once changeable and hazardous, knowing nothing, as he himself said, being noble; then somehow he turned out like those who know, having been imagined as all-various by the shadow-painting of his arguments.
ς ʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΑΡΚΕΣΙΛΑΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΤΗΝ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΑΝ ΑΚΑΔΗΜΙΑΝ ΥΠΟΣΤΗΣΑΜΕΝΟΥ Τοῦ τε Ὁμηρικοῦ Τυδείδου ὁποτέροις μετείη ἀγνοουμένου, οὔτε εἰ Τρωσὶν ὁμιλέοι οὔτε εἰ καὶ Ἀχαιοῖς, οὐδὲν ἧττον Ἀρκεσίλαος ἠγνοεῖτο. τὸ γὰρ ἕνα τε λόγον καὶ ταὐτόν ποτ' εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἐνῆν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδέ γε ἠξίου ἀνδρὸς εἶναί πω τὸ τοιοῦτο δεξιοῦ οὐδαμῶς. ὠνομάζετο οὖν δεινὸς σοφιστής, τῶν ἀγυμνάστων σφαγεύς. ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ Ἔμπουσαι ἐν τοῖς φάσμασι τοῖς τῶν λόγων ὑπὸ παρασκευῆς τε καὶ ὑπὸ μελέτης ἐφάρματτεν, ἐγοήτευεν, οὐδὲν εἶχεν εἰδέναι οὔτε αὐτὸς οὔτε τοὺς ἄλλους ἐᾶν· ἐδειμάτου δὲ καὶ κατεθορύβει καὶ σοφισμάτων γε καὶ λόγων κλοπῆς φερόμενος τὰ πρῶτα κατέχαιρε τῷ ὀνείδει καὶ ἡβρύνετο θαυμαστῶς, ὅτι μήτε τί αἰσχρὸν ἢ καλὸν μήτε ἀγαθὸν μήτε αὖ κακόν ἐστι τί ᾔδει, ἀλλ' ὁπότερον εἰς τὰς ψυχὰς πέσοι τοῦτο εἰπὼν αὖθις μεταβαλὼν ἀνέτρεπεν ἂν πλεοναχῶς ἢ δι' ὅσων κατεσκευάκει. ἦν οὖν ὕδραν τέμνων ἑαυτὸν καὶ τεμνόμενος ὑφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ἀμφότερα ἀλλήλων δυσκρίτως καὶ
6. Concerning Arcesilaus, Who Established the Second Academy. Just as the Homeric son of Tydeus did not know on which side he was fighting, whether he was with the Trojans or with the Achaeans, so Arcesilaus was no less ignorant. For it was impossible for him ever to say one and the same thing, nor did he at all consider such a thing worthy of a clever man. He was therefore called a clever sophist, a slayer of the untrained. For like the Empusae in apparitions, by preparation and practice he bewitched and beguiled in arguments, and he himself could know nothing nor allow others to know. He terrified and confounded, and, carried away by theft of sophisms and arguments, he rejoiced exceedingly in the reproach and prided himself wonderfully, because he knew neither what is shameful or noble, nor what is good or evil, but whichever fell into his mind, after saying this, he would then change and overturn it in as many or more ways than he had established it. He was therefore like a hydra, cutting himself and being cut by himself, both things being indistinguishable from each other, and
τοῦ δέοντος ἀσκέπτως, πλὴν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἤρκεσεν, ὁμοῦ τῇ ἀκροάσει εὐπρόσωπον ὄντα θεωμένοις· ἦν οὖν ἀκουόμενος καὶ βλεπόμενος ἥδιστος, ἐπεί γε προσειθίσθησαν ἀποδέχεσθαι αὐτοῦ τοὺς λόγους ἰόντας ἀπὸ καλοῦ προσ14.6.4 ώπου τε καὶ στόματος οὐκ ἄνευ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ὄμμασι φιλοφροσύνης. δεῖ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι μὴ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ' ἔσχεν ὧδε ἐξ ἀρχῆς· συμβαλὼν γὰρ ἐν παισὶ Θεοφράστῳ, ἀνδρὶ πράῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀφυεῖ τὰ ἐρωτικά, διὰ τὸ καλὸς εἶναι ἔτι ὢν ὡραῖος τυχὼν ἐραστοῦ Κράντορος τοῦ Ἀκαδημαϊκοῦ, προσεχώρησε μὲν τούτῳ, οἷα δὲ τὴν φύσιν οὐκ ἀφυὴς τρεχούσῃ χρησάμενος αὐτῇ ῥᾳδίᾳ γε θερμουργῶς ὑπὸ φιλονεικίας, μετασχὼν μὲν Διοδώρου εἰς τὰ πεπανουργημένα πιθάνια ταῦτα τὰ κομψά, ὡμιληκὼς δὲ Πύρρωνι ὁ δὲ Πύρρων ἐκ Δημοκρίτου ὥρμητο ἁμόθεν γέ ποθεν οὕτως μὲν δὴ ἔνθεν καταρτυθείς, πλὴν τῆς προσ14.6.5 ρήσεως, ἐνέμεινε Πυρρωνείως τῇ πάντων ἀναιρέσει. Μνασέας γοῦν καὶ Φιλόμηλος καὶ Τίμων οἱ σκεπτικοὶ σκεπτικὸν αὐτὸν προσονομάζουσιν, ὥσπερ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν, ἀναιροῦντα καὶ αὐτὸν τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ τὸ ψεῦδος καὶ τὸ πιθανόν. λεχθεὶς οὖν ἂν αἰτίᾳ τῶν Πυρρωνείων Πυρρώνειος, αἰδοῖ τοῦ ἐραστοῦ ὑπέμεινε λέγεσθαι Ἀκαδημαϊκὸς ἔτι. ἦν μὲν τοίνυν Πυρρώνειος, πλὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος· Ἀκαδημαϊκὸς δ' οὐκ ἦν, πλὴν τοῦ λέγεσθαι.
heedless of what was proper, yet he satisfied his hearers, who at the same time saw him as a fair presence in their audience; he was therefore most delightful both to hear and to see, since they had become accustomed to accepting his words as coming from a beautiful face and mouth, not without the friendliness in his eyes. But these things must be heard not simply; rather, it happened thus from the beginning: for in his youth he encountered Theophrastus, a gentle man and not unskilled in erotic matters, and because he was handsome while still in his prime, he gained Crantor the Academic as a lover; he attached himself to this man, but being by nature not without talent, and using it readily and hotheadedly out of contentiousness, he partook of Diodorus’s cunning sophistries, those clever arguments, and also associated with Pyrrho—and Pyrrho had started from Democritus, from some source or other. Thus equipped from that quarter, yet apart from the name, he persisted in the Pyrrhonian abolition of all things. At any rate, Mnasias, Philomelus, and Timon, the Sceptics, call him a Sceptic, as they themselves were, since he too abolished the true, the false, and the plausible. Therefore, though he would have been called a Pyrrhonian on account of his affiliation with the Pyrrhonians, out of respect for his lover he allowed himself still to be called an Academic. So he was a Pyrrhonian, except in name; and he was not an Academic, except in being so called.
οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι τοῦ Κνιδίου Διοκλέους φάσκοντος ἐν ταῖς ἐπιγραφομέναις Διατριβαῖς Ἀρκεσίλαον φόβῳ τῶν Θεοδωρείων τε καὶ Βίωνος τοῦ σοφιστοῦ ἐπεισιόντων τοῖς φιλοσοφοῦσι καὶ οὐδὲν ὀκνούντων ἀπὸ παντὸς ἐλέγχειν, αὐτὸν ἐξευλαβηθέντα, ἵνα μὴ πράγματα ἔχῃ, μηδὲν μὲν δόγμα ὑπειπεῖν φαινόμενον, ὥσπερ δὲ τὸ μέλαν τὰς σηπίας προβάλλεσθαι πρὸ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἐποχήν. τοῦτ' οὖν ἐγὼ οὐ πείθομαι. οἱ δ' οὖν ἔνθεν ἀφορμηθέντες, ὅ τε Ἀρκεσίλαος καὶ Ζήνων, ὑπὸ τοιούτων ἀρωγῶν, ἀμφοτέροις συμπολεμούντων λόγων, τῆς μὲν ἀρχῆς ὅθεν ἐκ Πολέμωνος ὡρμήθησαν ἐπιλανθάνονται, διαστάντες δέ γε καὶ σφέας αὐτοὺς ἀρτύναντες σὺν δ' ἔβαλον ῥινούς, σὺν δ' ἔγχεα καὶ μένε' ἀνδρῶν χαλκεοθωρήκων· ἀτὰρ ἀσπίδες ὀμφαλόεσσαι ἔπληντ' ἀλλήλῃσι, πολὺς δ' ὀρυμαγδὸς ὀρώρει. ἀσπὶς ἄρ' ἀσπίδ' ἔρειδε, κόρυς κόρυν, ἀνέρα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐδνοπάλιζεν. ἔνθα δ' ἅμ' οἰμωγή τε καὶ εὐχωλὴ πέλεν ἀνδρῶν ὀλλύντων τε καὶ ὀλλυμένων τῶν Στωϊκῶν· οἱ Ἀκαδημαϊκοὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἐβάλλοντο ὑπ' αὐτῶν, ἀγνοούμενοι ᾗ ἦσαν ἁλῶναι δυνατώτεροι. ἡλίσκοντο δὲ τῆς βάσεως αὐτοῖς σεισθείσης, εἰ μήτε ἀρχὴν ἔχοιεν μήτε μάχεσθαι ἀφορμήν. ἡ μὲν δὴ ἀρχὴ ἦν τὸ μὴ Πλατωνικὰ λέγοντας αὐτοὺς ἐλέγξαι· τὸ δὲ μηδὲ ἔχειν τινὰ ἀφορμὴν ἦν, εἴπερ μόνον ἕν τι μετέστρεψαν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὅρου τοῦ περὶ τῆς καταληπτικῆς φαντασίας ἀφελόντες. ὅπερ νῦν μὲν οὐκ ἔστι μηνύειν μοι ἐν καιρῷ, μνησθήσομαι δ' αὐτοῦ αὖθις ἐπὰν κατὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα γενέσθαι μέλλω. διαστάντες δ' οὖν εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἔβαλλον ἀλλήλους οὐχ οἱ δύο, ἀλλ' ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος τὸν Ζήνωνα.
For I am not persuaded by Diocles of Cnidus when he asserts in his so-called Diatribes that Arcesilaus, out of fear of the followers of Theodorus and of Bion the sophist, who attacked those who philosophized and shrank from nothing in their refutations, became cautious, so as to avoid trouble, and set forth no apparent doctrine, but like the ink of the cuttlefish cast the suspension of judgment before himself as a screen. This, then, I am not persuaded of. But those who started from this point, both Arcesilaus and Zeno, with such supporters, with arguments fighting on both sides, forget the beginning from which they set out from Polemo; and having separated and armed themselves, they cast their raw hides, their spears, and the might of bronze-armored men; and the bossed shields clashed against each other, and a great din arose. Shield pressed against shield, helmet against helmet, and man against man staggered. There was both wailing and prayer of men slaying and being slain among the Stoics; for the Academics were not struck by them, being unknown as they were more capable of being captured. But they were being captured when their foundation was shaken, if they had neither a beginning nor a starting point for battle. The beginning was to refute them for not speaking Platonically; and the lack of a starting point was, if they had changed only one thing by removing from the definition of the cataleptic impression. This it is not now timely for me to indicate, but I will mention it again when I am about to deal with this very matter. Having separated, then, they openly attacked each other, not the two of them, but Arcesilaus attacked Zeno.
ὁ γὰρ Ζήνων εἶχε δή τι τῇ μάχῃ σεμνὸν καὶ βαρὺ καὶ Κηφισοδώρου τοῦ ῥήτορος οὐκ ἄμεινον· ὃς δὴ ὁ Κηφισόδωρος, ἐπειδὴ ὑπ' Ἀριστοτέλους βαλλόμενον ἑαυτῷ τὸν διδάσκαλον Ἰσοκράτην ἑώρα, αὐτοῦ μὲν Ἀριστοτέλους ἦν ἀμαθὴς καὶ ἄπειρος, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ καθορᾶν ἔνδοξα τὰ Πλάτωνος ὑπάρχοντα οἰηθεὶς κατὰ Πλάτωνα τὸν Ἀριστοτέλην φιλοσοφεῖν, ἐπολέμει μὲν Ἀριστοτέλει, ἔβαλλε δὲ Πλάτωνα καὶ κατηγόρει ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδεῶν, τελευτῶν εἰς τὰ ἄλλα, ἃ οὐδ' αὐτὰ ᾔδει, ἀλλὰ τὰ νομιζόμενα ἀμφ' αὐτῶν ᾗ λέγεται ὑπονοῶν. πλὴν οὕτως μὲν ὁ Κηφισόδωρος, ᾧ ἐπολέμει μὴ μαχόμενος, ἐμάχετο ᾧ μὴ πολεμεῖν ἐβούλετο. ὁ μέντοι Ζήνων καὶ αὐτός, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ Ἀρκεσιλάου μεθίετο, εἰ μὲν μηδὲ Πλάτωνι ἐπολέμει, ἐφιλοσόφει δήπου ἐμοὶ κριτῇ πλείστου ἀξίως, ἕνεκά γε τῆς εἰρήνης ταύτης. εἰ δ' οὐκ ἀγνοῶν μὲν ἴσως τὰ Ἀρκεσιλάου, τὰ μέντοι Πλάτωνος ἀγνοῶν, ὡς ἐξ ὧν αὐτῷ ἀντέγραψεν ἐλέγχεται, ὅτι ἐποίησεν ἐναντία καὐτός, μήτε ὃν
ᾔδει πλήττων ὅν τε οὐκ ἐχρῆν ἀτιμότατα καὶ αἴσχι14.6.11 στα περιυβρικώς, καὶ ταῦτα πολὺ κάκιον ἢ προσήκει κυνί. πλὴν διέδειξέ γε μὴν μεγαλοφροσύνῃ ἀποσχόμενος τοῦ Ἀρκεσιλάου. ἤτοι γὰρ ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν ἐκείνου ἢ δέει τῶν Στωϊκῶν πολέμοιο μέγα στόμα πευκεδανοῖο ἀπετρέψατο ἄλλῃ, εἰς Πλάτωνα. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν Ζήνωνι εἰς Πλάτωνα κακῶς τε καὶ αἰδημόνως οὐδαμῶς νεωτερισθέντων εἰρήσεταί μοι αὖθίς ποτε, ἐὰν φιλοσοφίας σχολὴν ἀγάγω· μή ποτε μέντοι ἀγάγοιμι σχολὴν τοσαύτην, τούτου οὖν ἕνεκεν, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ παιδιᾶς.
Zeno had something solemn and weighty in his combat, and no better than Cephisodorus the rhetorician. This Cephisodorus, seeing that his teacher Isocrates was being attacked by Aristotle, was ignorant and inexperienced of Aristotle himself, and supposing, from the fact that Plato's works were held in high repute, that Aristotle philosophized in opposition to Plato, he waged war on Aristotle, but attacked and accused Plato, beginning with the Ideas and ending with the other matters, which he did not even know himself, but misunderstood the common opinions about them as they are reported. So Cephisodorus, in fighting with the one he was not fighting, fought with the one he did not wish to fight. Zeno himself, when he let go of Arcesilaus, if he was not also fighting Plato, then he philosophized, in my judgment, in a most worthy manner, because of this peace. But if he was not ignorant, perhaps, of the views of Arcesilaus, while being ignorant of those of Plato, as is proved by what he wrote against him, then he too acted inconsistently, striking not the one he knew, but the one he ought not, and insulting him most dishonorably and shamefully, and doing this much worse than befits a dog. Yet he showed magnanimity in refraining from Arcesilaus. For either through ignorance of the latter's views or through fear of the great mouth of the Stoic war, he turned aside to another, to Plato. But concerning the things that were badly and in no way reverently innovated by Zeno against Plato, I will speak again at some other time, if I should have leisure for philosophy; but may I never have such great leisure, for this reason, unless it be in jest.
τὸν δ' οὖν Ζήνωνα ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος ἀντίτεχνον καὶ ἀξιόνικον ὑπάρχοντα θεωρῶν τοὺς παρ' ἐκείνου ἀποφερομέ14.6.13 νους λόγους καθῄρει καὶ οὐδὲν ὤκνει. καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἃ ἐμεμάχητο ἐκείνῳ οὔτ' ἴσως εἰπεῖν ἔχω εἴ τε καὶ εἶχον οὐδὲν ἔδει νῦν αὐτῶν μνησθῆναι· τὸ δὲ δόγμα τοῦτο αὐτοῦ πρώτου εὑρομένου καὐτὸ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα βλέπων εὐδοκιμοῦν ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις, τὴν καταληπτικὴν φαντασίαν, πάσῃ μηχανῇ ἐχρῆτο ἐπ' αὐτήν. ὁ δ' ἐν τῷ ἀσθενεστέρῳ ὢν καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἄγων οὐ δυνάμενος ἀδικεῖσθαι, Ἀρκεσιλάου μὲν ἀφίετο, πολλὰ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχων, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἤθελε, τάχα δὲ μᾶλλον ἄλλως, πρὸς δὲ τὸν οὐκέτι ἐν ζῶσιν ὄντα Πλάτωνα ἐσκιομάχει καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ ἁμάξης πομπείαν πᾶσαν κατεθορύβει, λέγων ὡς οὔτ' ἂν τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἀμυναμένου ὑπερδικεῖν τε αὐτοῦ ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ μέλον, εἴ τε μελήσειεν Ἀρκεσιλάῳ, αὐτός γε κερδανεῖν ᾤετο ἀποτρεψάμενος ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ τὸν Ἀρκεσίλαον. τοῦτο δὲ ᾔδη καὶ Ἀγαθοκλέα τὸν Συρακόσιον ποιήσαντα τὸ σόφισμα ἐπὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους. οἱ Στωϊκοὶ δὲ ὑπήκουον ἐκπεπληγμένοι· «ἁ μοῦσα γὰρ αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ τότε ἦν φιλόλογος οὐδ' ἐργάτις» χαρίτων, ὑφ' ὧν ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος τὰ μὲν περικρούων, τὰ δὲ ὑποτέμνων, ἄλλα δ' ὑποσκελίζων κατεγλωττίζετο αὐτοὺς καὶ πιθανὸς ἦν. τοιγαροῦν πρὸς οὓς μὲν ἀντέλεγεν ἡττωμένων, ἐν οἷς δὲ λέγων ἦν καταπεπληγμένων, δεδειγμένον πως τοῖς τότε ἀνθρώποις ὑπῆρχε μηδὲν εἶναι μήτ' οὖν ἔπος μήτε πάθος μήτε ἔργον ἓν βραχὺ μηδὲ ἄχρηστον τοὐναντίον ὀφθῆναί ποτ' ἄν, εἴ τι μὴ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ δοκεῖ τῷ Πιταναίῳ· τῷ δ' ἄρα οὐδὲν ἐδόκει οὐδ' ἀπεφαίνετο οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἢ ῥηματίσκια ταῦτ' εἶναι καὶ φόβους.
Arcesilaus, seeing that Zeno was a rival and formidable opponent, would dismantle the arguments brought forth by him and hesitated at nothing. And concerning the other points on which he had contended with him, I perhaps cannot speak, nor was there any need now to mention them; but seeing that this doctrine—the cataleptic impression—which Zeno first discovered, and the name itself, were gaining repute in Athens, he used every device against it. Zeno, being in a weaker position and keeping quiet, unable to be wronged, let Arcesilaus go—though he could have said much, but did not wish to, perhaps rather otherwise—and instead shadow-boxed against Plato, who was no longer among the living, and made a clamor over the whole procession from the cart, saying that Plato would not have defended himself, nor would anyone else care to defend him, and if Arcesilaus did care, he himself thought he would gain by diverting Arcesilaus from himself. This was the very sophism that Agathocles the Syracusan had used against the Carthaginians. The Stoics listened, astounded; for their Muse was not even then fond of discourse or productive of graces, by which Arcesilaus, partly chipping away, partly cutting short, and partly tripping up, would outtalk them and was persuasive. Therefore, among those he argued against, they were defeated, and in matters where he spoke, they were confounded; it was somehow demonstrated to the people of that time that there was neither word nor passion nor deed, not one small or useless thing, that could ever appear otherwise, if it did not seem so to Arcesilaus of Pitane; but to him, nothing seemed so, nor did he declare anything, any more than that these were mere verbal trifles and fears.
ζʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΛΑΚΥΔΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΤΟΝ ΑΡΚΕΣΙΛΑΟΝ ΔΙΑΔΕΞΑΜΕΝΟΥ Περὶ δὲ Λακύδου βούλομαί τι διηγήσασθαι ἡδύ. ἦν μὲν δὴ Λακύδης ὑπογλισχρότερος καί τινα τρόπον ὁ λεγόμενος οἰκονομικός, οὗτος ὁ εὐδοκιμῶν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς, αὐτὸς μὲν ἀνοιγνὺς τὸ ταμεῖον, αὐτὸς δ' ὑποκλείων. καὶ προῃρεῖτο δὲ ὧν ἐδεῖτο καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα ἐποίει πάντα δι' αὐτουργίας, οὔ τί που αὐτάρκειαν ἐπαινῶν οὐδ' ἄλλως πενίᾳ χρώμενος οὐδ' ἀπορίᾳ δούλων, ᾧ γε ὑπῆρχον δοῦλοι ὁπόσοι γοῦν· τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν ἔξεστιν εἰκάζειν. ἐγὼ δὲ ὃ ὑπεσχόμην τὸ ἡδὺ διηγήσομαι. ταμιεύων γὰρ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ τὴν μὲν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ ᾤετο δεῖν, ἀποκλείσας δὲ κατετίθει μὲν ταύτην εἴς τι κοῖλον γραμματεῖον· σημηνάμενος δὲ δακτυλίῳ τὸν μὲν δακτύλιον κατεκύλιε διὰ τοῦ κλείθρου ἔσω εἰς τὸν οἶκον μεθιείς, ὡς δὴ ὕστερον, ἐπειδὴ πάλιν ἐλθὼν ἀνοίξειε τῇ κλειδί, δυνησόμενος ἀνελὼν τὸν δακτύλιον αὖθις μὲν ἀποκλείειν, εἶτα δὲ σημαίνεσθαι, εἶτα δ' ἀναβάλλειν ὀπίσω πάλιν ἔσω τὸν δακτύλιον διὰ τοῦ κλείθρου. τοῦτο οὖν τὸ σοφὸν οἱ δοῦλοι κατανοήσαντες, ἐπειδὴ προΐοι Λακύδης εἰς περίπατον ἢ ὅποι ἄλλοσε, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀνοίξαντες ἂν κἄπειτα, ὥς σφιν ἦν θυμός, τὰ μὲν φαγόντες, τὰ δ' ἐμπιόντες, ἄλλα δὲ ἀράμενοι ἐκ περιόδου ταῦτα ἐποίουν, ἀπέκλειον μέν, ἐσημαίνοντο δέ, τὸν δακτύλιον πολλά γε αὐτοῦ καταγελάσαντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον διὰ τοῦ κλείθρου ἠφίε14.7.4 σαν. ὁ οὖν Λακύδης πλήρη
7. Concerning Lacydes, who succeeded Arcesilaus. I wish to relate something pleasant about Lacydes. Now Lacydes was somewhat parsimonious and, in a certain way, what is called a household manager, one who was esteemed by the many, himself opening the storehouse and himself locking it. And he would take out what he needed and do all such other things by his own labor, not because he praised self-sufficiency nor because he was otherwise constrained by poverty or lack of slaves, for he had slaves, at least some; the reason one may guess. But I will relate the pleasant thing I promised. For managing his own stores, he did not think it necessary to carry the key about with him, but after locking up he would place it in a hollow writing tablet; and sealing it with his signet ring, he would let the ring roll down through the keyhole into the house, so that later, when he came again and opened with the key, he would be able, after taking up the ring, to lock up again, then seal, then throw the ring back inside through the keyhole. This clever device the slaves observed, and when Lacydes went out for a walk or elsewhere, they would open up and then, as their appetite prompted, eat some things, drink others, and take away others, doing this repeatedly; they would lock up, seal, and, laughing at him greatly, let the ring into the house through the keyhole. So Lacydes, full of
μὲν καταλιπών, κενὰ δὲ εὑρισκόμενος τὰ σκεύη ἀπορῶν τῷ γιγνομένῳ, ἐπειδὴ ἤκουσε φιλοσοφεῖσθαι παρὰ τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ τὴν ἀκαταληψίαν, ᾤετο τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο αὑτῷ συμβαίνειν περὶ τὸ ταμεῖον. ἀρξάμενός τε ἔνθεν ἐφιλοσόφει παρὰ τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ μηδὲν μήτε ὁρᾶν μήτε ἀκούειν ἐναργὲς ἢ ὑγιές· καί ποτε ἐπισπασάμενος τῶν προσομιλούντων αὐτῷ τινα εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ἰσχυρίζετο πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπερφυῶς, ὡς ἐδόκει, τὴν ἐποχὴν καὶ ἔφη· «Τοῦτο μὲν ἀναμφίλεκτον ἐγώ σοι ἔχω φράσαι, αὐτὸς ἐπ' ἐμαυτοῦ μαθών, οὐκ ἄλλου πειραθείς.» κἄπειτα ἀρξάμενος περιηγεῖτο τὴν ὅλην τοῦ ταμείου συμβᾶσαν αὐτῷ πάθην. «Τί οὖν ἄν,» εἶπεν, «ἔτι Ζήνων λέγοι πρὸς οὕτως ὁμολογουμένην διὰ πάντων φανεράν μοι ἐν τοῖς τοιοῖσδε ἀκαταληψίαν; ὃς γὰρ ἀπέκλεισα μὲν ταῖς ἐμαυτοῦ χερσίν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐσημηνάμην, αὐτὸς δὲ ἀφῆκα μὲν εἴσω τὸν δακτύλιον, αὖθις δ' ἐλθὼν ἀνοίξας τὸν μὲν δακτύλιον ὁρῶ ἔνδον, οὐ μέντοι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, πῶς οὐ δικαίως ἀπιστούντως τοῖς πράγμασιν ἕξω; οὐ γάρ πω φήσω, εἰπεῖν, ἔγωγ' ἐπελθόντα τινὰ κλέψαι ταῦτα ὑπάρχοντος ἔνδον τοῦ δακτυλίου.» καὶ ὃς ἀκούων, ἦν γὰρ ὑβριστής, ἐκδεξάμενος τὸ πᾶν ὡς ἔσχεν ἀκοῦσαι, μόλις καὶ πρότερον ἑαυτοῦ κρατῶν, ἀπέρρηξε γέλωτα καὶ μάλα πλατὺν γελῶν τε ἔτι καὶ καγχάζων διήλεγχεν ἅμα αὐτοῦ τὴν κενοδοξίαν. ὥστε ἔκτοτε Λακύδης ἀρξάμενος οὐκέτι μὲν τὸν δακτύλιον ἔσω ἐνέβαλλεν, οὐκέτι δὲ τοῦ ταμείου ἐχρῆτο ἀκαταληψίᾳ, ἀλλὰ κατελάμβανε τὰ ἀφειμένα καὶ μάτην ἐπεφιλοσοφήκει.
leaving behind, but finding the vessels empty, and being at a loss at what had happened, since he heard that the doctrine of inapprehensibility was philosophized by Arcesilaus, he thought that this very thing was happening to him concerning his storeroom. And beginning from that point, he philosophized under Arcesilaus, holding that nothing is seen or heard clearly or soundly. And once, having drawn one of his associates into his house, he insisted to him vehemently, as it seemed, on suspension of judgment, and said: "This I can state to you as indisputable, having learned it myself, not from the experience of another." And then, beginning, he went through the whole incident that had happened to him concerning the storeroom. "What then," he said, "would Zeno still say in the face of such an inapprehensibility, manifest to me through all things in such cases? For I who locked it with my own hands, who myself sealed it, who myself put the ring inside, and then coming back and opening it, I see the ring inside, but not the other things—how shall I not justifiably distrust matters? For I will not say, for instance, that someone came and stole these things while the ring was inside." And the listener, who was a mocker, taking the whole story as he heard it, barely restraining himself even before, burst into loud laughter, and laughing and guffawing, he at once exposed his vanity. So that from then on, Lacydes, beginning, no longer put the ring inside, no longer used inapprehensibility concerning the storeroom, but apprehended what was left behind, and had philosophized in vain.
οὐ μέντοι ἀλλὰ οἵ γε παῖδες φόρτακες ἦσαν καὶ οὐ θατέρᾳ ληπτοί, οἷοι δὲ οὗτοι οἱ κωμῳδικοί τε καὶ Γέται τε καὶ Δακοὶ κἀκ τῆς Δακικῆς λαλεῖν στωμυλήθρας κατεγλωττισμένοι, ἐπεί γε τοῖς Στωϊκοῖς τὰ σοφίσματα ἤκουσαν, εἴτε καὶ ἄλλως ἐκμαθόντες, εὐθὺς τοῦ τολμήματος ᾔεσαν καὶ παρελύοντο αὐτοῦ τὴν σφραγῖδα καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἑτέραν ἀντ' ἐκείνης ὑπετίθεσαν, τοτὲ δὲ οὐδὲ ἄλλην, διὰ τὸ οἴεσθαι ἐκείνῳ γε ἀκατάληπτα ἔσεσθαι καὶ οὕτω καὶ ἄλλως. ὁ δὲ εἰσελθὼν ἐσκοπεῖτο· ἀσήμαντον δὲ τὸ γραμματεῖον θεωρῶν ἢ σεσημασμένον μέν, σφραγῖδι δ' ἄλλῃ, ἠγανάκτει· τῶν δὲ σεσημάνθαι λεγόντων, αὐτοῖς γοῦν τὴν σφραγῖδα ὁρᾶσθαι τὴν αὐτοῦ, ἠκριβολογεῖτο ἂν καὶ ἀπεδείκνυε· τῶν δ' ἡττωμένων τῇ ἀποδείξει φαμένων, εἰ μή τι ἔπεστιν ἡ σφραγὶς αὐτὸν ἴσως ἐπιλελῆσθαι καὶ μὴ σημήνασθαι· καὶ μὴν αὐτός γε ἔφη σημηνάμενος μνημονεύειν καὶ ἀπεδείκνυε καὶ περιῄει τῷ λόγῳ καὶ ἐδεινολογεῖτο πρὸς αὐτούς, οἰόμενος παίζεσθαι, καὶ προσώμνυεν. οἱ δ' ὑπολαβόντες τὰς προσβολὰς ἐκείνου αὐτοί γε ᾤοντο ὑπ' αὐτοῦ παίζεσθαι, ἐπεὶ σοφῷ γε ὄντι δεδόχθαι τῷ Λακύδῃ εἶναι ἀδοξάστῳ ὥστε καὶ ἀμνημονεύτῳ· μνήμην γὰρ εἶναι δόξαν· ἔναγχος γοῦν τοῦ χρόνου ἔφασαν ἀκοῦσαι ταῦτα αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς φίλους. τοῦ δ' ἀναστρέφοντος αὐτοῖς τὰς ἐπιχειρήσεις καὶ λέγοντος οὐκ Ἀκαδημαϊκὰ αὐτοὶ φοιτῶντες εἰς Στωϊκῶν τινος τὰ λεκτέα ἑαυτοῖς ἀνεμάνθανον κἀκεῖθεν ἀρξάμενοι ἀντεσοφίστευον καὶ ἦσαν ἀντίτεχνοι κλέπται Ἀκαδημαϊκοί· ὁ δὲ Στωϊκῶς ἐνεκάλει· οἱ παῖδες δὲ τὰ ἐγκλήματα παρέλυον αὐτῷ ὑπὸ ἀκαταληψίας οὐκ ἄνευ τωθασμῶν τινων.
But the boys were indeed clever and not to be caught by the other side, such as these comic characters, both Getae and Dacians, who were tongue-tied from speaking the Dacian prattle, since they had heard the sophisms of the Stoics, or else having learned them otherwise, they immediately went to the daring deed and loosened his seal, and sometimes they placed another in its place, sometimes not even another, because they thought that for him at least things would be inapprehensible, both in this way and in that. And he, entering, examined it; seeing the document unsealed or sealed with a different seal, he was indignant; and when they said that it was sealed, and that at least they saw his own seal on it, he would argue precisely and demonstrate; and when those worsted by the demonstration said that if nothing else, perhaps he himself had forgotten and not sealed it, he himself said that he remembered sealing it, and he demonstrated and went around with his argument and spoke vehemently to them, thinking he was being mocked, and he swore oaths. And they, taking up his attacks, themselves thought they were being mocked by him, since it had seemed good to the wise Lacydes to be without opinion and even without memory; for memory is opinion; at any rate, they said they had recently heard this from him to his friends. And when he turned their arguments back against them and said that they, not being Academics, but attending some Stoic, learned their own arguments for themselves, and beginning from there they countered with sophisms and were rival thieves, Academic ones; and he made Stoic accusations; and the boys dissolved the accusations for him by inapprehensibility, not without some mockery.
διατριβαὶ οὖν ἦσαν πάντων ἐκεῖ καὶ λόγοι καὶ ἀντιλογίαι· καὶ ἓν οὐδὲν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ κατελείπετο, οὐκ ἀγγεῖον, οὐ τῶν ἐν ἀγγείῳ τιθεμένων, οὐχ ὅσα εἰς οἰκίας κατασκευὴν ἄλλ' ἔστι συντελῆ. καὶ ὁ Λακύδης τέως μὲν ἠπόρει, μήτε λυσιτελοῦσαν ἑαυτῷ θεωρῶν τὴν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ δόγμασι βοήθειαν εἴ τε μὴ ἐξελέγχοι πάντα ἀνατρέψεσθαι ἑαυτῷ δοκῶν, πεσὼν εἰς τἀμήχανον τοὺς γείτονας ἐκεκράγει καὶ τοὺς θεούς, καὶ ἰοὺ ἰοὺ καὶ φεῦ φεῦ καὶ νὴ τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ νὴ τὰς θεὰς ἄλλαι τε ὅσαι ἐν ἀπιστίαις δεινολογουμένων εἰσὶν ἄτεχνοι πίστεις, ταῦτα πάντα ἐλέγετο βοῇ ἅμα καὶ ἀξιοπιστίᾳ. τελευτῶν δέ, ἐπεὶ μάχην εἶχεν ἀντιλεγομένην ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας, αὐτὸς μὲν ἂν δήπουθεν ἐστωϊκεύετο πρὸς τοὺς παῖδας, τῶν παίδων δὲ τὰ Ἀκαδημαϊκὰ
ἰσχυριζομένων, ἵνα μηκέτι πράγματα ἔχοι, οἰκουρὸς ἦν φίλος τοῦ ταμείου προσκαθήμενος. οὐδὲν δὲ εἰς οὐδὲν ὠφελῶν ὑπιδόμενος οἷ τὸ σοφὸν αὐτῷ ἔρχεται, ἀπεκαλύψατο· «Ἄλλως,» ἔφη, «ταῦτα, ὦ παῖδες, ἐν ταῖς διατριβαῖς λέγεται ἡμῖν, ἄλλως δὲ ζῶμεν.»« Ταῦτα μὲν καὶ περὶ τοῦ Λακύδου. τούτου δὲ γίνονται ἀκουσταὶ πολλοί, ὧν εἷς ἦν διαφανὴς ὁ Κυρηναῖος Ἀρίστιππος. ἐκ πάντων δ' αὐτοῦ τῶν γνω14.7.15 ρίμων τὴν σχολὴν αὐτοῦ διεδέξατο Εὔανδρος καὶ οἱ μετὰ τοῦτον. μεθ' οὓς Καρνεάδης ὑποδεξάμενος τὴν διατριβὴν τρίτην συνεστήσατο Ἀκαδημίαν. λόγων μὲν οὖν ἀγωγῇ ἐχρήσατο ᾗ καὶ ὁ Ἀρκεσίλαος· καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐπετήδευε τὴν εἰς ἑκάτερα ἐπιχείρησιν καὶ πάντα ἀνεσκεύαζε τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων λεγόμενα· μόνῳ δ' ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς ἐποχῆς λόγῳ πρὸς αὐτὸν διέστη, φὰς ἀδύνατον εἶναι ἄνθρωπον ὄντα περὶ ἁπάντων ἐπέχειν·
There were, then, debates and arguments and counter-arguments of all there, and not a single thing was left in the middle—neither a vessel, nor anything placed in a vessel, nor all that contributes to the furnishing of houses. And Lacydes for a time was at a loss, seeing no assistance for his own doctrines that was profitable to him, and thinking that if he did not refute everything, everything would be overturned for him; falling into perplexity, he cried out to his neighbors and to the gods, and "ioù ioù" and "pheû pheû" and "by the gods" and "by the goddesses" and all such artless assurances of those who speak vehemently in moments of disbelief—all these were said with both shouting and an air of credibility. Finally, since he had a disputed battle in his house, he himself, of course, played the Stoic towards the boys, while the boys insisted on the Academic arguments; so that he might have no further trouble, a friend of his was house-guard, sitting by the treasury. But perceiving that he was helping nothing at all, he uncovered where his wisdom came to him: "Otherwise," he said, "are these things spoken by us in the schools, O boys, and otherwise do we live." So much for Lacydes. Many became hearers of this man, among whom one was conspicuous, Aristippus of Cyrene. Of all his disciples, Evander succeeded to his school, and those after him. After them, Carneades, having taken over the school, established the third Academy. He employed a method of argumentation like that of Arcesilaus; for he himself practiced the attack on both sides and refuted everything said by others. He differed from him only in the argument concerning suspension of judgment, declaring that it is impossible for a human being to suspend judgment about all things.
διαφορὰν δὲ εἶναι ἀδήλου καὶ ἀκαταλήπτου καὶ πάντα μὲν εἶναι ἀκατάληπτα, οὐ πάντα δὲ ἄδηλα. μετεῖχε δὲ οὗτος καὶ τῶν Στωϊκῶν λόγων, πρὸς οὓς καὶ ἐριστικῶς ἱστάμενος ἐπὶ πλέον ηὐξήθη, τοῦ φαινομένου τοῖς πολλοῖς πιθανοῦ, ἀλλ' οὐ τῆς ἀληθείας στοχαζόμενος· ὅθεν καὶ πολλὴν παρέσχε τοῖς Στωϊκοῖς ἀηδίαν. γράφει δ' οὖν καὶ ὁ Νουμήνιος περὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα·
ηʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΚΑΡΝΕΑΔΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΤΗΝ ΤΡΙΤΗΝ ΑΚΑΔΗΜΙΑΝ ΥΠΟΣΤΗΣΑΜΕΝΟΥ «Καρνεάδης δὲ ἐκδεξάμενος παρ' Ἡγησίνου, χρεὼν φυλάξαι ὅσα ἀκίνητα καὶ ὅσα κεκινημένα ἦν, τούτου μὲν ἠμέλει, εἰς δ' Ἀρκεσίλαον, εἴτ' οὖν ἀμείνω εἴτε καὶ φαυλότερα ἦν, ἐπανενεγκὼν διὰ μακροῦ τὴν μάχην ἀνενέαζε.» Καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει· «Ἦγε δ' οὖν καὶ οὗτος καὶ ἀπέφερεν ἀντιλογίας τε καὶ στροφὰς λεπτολόγους συνέφερε τῇ μάχῃ ποικίλλων ἐξαρνητικός τε καὶ καταφατικός τε ἦν κἀμφοτέρωθεν ἀντιλογικός· εἴ τε που ἔδει τι καὶ θαῦμα ἐχόντων λόγων, ἐξηγείρετο λάβρος οἷον ποταμὸς ῥοώδης, σφοδρῶς ῥέων, πάντα καταπιμπλὰς τὰ τῇδε καὶ τἀκεῖθι, καὶ εἰσέπιπτε καὶ συνέσυρε τοὺς ἀκούοντας διὰ θορύβου. τοιγαροῦν ἀπάγων τοὺς ἄλλους αὐτὸς ἔμενεν ἀνεξαπάτητος, ὃ μὴ προσῆν τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ. ἐκεῖνος μέν γε περιερχόμενος τῇ φαρμάξει τοὺς συγκορυβαντιῶντας ἔλαθεν ἑαυτὸν πρῶτον ἐξηπατηκὼς μὴ ᾐσθῆσθαι, πεπεῖσθαι δ' ἀληθῆ εἶναι, ἃ λέγει, διὰ τῆς ἁπαξαπάντων ἀναιρέσεως χρημάτων. κακὸν δὲ ἦν ἂν κακῷ ἐπανακείμενον, ὁ Καρνεάδης τῷ Ἀρκεσιλάῳ, μὴ χαλάσας τι σμικρόν, ὑφ' οὗ οὐκ ἄπρακτοι ἔμελλον ἔσεσθαι, κατὰ τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ πιθανοῦ λεγομένας αὐτῷ θετικάς τε καὶ ἀρνητικὰς φαντασίας τοῦ εἶναι τόδε τι ζῷον ἢ μὴ ζῷον εἶναι.
There was, then, a difference between the unclear and the incomprehensible, and all things are incomprehensible, but not all are unclear. This man also participated in the Stoic discourses, against which he stood contentiously and grew all the more, aiming at what appears plausible to the many, but not at truth; hence he caused much annoyance to the Stoics. Now Numenius also writes about him as follows:
8. CONCERNING CARNEADES, WHO ESTABLISHED THE THIRD ACADEMY: "Carneades, having received from Hegesinus the duty to preserve what was unmoved and what was moved, neglected this, but referring back to Arcesilaus, whether for better or for worse, he renewed the battle after a long interval." And he adds further: "So this man also led and carried off contradictions, and he brought together subtle turns for the battle, varying it, being both negative and affirmative and contradictory on both sides; and if ever there was need of something even of wondrous arguments, he would rise up violently like a rushing river, flowing vehemently, filling everything here and there, and he would fall upon and sweep away his hearers through uproar. Therefore, while leading others astray, he himself remained undeceitful, which was not the case with Arcesilaus. For that man, going about and bewitching those who shared his frenzy, first deceived himself without perceiving it, being persuaded that what he said was true, through the abolition of all things. But it was an evil piled upon an evil, Carneades upon Arcesilaus, not relaxing even a little, by which they were not to be left inactive, according to the affirmative and negative impressions of the plausible that he spoke of, as to whether this or that is a living being or not.
τοῦτο οὖν ὑπανείς, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀναχάζοντες θῆρες βιαιότερον καὶ μᾶλλον ἑαυτοὺς ἱεῖσιν εἰς τὰς αἰχμὰς καὐτὸς ἐνδοὺς δυνατώτερον ἐπῆλθεν· ἐπεί τε ὑποσταίη τε καὶ εὖ τύχοι, τηνικαῦτα ἤδη καὶ οὗ προὐδέδοκτο ἑκὼν ἠμέλει καὶ οὐκ ἐμέμνητο. τὸ γὰρ ἀληθές τε καὶ τὸ ψεῦδος ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐνεῖναι συγχωρῶν, ὥσπερ ξυνεργαζόμενος τῆς ζητήσεως τρόπῳ παλαιστοῦ δεινοῦ λαβὴν δοὺς περιεγίγνετο ἔνθεν. κατὰ γὰρ τὴν τοῦ πιθανοῦ ῥοπὴν ἑκάτερον παρασχὼν οὐδέτερον εἶπε βεβαίως καταλαμβάνεσθαι. ἦν γοῦν λῃστὴς καὶ γόης σοφώτερος. παραλαβὼν γὰρ ἀληθεῖ μὲν ὅμοιον ψεῦδος, καταληπτικῇ δὲ φαντασίᾳ καταληπτὸν ὅμοιον καὶ ἀγαγὼν εἰς τὰς ἴσας, οὐκ εἴασεν οὔτε τὸ ἀληθὲς εἶναι οὔτε τὸ ψεῦδος, ἢ οὐ μᾶλλον τὸ ἕτερον τοῦ ἑτέρου ἢ μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τοῦ πιθανοῦ. ἦν οὖν ὀνείρατα ἀντὶ ὀνειράτων, διὰ τὸ ὁμοίας φαντασίας ἀληθέσιν εἶναι τὰς ψευδεῖς, ὡς ἀπὸ ᾠοῦ κηρίνου πρὸς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ᾠόν. συνέβαινεν οὖν τὰ κακὰ καὶ πλείω. καὶ μέντοι λέγων ὁ Καρνεάδης ἐψυχαγώγει καὶ ἠνδραποδίσατο. ἦν δὲ
He then yielded ground, like wild beasts that retreat and then rush more violently and hurl themselves upon the spears, and having given way he attacked more powerfully. And whenever he would withstand and succeed, then he would willingly neglect and not remember what had been previously conceded. For allowing that truth and falsehood exist in things, as if cooperating in the inquiry, like a skilled wrestler he would give a hold and then prevail from that position. For according to the inclination of the probable, he would present each side and affirm that neither could be firmly grasped. He was, then, a more clever robber and sorcerer. For taking a falsehood similar to truth, and a comprehensible impression similar to a comprehensible one, and bringing them to equality, he allowed neither truth nor falsehood to exist, or not one more than the other, or rather from the probable. So there were dreams in place of dreams, because false impressions are similar to true ones, as a wax egg is to a real egg. Thus evils and more followed. And indeed Carneades, by speaking, charmed and enslaved his audience. He was
κλέπτων μὲν ἀφανής, φαινόμενος δὲ λῃστής, αἱρῶν καὶ δόλῳ καὶ βίᾳ τοὺς καὶ πάνυ σφόδρα παρεσκευασμένους. πᾶσα γοῦν Καρνεάδου διάνοια ἐνίκα καὶ οὐδεμία ἡτισοῦν ἄλλων, ἐπεὶ καὶ οἷς προσεπολέμει ἦσαν εἰπεῖν ἀδυνατώτεροι. Ἀντίπατρος γοῦν ὁ κατ' αὐτὸν γενόμενος ἔμελλε μὲν καὶ ἀγωνιᾶν τι γράφειν, πρὸς δ' οὖν τοὺς ἀπὸ Καρνεάδου καθ' ἡμέραν ἀποφερομένους λόγους οὔποτε ἐδημοσίευσεν, οὐκ ἐν ταῖς διατριβαῖς, οὐκ ἐν τοῖς περιπάτοις οὐδὲ εἶπεν οὐδὲ ἐφθέγξατο οὐδ' ἤκουσέ τις αὐτοῦ, φασίν, οὐδὲ γρῦ· ἀντιγραφὰς δὲ ἐπανετείνετο καὶ γωνίαν λαβὼν βιβλία κατέλιπε γράψας τοῖς ὕστερον, οὔτε νῦν δυνάμενα καὶ τότε ἦν ἀδυνατώτερα πρὸς οὕτως ἄνδρα ὑπέρμεγαν φανέντα καὶ καταδόξαντα εἶναι τοῖς τότε ἀνθρώποις τὸν Καρνεάδην. ὅμως δέ, καίτοι καὐτὸς ὑπὸ τῆς Στωϊκῆς φιλονεικίας εἰς τὸ φανερὸν κυκῶν, πρός γε τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ ἑταίρους δι' ἀπορρήτων ὡμολόγει τε καὶ ἠλήθευε καὶ ἀπεφαίνετο ἃ κἂν ἄλλος τῶν ἐπιτυχόντων.» Εἶτα ἑξῆς φησι· «Καρνεάδου δὲ γίνεται γνώριμος Μέντωρ μὲν πρῶτον, οὐ μὴν διάδοχος· ἀλλ' ἔτι ζῶν Καρνεάδης ἐπὶ παλλακῇ μοιχὸν εὑρών, οὐχ ὑπὸ πιθανῆς φαντασίας οὐδ' ὡς μὴ κατειληφώς, ὡς δὲ μάλιστα πιστεύων τῇ ὄψει καὶ καταλαβὼν παρῃτήσατο τῆς διατριβῆς. ὁ δὲ ἀποστὰς ἀντεσοφίστευε καὶ ἀντίτεχνος ἦν, ἐλέγχων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἀκαταληψίαν.» Καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει λέγων· «Ὁ δὲ Καρνεάδης, οἷον ἀντεστραμμένα φιλοσοφῶν, τοῖς ψεύμασιν ἐκαλλωπίζετο καὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀληθῆ ἠφάνιζε. παραπετάσμασιν οὖν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ψεύμασι καὶ ἠλήθευεν ἔνδον λανθάνων καπηλικώτερον.
stealing unseen, appearing as a robber, taking by both deceit and force even those who were very thoroughly prepared. Every thought of Carneades, then, prevailed, and none of the others at all, since even those he fought against were more unable to speak. Antipater, at least, who lived at the same time, intended to write something in contention, but against the arguments brought forth daily from Carneades he never made public, not in his discourses, not in his walks, nor did he say or utter anything, nor did anyone hear from him, they say, not even a grunt; but he threatened counter-writings and, taking a corner, left behind books written for later generations, which are now unable and were then even more unable against so great a man who appeared and was considered by the people of that time to be Carneades. Nevertheless, although he himself, stirred up by Stoic contentiousness into the open, yet to his own companions in private he would confess and speak truth and declare what any chance person might. Then he says next: "A pupil of Carneades becomes known, Mentor first, but not his successor; but while Carneades was still alive, having found him in adultery with a concubine, not from a plausible impression nor as if not having comprehended, but as one most trusting in sight and having comprehended, he dismissed him from the school. He, having withdrawn, practiced sophistry in turn and was a rival craftsman, refuting his lack of comprehension in arguments." And again he adds, saying: "Carneades, philosophizing in a reversed manner, prided himself on falsehoods and under them concealed the truth. He used falsehoods as screens and spoke truth within, hiding more like a huckster.
ἔπασχεν οὖν πάθημα ὀσπρίων, ὧν τὰ μὲν κενὰ ἐπιπολάζει τε τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ὑπερέχει, τὰ χρηστὰ δὲ αὐτῶν ἐστι κάτω καὶ ἐν ἀφανεῖ.» Ταῦτα καὶ περὶ Καρνεάδου λέγεται. διάδοχος δ' αὐτοῦ τῆς διατριβῆς καθίσταται Κλειτόμαχος, μεθ' ὃν Φίλων, οὗ πέρι ὁ Νουμήνιος μνημονεύει ταῦτα·
θʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΦΙΛΙΩΝΟΣ «Ὁ δὲ Φίλων ἄρα οὗτος ἄρτι μὲν ἐκδεξάμενος τὴν διατριβὴν ὑπὸ χαρμονῆς ἐξεπέπληκτο καὶ χάριν ἀποδιδοὺς ἐθεράπευε καὶ τὰ δεδογμένα τῷ Κλειτομάχῳ ηὖξε καὶ τοῖς Στωϊκοῖς ἐκορύσσετο νώροπι χαλκῷ. ὡς δὲ προϊόντος μὲν τοῦ χρόνου, ἐξιτήλου δ' ὑπὸ συνηθείας οὔσης αὐτῶν τῆς ἐποχῆς, οὐδὲν μὲν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἑαυτῷ ἐνόει, ἡ δὲ τῶν παθημάτων αὐτὸν ἀνέστρεφεν ἐνάργειά τε καὶ ὁμολογία. πολλὴν δῆτ' ἔχων ἤδη τὴν διαίσθησιν ὑπερεπεθύμει εὖ ἴσθ' ὅτι τῶν ἐλεγξόντων τυχεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ἐδόκει «μετὰ νῶτα βαλὼν» αὐτὸς ἑκὼν φεύγειν. Φίλωνος δὲ γίνεται ἀκουστὴς Ἀντίοχος, ἑτέρας ἄρξας Ἀκαδημίας. Μνησάρχῳ γοῦν τῷ Στωϊκῷ σχολάσας ἐναντία Φίλωνι τῷ καθηγητῇ ἐφρόνησε μυρία τε ξένα προσῆψε τῇ Ἀκαδημίᾳ.» Ταῦτα καὶ παραπλήσια τούτοις μυρία τῆς Πλάτωνος πέρι διαδοχῆς μνημονεύεται.
He therefore suffered the affliction of legumes, of which the empty ones float on the water and rise above, while the good ones are below and hidden. These things are also said about Carneades. His successor as head of the school was Clitomachus, after whom came Philo, of whom Numenius makes mention in these words:
9. Concerning Philo: "Now this Philo, having just taken over the school, was filled with joy and, showing gratitude, he cultivated and magnified the doctrines of Clitomachus and armed himself against the Stoics with flashing bronze. But as time went on and their suspension of judgment grew faint through familiarity, he no longer thought consistently with himself, but the evidence and agreement of the affections turned him around. Having by then a great awareness, he greatly desired, you know, to meet with those who would refute him, so that he might not seem, 'turning his back,' to flee of his own accord. Antiochus became a pupil of Philo, and founded another Academy. Having studied under the Stoic Mnesarchus, he thought contrary to his teacher Philo and attached many strange doctrines to the Academy." These and countless similar things are recorded concerning the succession of Plato.
ὥρα δ' οὖν ἄνωθεν τὸν λόγον ἀναλαβόντας τῶν φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων τὰς ψευδοδοξίας ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀντιδοξίας ἐπισκέψασθαι, οἳ τὴν πολλὴν γῆν πλανηθέντες καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀληθοῦς εὕρεσιν περὶ πλείστου πεποιημένοι ταῖς τε τῶν παλαιῶν ἁπάντων δόξαις καθωμιληκότες καὶ τἀκριβὲς τῆς παρὰ πᾶσι Φοίνιξί τε καὶ Αἰγυπτίοις αὐτοῖς τε Ἕλλησι πολὺ πρότερον θεολογίας ἐξηκριβωκότες, τίνα τῶν πόνων τὸν καρπὸν εὕραντο παρ' αὐτῶν ἄξιον ἀκοῦσαι, ὡς ἂν μάθοιμεν εἴ τι θεοπρεπὲς εἰς αὐτοὺς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων κατῆλθεν. ἐκράτει μὲν γὰρ πρότερον ἐκ παλαιοῦ αἰῶνος παρὰ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἡ πολύθεος δεισιδαιμονία νεώς τε καὶ ἱερὰ καὶ μυστήρια θεῶν κατὰ πόλεις καὶ χώρας συνήθως παρὰ πᾶσιν ἐφυλάττοντο. οὐ δὴ οὖν οὐδὲ φιλοσοφίας ἀνθρωπίνης ἦν χρεία, εἰ δὴ τὰ τῆς
θεοσοφίας προειλήφει, οὐδ' ἦν τις ἀνάγκη καινοτομεῖν τοὺς σοφούς, εἰ δὴ τὰ τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῖς εὖ ἔχοντα ἦν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ στασιάζειν καὶ διαφέρεσθαι τοὺς γενναίους φιλοσόφους, εἰ δὴ σύμφωνος καὶ ἀληθὴς ἡ πάτριος αὐτοῖς περὶ θεῶν δόξα τυγχάνειν δε14.9.6 δοκίμαστο. τί δὲ ἔδει πολεμεῖν ἀλλήλοις καὶ μάχεσθαι ἢ τὴν μακρὰν ὁδὸν ἄνω καὶ κάτω περιτρέχειν πλανᾶσθαί τε καὶ τὰ βαρβάρων ὑποσυλᾶν, οἴκοι δέον μένοντας παρὰ θεῶν ἐκμανθάνειν, εἰ δή τινες ἦσαν θεοί, ἢ παρὰ τῶν θεολόγων ἀνδρῶν τοὺς ἀληθεῖς καὶ ἀδιαπτώτους περὶ τῶν ἐπιζητουμένων ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λόγους, περὶ ὧν μυρία ὅσα μοχθήσαντες διηνέχθησαν, μακρῷ τῆς τἀληθοῦς εὑρέσεως ἀφυστερήσαντες;
It is time, then, to take up the argument from above and examine the false opinions and conflicting opinions of the natural philosophers, who wandered over much of the earth and, having made the discovery of truth their highest concern, and having been conversant with the opinions of all the ancients, and having accurately studied the precise theology that existed long before among all peoples, both Phoenicians and Egyptians and the Greeks themselves, it is worth hearing what fruit of their labors they found from these sources, so that we might learn whether anything worthy of God came down to them from their predecessors. For previously, from ancient times, polytheistic superstition prevailed among the nations, and temples, shrines, and mysteries of the gods were customarily maintained in every city and country by all. There was therefore no need of human philosophy, if indeed the knowledge of God had already taken precedence; nor was there any necessity for the wise to innovate, if the traditions of their ancestors were sound; nor would the noble philosophers have been at odds and in disagreement, if the ancestral opinion about the gods had been proven to be harmonious and true. Why, then, should they war with each other and fight, or run the long road up and down, wandering and plundering the writings of barbarians, when they ought to have stayed at home and learned from the gods, if indeed there were any gods, or from the theologians, the true and infallible accounts concerning the subjects of inquiry in philosophy, about which they labored so much and disagreed, yet fell far short of the discovery of truth?
τί δὲ καὶ περὶ θεῶν νεώτερα χρῆν ἐπιζητεῖν τολμᾶν ἢ στασιάζειν καὶ διαπυκτεύειν ἀλλήλοις, εἰ δὴ ἀσφαλὴς καὶ βεβαία θεῶν εὕρεσις καὶ γνῶσις εὐσεβείας ἀληθὴς ἐν τελεταῖς καὶ μυστηρίοις τῇ τε ἄλλῃ τῶν παλαιτάτων περιείχετο θεολογίᾳ, αὐτὴν ἐκείνην παρὸν ἀκίνητον καὶ ὁμολογουμένην συμφώνως περιέπειν; ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἰ φανεῖεν οὗτοι μηδὲν ἀληθὲς περὶ θεοῦ παρὰ τῶν προτέρων μεμαθηκότες, οἰκείαις δ' ἐπινοίαις τῇ περὶ φύσεως ἐπιβεβληκότες ἐξετάσει καὶ στοχασμοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ καταλήψει κεχρημένοι, τί χρὴ λοιπὸν μὴ οὐχὶ συνομολογεῖν τὴν παλαιὰν τῶν ἐθνῶν θεολογίαν μηδὲν πλέον τῆς ἀποδοθείσης ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου συγγράμμασιν ἱστορίας ἐπέχειν; ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνων στοχασμῶν καὶ πολλῆς λογομαχίας καὶ πλάνης, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔκ τινος ἀκριβοῦς καταλήψεως ἡ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὑπέστη φιλοσοφία, ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Ἀνεβὼ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ἐπιστολῆς τοῦ Πορφυρίου μάθοις ἄν, αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο ἀκούσας ὁμολογοῦντος ἐν τούτοις·
ιʹ. ΟΤΙ ΣΤΟΧΑΣΜΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΛΟΓΟΜΑΧΙΑΙ ΚΑΙ ΠΟΛΛΗ ΠΛΑΝΗ ΤΥΓΧΑΝΕΙ ΠΑΡΑ ΤΟΙΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΩΝ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΟΙΣ «Ἄρξομαι δὲ τῆς πρὸς σὲ φιλίας ἀπὸ θεῶν καὶ δαιμόνων ἀγαθῶν τῶν τε τούτοις συγγενῶν φιλοσοφημάτων, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται μὲν πλεῖστα καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσόφοις, εἴρηται δὲ ἐκ στοχασμοῦ τὸ πλέον τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχοντα τῆς πίστεως.» Καὶ ὑποβὰς ἑξῆς ἐπιφέρει λέγων· «Παρὰ μὲν γὰρ ἡμῖν λογομαχία τίς ἐστι πολλή, ἅτε ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνων λογισμῶν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ εἰκαζομένου·
Why should one dare to seek newer doctrines about the gods, or to quarrel and fight with one another, if indeed a secure and certain discovery of the gods and a true knowledge of piety were contained in the initiations and mysteries and in the rest of the most ancient theology, and it were possible to observe that very theology, unmoved and agreed upon, in harmony? But if these men should appear to have learned nothing true about God from their predecessors, but to have applied their own notions to the investigation of nature, and to have used conjectures rather than comprehension, what remains but to agree that the ancient theology of the nations contains nothing more than the account given in the writings before this? That among the Greeks philosophy arose from human conjectures and much word-fighting and error, and not from any accurate comprehension, you may learn from the letter of Porphyry to Anebo the Egyptian, hearing him confess this very thing in these words:
10. THAT CONJECTURES, WORD-FIGHTING, AND MUCH ERROR ARE FOUND AMONG THE PHILOSOPHERS OF THE GREEKS. "I shall begin my friendship with you from the gods and good daimons and the philosophical teachings akin to them, concerning which very many things have been said also by the philosophers of the Greeks, but they have been said for the most part from conjecture, having their beginnings from belief." And further on he adds, saying: "For among us there is much word-fighting, since the good is conjectured from human reasonings.
οἷς δὲ μεμηχάνηται ἡ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον συνουσία, εἰ παρεῖται τὸ μέρος τοῦτο εἰς ἐξέτασιν, μάτην αὐτοῖς ἡ σοφία ἐξήσκηται.» Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν οἷς ἀντέγραψε Βοήθῳ Περὶ ψυχῆς ὁ αὐτὸς ὧδε γράφων ὁμολογεῖ πρὸς λέξιν· «... ὡς τὰ μὲν τῶν ἐννοιῶν καὶ τὰ τῆς ἱστορίας ἀναμφιλέκτως συνίστησι τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι ἀθάνατον· οἱ δὲ εἰς ἀπόδειξιν παρὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων κομισθέντες λόγοι δοκοῦσιν εἶναι εὐανάτρεπτοι διὰ τὴν ἐν πᾶσιν εὑρησιλογίαν τῶν ἐριστικῶν. τίς γὰρ λόγος τῶν ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ οὐκ ἀμφισβητήσιμος τοῖς ἑτεροδόξοις, ὅπου καὶ περὶ τῶν δοκούντων ἐναργῶν ἐπέχειν αὐτῶν τισιν ἐδόκει;» Καὶ ἐν οἷς δὲ ἐπέγραψε Περὶ τῆς ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας διαρρήδην ὁμολογεῖ τοὺς Ἕλληνας πεπλανῆσθαι, ἐπιμαρτυρόμενος τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θεόν, ὡς τοῦτο καὶ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος διὰ χρησμῶν ἐξειπόντος καὶ βαρβάροις μᾶλλον ἢ Ἕλλησι τὴν εὕρεσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπιμαρτυρήσαντος καὶ δὴ καὶ Ἑβραίων μνημονεύσαντος ἐν τοῖς μαρτυρηθεῖσι. μετὰ γοῦν τὴν τοῦ χρησμοῦ παράθεσιν ἑξῆς τούτοις κέχρηται τοῖς ἐπιλόγοις· «Ἀκήκοας πόσος πόνος, ἵν' ὑπὲρ σώματός τις τὰ καθάρσια θύσῃ, οὐχ ὅτι τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν σωτηρίαν ἐξεύροι; χαλκόδετος γὰρ ἡ πρὸς θεοὺς ὁδὸς αἰπεινή τε καὶ τραχεῖα, ἧς πολλὰς ἀτραποὺς βάρβαροι μὲν ἐξεῦρον, Ἕλληνες δὲ ἐπλανήθησαν, οἱ δὲ κρατοῦντες ἤδη καὶ διέφθειραν· τὴν δὲ εὕρεσιν Αἰγυπτίοις ὁ θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησε Φοίνιξί τε καὶ Χαλδαίοις Ἀσσύριοι γὰρ
For those for whom intercourse with the higher power has been contrived, if this part is left unexamined, their wisdom has been practiced in vain." And also in what he wrote against Boethus On the Soul, the same author confesses verbatim as follows: "... that while the concepts and the historical evidence incontrovertibly establish that the soul is immortal, the arguments brought for proof by the philosophers seem easily refutable because of the inventiveness of the contentious in all matters. For what argument in philosophy is not disputable by the heterodox, when even concerning things that seem evident some of them thought it right to withhold judgment?" And in the work he entitled On the Philosophy from Oracles, he explicitly confesses that the Greeks have gone astray, calling his own god to witness that Apollo himself declared through oracles that the discovery of truth was attested to barbarians rather than Greeks, and indeed even mentioned the Hebrews among those attested. After the citation of the oracle, he then uses the following concluding words: "You have heard how much labor it takes to offer purificatory sacrifices for the body, not to mention to discover the salvation of the soul. For the path to the gods is bound with bronze, steep and rough, of which the barbarians discovered many paths, but the Greeks went astray, and those who now hold power have corrupted them; and the god testified that the discovery was made by Egyptians, Phoenicians, and Chaldeans, for the Assyrians
οὗτοι Λυδοῖς τε καὶ Ἑβραίοις.» Ταῦτα ὁ φιλόσοφος, μᾶλλον δὲ ὁ αὐτοῦ θεός. ἆρ' οὖν ἄξιον μετὰ ταῦθ' ἡμῖν ἐπιμέμψασθαι, ὅτι δὴ τοὺς πεπλανημένους Ἕλληνας καταλείψαντες τὰ Ἑβραίων εἱλόμεθα τῶν ἐπ' ἀληθείας καταλήψει μεμαρτυρημένων; τί δὲ χρὴ παρὰ φιλοσόφων μαθήσεσθαι προσδοκᾶν; ἢ ποία ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν ὠφελείας, εἰ δὴ τὰ λεγόμενα παρ' αὐτοῖς «ἐκ στοχασμῶν καὶ εἰκασμῶν τὸ πλέον τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχοντα τῆς πίστεως» τυγχάνει; λογομαχίας δὲ τίς ὁ καρπός, εἰ δὴ πάντες οἱ τῶν φιλοσόφων λόγοι «εὐανάτρεπτοι» καθεστήκασι «διὰ τὴν ἐν πᾶσιν εὑρησιλογίαν;» ταῦτα γὰρ οὐ παρ' ἡμῶν ἀρτίως, ἀλλὰ παρ' αὐτῶν εἰρημένα ἠκούετο. διόπερ εὖ μοι δοκοῦμεν καὶ μετὰ κρίσεως ἐξητασμένης, οὐχὶ δὲ ἀλόγως, ὡς ἂν τοιούτων καταπεφρονηκέναι, τὰ δὲ παρ' Ἑβραίοις ἠγαπηκέναι, οὐχ ὅτι πρὸς τοῦ δαίμονος μεμαρτύρηται, ἀλλ' ὅτι τῆς ἐνθέου ἀρετῆς τε καὶ δυνάμεως μέτοχα ὄντα ἀποδείκνυται. ἵνα δ' οὖν καὶ αὐτοῖς ἔργοις τὰς τῶν θαυμαστῶν φιλοσόφων λογομαχίας μάθοις τάς τε περὶ ἀρχῶν καὶ περὶ θεῶν καὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συστάσεως διαφωνίας, μικρὸν μὲν ὕστερον ἐκθήσομαί σοι τὰς αὐτῶν φωνάς.
These are for Lydians and Hebrews." So says the philosopher, or rather his god. Are we then to be blamed after this for having left the misguided Greeks and chosen the Hebrews, who are testified to have grasped the truth? What is there to expect to learn from philosophers? Or what hope of benefit from them, if indeed what they say "derives its grounds of belief for the most part from conjectures and guesses"? And what is the fruit of wordy strife, if indeed all the arguments of the philosophers are "easily overturned because of the ingenuity found in all of them"? For these things were not said by us just now, but were heard from them. Therefore I think we have done well and with considered judgment, not unreasonably, to have despised such things and to have loved those of the Hebrews, not because they are testified to by the demon, but because they are shown to partake of divine virtue and power. And so that you may learn from the very facts themselves the wordy strife of the wonderful philosophers and their disagreements concerning principles, concerning gods, and concerning the constitution of the universe, I will set forth their own words a little later.
πρῶτον δ' ἐπειδὴ περιφέρουσιν ἄνω καὶ κάτω θρυλοῦντες τὰ μαθήματα, δεῖν ἐξ ἅπαντος φάσκοντες τοὺς μέλλοντας ἐν πείρᾳ τῆς τοῦ ἀληθοῦς καταλήψεως γίγνεσθαι μετελθεῖν ἀστρονομίαν, ἀριθμητικήν, γεωμετρίαν, μουσικήν, αὐτὰ δὴ τὰ παρὰ βαρβάρων εἰς αὐτοὺς ἥκειν ἀποδειχθέντα τούτων γὰρ ἄνευ μὴ δύνασθαι λόγιον ἄνδρα καὶ φιλόσοφον ἀποτελεσθῆναι, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τῆς τῶν ὄντων ἀληθείας ψαῦσαι, μὴ τούτων ἐν ψυχῇ τῆς γνώσεως προτυπωθείσης, εἶτ' ἐπανατεινάμενοι τῇ μαθήσει τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπ' αὐτοῦ μονονουχὶ τοῦ αἰθέρος βαίνειν μετέωροι ἀρθέντες οἴονται, ὡς δὴ τὸν θεὸν αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἀριθμοῖς περιφέροντες, ἡμᾶς τε, ὅτι μὴ τὰ ὅμοια ζηλοῦμεν, βοσκημάτων κατ' οὐδὲν διαφέρειν ἡγοῦνται, ταύτη δέ φασι μηδὲ θεὸν μηδέ τι τῶν σεμνῶν ἡμᾶς δύνασθαι εἰδέναι· φέρε τοῦτο πρῶτον οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἔχον ἀπευθύνωμεν, τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον ἀντὶ φωτὸς αὐτοῖς παραβαλόντες. ὁ δὲ μυρίους μὲν Πανέλληνας, μυρία δὲ καὶ βαρβάρων γένη, τοὺς μὲν σὺν τοῖς εἰρημένοις μαθήμασιν οὔτε θεὸν οὔτε σώφρονα βίον οὔθ' ὅλως τι τῶν βελτίστων καὶ συμφερόντων ἐπιγνόντας ἀποδείξει, τοὺς δὲ τῶν μαθημάτων ἐκτὸς πάντων εὐσεβεστάτους καὶ φιλοσοφωτάτους γεγονέναι. ὁ γοῦν παρὰ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ᾀδόμενος Σωκράτης ὅπως ποτὲ ἐδόξαζε περὶ τῶνδε, μάθοις ἂν Ξενοφῶντι πιστεύσας ἐν Ἀπομνημονεύμασιν ὧδέ πη ἱστοροῦντι·
First, since they constantly parade and prattle about the sciences, insisting that those who are to experience the apprehension of truth must by all means pursue astronomy, arithmetic, geometry, and music—these very things having been shown to have come to them from the barbarians—for without these, they claim, a learned and philosophical man cannot be perfected, nor can he even touch the truth of reality unless the knowledge of these has been prefigured in his soul; and then, having been raised up by the study of these subjects, they think they are walking almost on the aether itself, borne aloft, as if they were carrying god himself in numbers; and they consider us, because we do not emulate the same things, to differ in no way from cattle, and they say that by this means we can know neither god nor anything venerable. Let us first correct this erroneous position, setting the true account before them like a light. This will show that countless Panhellenes and countless barbarian races, some with the aforementioned sciences, have known neither god nor a temperate life nor anything of the best and most beneficial, while others, entirely outside the sciences, have become most pious and most philosophical. For example, Socrates, who is celebrated among all of them, how he thought about these matters you could learn by trusting Xenophon, who records something like this in his Memorabilia:
ιαʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΓΕΩΜΕΤΡΙΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΑΣΤΡΟΝΟΜΙΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΛΟΓΙΣΜΩΝ «Ἐδίδασκε δὲ καὶ μέχρι ὅτου δέοι ἔμπειρον εἶναι ἑκάστου πράγματος τὸν ὀρθῶς πεπαιδευμένον. αὐτίκα γεωμετρίαν μέχρι μὲν τούτου ἔφη δεῖν μανθάνειν, ἕως ἱκανός τις γένοιτο, εἴ ποτε δεήσειε, γῆν μέτρῳ ὀρθῶς ἢ παραλαβεῖν ἢ παραδοῦναι ἢ διανεῖμαι ἢ ἔργον ἀποδεῖξαι. οὕτω δὲ τοῦτο ῥᾴδιον εἶναι μαθεῖν, ὥστε τὸν προσέχοντα τὸν νοῦν τῇ μετρήσει ἅμα τήν τε γῆν ὁπόση ἐστὶν εἰδέναι καὶ ὡς μετρεῖται ἐπιστάμενον ἀνιέναι. τὸ δὲ μέχρι τῶν δυσξυνέτων διαγραμμάτων γεωμετρίαν μανθάνειν ἀπεδοκίμαζεν· ὅ τι μὲν γὰρ ὠφελοίη, ταῦτα οὐκ ἔφη ὁρᾶν· καίτοι οὐκ ἄπειρός γε αὐτῶν ἦν. ἔφη δὲ ἱκανὰ αὐτὰ εἶναι ἀνθρώπου βίον κατατρίβειν καὶ ἄλλων πολλῶν τε καὶ ὠφελίμων μαθημάτων ἀποκωλύειν. ἐκέλευε δὲ καὶ ἀστρονομίας ἐμπείρους γίγνεσθαι, καὶ ταύτης μέντοι μέχρι τοῦ νυκτός τε ὥραν καὶ μηνὸς καὶ ἐνιαυτοῦ δύνασθαι γινώσκειν ἕνεκα τοῦ πορείας τε καὶ πλοῦ καὶ φυλακῆς καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἢ νυκτὸς ἢ μηνὸς ἢ ἐνιαυτοῦ πράττεται, πρὸς ταῦτ' ἔχειν τεκμηρίοις χρῆσθαι, τὰς ὥρας τῶν
11. On Geometry, Astronomy, and Calculations "He taught also to what point one ought to be experienced in each matter who is rightly educated. For instance, he said that geometry should be learned only up to the point where one becomes capable, if ever it should be necessary, of correctly taking over, handing over, dividing, or marking out land by measure. And he said that this is so easy to learn that one who pays attention to measurement knows at once both how much land there is and how it is measured, and then proceeds. But he rejected learning geometry up to the point of incomprehensible diagrams; for he said he did not see what benefit those things bring—though he was not inexperienced in them. He said that they are sufficient to consume a person's life and to hinder many other useful studies. He also urged becoming experienced in astronomy, but only to the point of being able to know the hour of the night, the month, and the year, for the sake of travel, sailing, guard duty, and all other things that are done by night, month, or year, and to use these as indicators for the times of
εἰρημένων διαγινώσκοντα. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ῥᾴδια μαθεῖν παρά τε νυκτοθηρῶν καὶ κυβερνητῶν καὶ ἄλλων πολλῶν, οἷς ἐπιμελὲς ταῦτα εἰδέναι. τὸ δὲ μέχρι τούτου ἀστρονομίαν μανθάνειν, μέχρι τοῦ καὶ τὰ μὴ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ περιφορᾷ ὄντα καὶ τοὺς πλανήτας καὶ ἀσταθμήτους ἀστέρας γνῶναι καὶ τὰς ἀποστάσεις αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰς περιόδους καὶ τὰς αἰτίας αὐτῶν ζητοῦντα κατατρίβεσθαι, ἰσχυρῶς ἀπέτρεπεν. ὠφέλειαν μὲν γὰρ οὐδεμίαν οὐδ' ἐν τούτοις ἔφη ὁρᾶν· καίτοι οὐδὲ τούτων γε ἀνήκοος ἦν. ἔφη δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ἱκανὰ εἶναι κατατρίβειν ἀνθρώπου βίον καὶ πολλῶν καὶ ὠφελί14.11.5 μων ἀποκωλύειν. ὅλως δὲ τῶν οὐρανίων ᾗ ἕκαστα ὁ θεὸς μηχανᾶται φροντιστὴν γίγνεσθαι ἀπέτρεπεν· οὔτε γὰρ εὑρετὰ ἀνθρώποις αὐτὰ ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι οὔτε χαρίζεσθαι θεοῖς ἂν ἡγεῖτο τὸν ζητοῦντα, ἃ ἐκεῖνοι σαφηνίσαι οὐκ ἐβουλήθησαν. κινδυνεῦσαι δ' ἂν ἔφη καὶ παραφρονῆσαι τὸν ταῦτα μεριμνῶντα οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ Ἀναξαγόρας παρεφρόνησεν, ὁ μέγιστον φρονήσας ἐπὶ τῷ τὰς τῶν θεῶν μηχανὰς ἐξηγεῖσθαι. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ λέγων μὲν τὸ αὐτὸ εἶναι πῦρ τε καὶ ἥλιον ἠγνόει ὅτι τὸ μὲν πῦρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι ῥᾳδίως καθορῶσιν, εἰς δὲ τὸν ἥλιον οὐ δύνανται ἀντιβλέπειν· καὶ ὑπὸ μὲν τοῦ ἡλίου καταλαμπόμενοι τὰ χρώματα μελάντερα ἔχουσιν, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πυρὸς οὔ. ἠγνόει δὲ καὶ ὅτι τῶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς φυομένων ἄνευ μὲν ἡλίου αὐγῆς οὐδὲν δύναται καλῶς αὔξεσθαι, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πυρὸς θερμαινόμενα πάντα ἀπόλλυται· φάσκων δὲ τὸν ἥλιον λίθον διάπυρον εἶναι καὶ τοῦτο ἠγνόει, ὅτι λίθος μὲν ἐν πυρὶ ὢν οὔτε λάμπει οὔτε πολὺν χρόνον ἀντέχει, ὁ δὲ ἥλιος πάντα τὸν χρόνον πάντων λαμπρότατος ὢν διαμένει.
en is able to discern the things that have been said. And these things are easy to learn from night-hunters and pilots and many others to whom it is a concern to know them. But to learn astronomy only up to the point of knowing the stars that are not in the same orbit, and the planets and the fixed stars, and their distances from the earth, and their periods, and to wear oneself out seeking their causes, he strongly discouraged. For he said he saw no benefit even in these things, although he was not ignorant of them either. He said that these things too are sufficient to wear out a man's life and to hinder many useful things. In general, he discouraged becoming a student of how the god contrives each of the heavenly things; for he considered that these things are neither discoverable by men, nor would he think that the one who seeks them gratifies the gods, since the gods did not wish to make them clear. And he said that the one who busies himself with these things runs the risk of going mad no less than Anaxagoras went mad, who prided himself greatly on explaining the contrivances of the gods. For that man, while saying that fire and the sun are the same thing, was ignorant that men easily look upon fire, but cannot look directly at the sun; and that those illuminated by the sun have darker complexions, but not by fire. He was also ignorant that of the things that grow from the earth, nothing can grow well without the light of the sun, but everything heated by fire perishes; and while claiming that the sun is a fiery stone, he was ignorant of this too, that a stone in fire neither shines nor endures for long, but the sun, being the brightest of all, endures for all time.
ἐκέλευε δὲ καὶ λογισμοὺς μανθάνειν, καὶ τούτων δὲ ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐκέλευε φυλάττεσθαι τὴν μάταιον πραγματείαν· μέχρι δὲ τοῦ ὠφελίμου πάντα καὶ αὐτὸς συνεσκόπει καὶ συνδιεξῄει τοῖς συνοῦσι.» Ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν ἐν Ἀπομνημονεύμασιν. ἐν ἐπιστολῇ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς τῇ πρὸς Αἰσχίνην περὶ Πλάτωνος καὶ τῶν αὐχούντων τὴν τοῦ παντὸς φυσιολογίαν τοιαῦτα γράφει·
ιβʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΦΥΣΙΟΛΟΓΕΙΝ ΑΥΧΟΥΝΤΩΝ «Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ τὰ θεῖα ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς παντὶ δῆλον· ἀπόχρη δὲ τῷ κρείττονι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοὺς σέβειν· οἷοι δέ εἰσιν οὔτε εὑρεῖν ῥᾴδιον οὔτε ζητεῖν θεμιτόν. οὐδὲ γὰρ δεσποτῶν φύσιν ἢ πρᾶξιν δούλοις εἰδέναι πλέον ὑπηρεσίας προσήκει. καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, ὅσῳ χρὴ ἄγασθαι τἀνθρώπινα διαπονουμένων, τοσῷδε τοῖς δόξης ἐκ πολλῶν ἀκαίρων καὶ κενῶν γλιχομένοις ἄχθος φέρει. πότε γάρ, ὦ Αἰσχίνη, Σωκράτους ἀκήκοέ τις οὐρανίων πέρι λέγοντος ἢ γραμμὰς εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν παραινοῦντος μανθάνειν; μουσικὴν μὲν γὰρ ἴσμεν αὐτὸν μέχρις ὤτων συνιέντα· διετέλει δὲ ἑκάστοτε αὐτοῖς λέγων τί καλὸν καὶ τί ἀνδρεία δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ ἄλλαι ἀρεταί. ἀνθρώπινα γοῦν αὐτὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐκάλει, τὰ δ' ἄλλα ἢ ἀδύνατον ἀνθρώποις ἁλῶναι ἔφασκεν ἢ μύθων εἶναι συγγενῆ, μετ' ὀφρύος σοφιστῶν παίγνια διεξιόντων. καὶ οὐκ ἔλεγε μὲν ταῦτα, οὐχὶ δὲ ἔπραττε. γράφειν δὲ τὰ πραχθέντα εἰδότι σοι, καίπερ οὐκ ἀηδὲς ἐσόμενον, χρόνον ἔχει ἀνέγραψά τε ἄλλοθι. παυσάσθωσαν οὖν ἐλεγχόμενοι ἢ πρὸς τὸ εἰκὸς ἴτωσαν, οἷς Σωκράτης οὐκ ἤρεσεν, ᾧ ζῶντι μὲν ὁ θεὸς σοφίαν ἐμαρτύρησεν, οἱ δὲ κτείναντες τῆς μετανοίας ἀποκάθαρσιν οὐχ εὗρον.
He also commanded them to learn calculations, and likewise in these matters, as in others, he bade them beware of useless study; but as far as what was beneficial, he himself examined and went through everything together with his companions. These things Xenophon says in his Memorabilia. And in a letter, the same author, in his letter to Aeschines concerning Plato and those who pride themselves on the physiology of the universe, writes as follows:
12. CONCERNING THOSE WHO PRIDE THEMSELVES ON PHYSIOLOGY. "For that divine matters are beyond us is clear to everyone; it suffices for the better part of our power to revere them; but what they are is neither easy to discover nor lawful to seek. For it is not fitting for slaves to know the nature or conduct of their masters beyond their service. And, most importantly, to the degree that human affairs must be labored over with toil, to that same degree do those who grasp at glory from many untimely and empty things bear a burden. For when, O Aeschines, has anyone heard Socrates speaking about heavenly matters or urging the learning of lines for correction? For we know that he understood music only as far as the ears; and he continually told them what is noble and what is courage, justice, and the other virtues. At any rate, he called these human goods, and the rest he said were either impossible for humans to grasp or akin to myths, the playthings of sophists who speak with raised brows. And he did not merely say these things, but he also acted accordingly. But to write what was done, since you know it, although it would not be unpleasant, I have time and have recorded it elsewhere. Therefore, let them cease being refuted, or let them come to what is reasonable, those to whom Socrates was not pleasing, to whom, while he lived, the god bore witness to his wisdom, but those who killed him found no purification from their repentance.
τὸ δὲ καλὸν ἄρα, Αἰγύπτου ἠράσθησαν καὶ τῆς Πυθαγόρα τερατώδους σοφίας, ὧν τὸ περιττὸν καὶ μὴ μόνιμον ἐπὶ Σωκράτει ἤλεγξεν ἔρως τυραννίδος καὶ ἀντὶ διαίτης λιτῆς Σικελιῶτις γαστρὸς ἀμέτρου τράπεζα.» Ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν τὸν Πλάτωνα αἰνιττόμενος. ὁ δέ γε Πλάτων ἐν Πολιτείᾳ περὶ γυμναστικῆς καὶ μουσικῆς τάδ' ἱστορεῖ φάναι τὸν Σωκράτην·
ιγʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΓΥΜΝΑΣΤΙΚΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΜΟΥΣΙΚΗΣ «Τί ἂν οὖν εἴη, ὦ Γλαύκων, μάθημα ψυχῆς ὁλκὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ γιγνομένου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν; τόδε δ' ἐννοῶ λέγων ἅμα· οὐκ ἀθλητὰς μέντοι πολέμου ἔφαμεν τούτους ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι νέους ὄντας; Ἔφαμεν γάρ. Δεῖ ἄρα καὶ τοῦτο προσέχειν τὸ μάθημα ὃ ζητοῦμεν πρὸς ἐκείνῳ. Τὸ ποῖον; Μὴ ἄχρηστον πολεμικοῖς ἀνδράσιν εἶναι. Δεῖ μέντοι, εἴπερ οἷόν τε. Γυμναστικῇ πη καὶ μουσικῇ ἔν γε τῷ πρόσθεν ἐπαιδεύοντο ἡμῖν. Ἦν ταῦτα, ἔφη. Καὶ γυμναστικὴ μέν που περὶ γιγνόμενον καὶ ἀπολλύμενον τετεύτακε· σώματος γὰρ αὔξης καὶ φθίσεως ἐπιστατεῖ. Φαίνεται. Τοῦτο μὲν δὴ οὐκ ἂν εἴη ὃ ζητοῦμεν μά14.13.3 θημα. Οὐ γάρ. Ἀλλ' ἄρα μουσικὴ ὅσην τὸ πρότερον διήλθομεν; Ἀλλ' ἦν ἐκείνη γ', ἔφη, ἀντίστροφος τῆς γυμναστικῆς, εἰ μέμνησαι, ἔθεσι παιδεύουσα τοὺς φύλακας, κατά τε ἁρμονίαν εὐαρμοστίαν τινά, οὐκ ἐπιστήμην παραδιδοῦσα καὶ κατὰ ῥυθμὸν εὐρυθμίαν, ἔν τε τοῖς λόγοις ἕτερα τούτων ἀδελφὰ ἔθη ἄττα ἔχουσα, καὶ ὅσοι μυθώδεις τῶν λόγων καὶ ὅσοι ἀληθινώτεροι ἦσαν· μάθημα δὲ πρὸς τοιοῦτόν τι ἄγον, οἷον σὺ ζητεῖς, οὐδὲν ἦν ἐν αὐτῇ. Ἀκριβέστατα, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ἀναμιμνήσκεις με· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν εἶχεν. ἀλλ', ὦ δαιμόνιε Γλαύκων, τί ἂν εἴη τοιοῦτον;
But the beautiful, then, they fell in love with Egypt and the monstrous wisdom of Pythagoras, whose excess and instability Socrates refuted by his love of tyranny and, instead of a simple diet, the Sicilian table of immoderate appetite." Xenophon says this, hinting at Plato. And Plato in the Republic, concerning gymnastics and music, records Socrates as saying:
13. CONCERNING GYMNASTICS AND MUSIC "What then, Glaucon, would be a study that draws the soul from the realm of becoming to that of being? I have this in mind as I say it: did we not say that these men must be athletes of war when they are young? We did. Therefore, the study we seek must also be attended to in addition to that. What kind? That it not be useless for men of war. It must be, if possible. They were educated by us before in gymnastics and music. That is so, he said. And gymnastics, I suppose, is concerned with what comes to be and passes away; for it presides over the growth and decay of the body. So it seems. This, then, would not be the study we seek. No. But what about music, as much as we went through before? But that, he said, was the counterpart of gymnastics, if you recall, educating the guardians in habits, imparting a certain harmony through harmony, and a certain rhythm through rhythm, and having in speeches other kindred habits, both in the mythical and the more truthful speeches; but a study leading to something like what you seek was not in it. Most precisely, I said, you remind me; for indeed it had nothing of the sort. But, my good Glaucon, what could be such a study?
αἵ τε γὰρ τέχναι βάναυσοί που ἅπασαι ἔδοξαν εἶναι. Πῶς δ' οὔ;» Εἶθ' ἑξῆς προϊὼν ἐπιλέγει· «Μή ποτ' αὐτῶν τι ἀτελὲς ἐπιχειρῶσιν ἡμῖν μανθάνειν οὓς θρέψομεν καὶ οὐκ ἐξῆκον ἐκεῖσε ἀεὶ οἷ πάντας δεῖ αὖ ἥκειν, οἷον ἄρτι περὶ τῆς ἀστρονομίας ἐλέγομεν. ἢ οὐκ οἶσθ' ὅτι καὶ περὶ ἁρμονίας ἕτερον τοιοῦτον ποιοῦσι; τὰς γὰρ ἀκουομένας αὖ συμφωνίας καὶ φθόγγους ἀλλήλοις ἀναμετροῦντες ἀνήνυτα ὥσπερ οἱ ἀστρονόμοι πονοῦσι. Νὴ τοὺς θεούς, ἔφη, καὶ γελοίως γε, πυκνώματ' ἄττα ὀνομάζοντες καὶ παραβάλλοντες τὰ ὦτα, οἷον ἐκ γειτόνων φωνὴν θηρευόμενοι, οἱ μέν φασιν ἔτι κατακούειν ἐν μέσῳ τινὰ ἠχὴν καὶ σμικρότατον εἶναι τοῦτο διάστημα ᾧ μετρητέον, οἱ δ' ἀμφισβητοῦντες ὡς ὅμοιον ἤδη φθεγγομένων, ἀμφότεροι ὦτα τοῦ νοῦ προστησάμενοι. Σὺ μέν, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, τοὺς χρηστοὺς λέγεις τοὺς ταῖς χορδαῖς πράγματα παρέχοντας καὶ βασανίζοντας, ἐπὶ τῶν κολλόπων στρεβλοῦντας. ἵνα δὲ μὴ μακροτέρα ἡ εἰκὼν γίγνηται, πλήκτρῳ τε πληγῶν γιγνομένων καὶ κατηγορίας πέρι καὶ ἐξαρνήσεως καὶ ἀλαζονείας χορδῶν, παύομαι τῆς εἰκόνος καὶ οὔ φημι τούτους λέγειν, ἀλλ' ἐκείνους οὓς ἔφαμεν νῦν δὴ περὶ ἁρμονίας εἰρῆσθαι. ταὐτὸν γὰρ ποιοῦσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ ἀστρονομίᾳ. τοὺς γὰρ ἐν ταύταις ταῖς συμφωνίαις ταῖς ἀκουομέναις ἀριθμοὺς ζητοῦσιν, ἀλλ' οὐκ εἰς προβλήματα ἀνίασιν ἐπισκοπεῖν, τίνες ξύμφωνοι ἀριθμοὶ καὶ τίνες οὒ καὶ διὰ τί ἑκάτεροι.» Ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ ταῦθ' ἡμῖν πρὸ ὁδοῦ κείσθω ἀπολογουμένοις, ὅτι μὴ δίχα διανοίας ὀρθῆς καὶ τῆς τῶν τοιῶνδε ἀχρηστομαθείας ὠλιγωρήσαμεν.
All the crafts, then, were considered vulgar. How could they not be?" Then, proceeding further, he adds: "Let them never attempt to learn for us anything incomplete of these things, whom we shall nurture, and it is not fitting that they always go there where all must come, as we were just saying about astronomy. Or do you not know that they do something similar concerning harmony? For they measure audible concords and notes against each other, toiling endlessly like the astronomers. 'By the gods,' he said, 'and quite ridiculously, naming certain densities and applying their ears, as if hunting sound from neighbors, some say they still hear some echo in the middle and that this interval is very small by which it must be measured, others disputing as if they were already uttering alike, both setting ears before the mind.' 'You,' I said, 'mean the worthy ones who trouble the strings and torture them, twisting them on the pegs. But so that the image may not become too long, with blows from the plectrum and accusations and denials and boastings of the strings, I stop the image and I do not say that these are the ones I mean, but those whom we just now said were spoken of concerning harmony. For they do the same as those in astronomy. For they seek the numbers in these audible concords, but they do not rise to consider the problems: which numbers are concordant and which are not, and why each is so.' But let these things also lie before us as we defend ourselves, that we did not neglect such useless learning without right reason.
σκεψώμεθα δῆτα λοιπὸν ἤδη ἄνωθεν ἀρξάμενοι τὰς τῶν εἰρημένων φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων δογματικὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀντιδοξίας. γράφει δὴ ἀθρόως ἁπάντων τῶν Πλατωνικῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ Πυθαγορείων τῶν τε ἔτι πρεσβυτέρων φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων ἐπικεκλημένων καὶ αὖ πάλιν τῶν νεωτέρων Περιπατητικῶν τε καὶ Στωϊκῶν καὶ Ἐπικουρείων τὰς δόξας συναγαγὼν ὁ Πλούταρχος ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε «Περὶ τῶν ἀρεσκόντων τοῖς φιλοσόφοις φυσικῶν δογμάτων,» ἐξ ὧν παραθήσομαι ταῦτα·
ιδʹ. ΔΟΞΑΙ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΩΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΑΡΧΩΝ «Θαλῆς ὁ Μιλήσιος,» εἷς τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν, «ἀρχὴν τῶν ὄντων ἀπεφήνατο εἶναι
τὸ ὕδωρ. δοκεῖ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος ἄρξαι τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἡ Ἰωνικὴ αἵρεσις προσηγορεύθη· ἐγένοντο γὰρ πλεῖσται διαδοχαί. φιλοσοφήσας δὲ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πρεσβύτερος ἦλθεν εἰς Μίλητον. ἐξ ὕδατος δέ φησι πάντα εἶναι καὶ εἰς ὕδωρ πάντα ἀναλύεσθαι. στοχάζεται δὲ ἐκ τούτου πρώτου ὅτι πάντων ζῴων ἡ γονὴ ἀρχή ἐστιν, ὑγρὰ οὐσία· οὕτως εἰκὸς καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὑγροῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχειν. δεύτερον· πάντα τὰ φυτὰ ὑγρῷ τρέφεταί τε καὶ καρποφορεῖ, ἀμοιροῦντα δὲ ξηραίνεται. τρίτον δέ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πῦρ τὸ τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν ἄστρων ταῖς τῶν ὑδάτων ἀναθυμιάσεσι τρέφεται καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ κόσμος. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Ὅμηρος ταύτην τὴν γνώμην ὑποτίθεται περὶ τοῦ ὕδατος· Ὠκεανόν, ὅσπερ γένεσις πάντεσσι τέτυκται.» ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Θαλῆς. «Ἀναξίμανδρος δὲ ὁ Μιλήσιός φησι τῶν ὄντων τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶναι τὸ ἄπειρον· ἐκ γὰρ τούτου πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς τοῦτο πάντα φθείρεσθαι· διὸ καὶ γεννᾶσθαι ἀπείρους κόσμους καὶ πάλιν φθείρεσθαι εἰς τὸ ἐξ οὗ γίνεται.
Let us then consider, beginning from above, the doctrinal disagreements of the natural philosophers mentioned with one another. Plutarch, in his work entitled "On the Opinions of the Philosophers concerning Natural Doctrines," has collected together the opinions of all the Platonists and Pythagoreans, as well as those called the older natural philosophers, and again the younger Peripatetics, Stoics, and Epicureans. From these I will set forth the following:
14. OPINIONS OF PHILOSOPHERS CONCERNING PRINCIPLES. "Thales of Miletus," one of the seven sages, "declared that the principle of existing things is water. This man seems to have begun philosophy, and from him the Ionian school was named; for there were many successions. Having studied philosophy in Egypt, he came to Miletus as an older man. He says that all things are from water and that all things are resolved into water. He conjectures this, first, because the seed of all animals is a principle, a moist substance; thus it is likely that all things have their beginning from moisture. Second, all plants are nourished and bear fruit by moisture, but when deprived of it they wither. Third, even fire itself, that of the sun and the stars, is nourished by the exhalations of waters, and so is the cosmos itself. For this reason Homer also suggests this opinion concerning water: 'Ocean, which is the origin of all things.'" So much for Thales. "Anaximander of Miletus says that the principle of existing things is the infinite; for from this all things come to be and into this all things are destroyed; hence infinite worlds are generated and again destroyed into that from which they come to be.
λέγει δ' οὖν, διότι τὸ ἀπέραντόν ἐστιν, ἵνα μηδὲν ἐλλείπῃ καὶ ἡ γένεσις ἡ ὑφισταμένη. ἁμαρτάνει δὲ καὶ οὗτος μὴ λέγων τί ἐστι τὸ ἄπειρον, πότερον ἀήρ ἐστιν ἢ ὕδωρ ἢ γῆ ἢ ἄλλα τινὰ σώματα· ἁμαρτάνει οὖν τὴν μὲν ὕλην ἀποφαινόμενος, τὸ δὲ ποιοῦν αἴτιον ἀναιρῶν. τὸ γὰρ ἄπειρον οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ ὕλη ἐστίν· οὐ δύναται δὲ ἡ ὕλη εἶναι ἐνεργείᾳ, ἐὰν μὴ τὸ ποιοῦν ὑπόθηται. Ἀναξιμένης δὲ ὁ Μιλήσιος ἀρχὴν τῶν ὄντων τὸν ἀέρα ἀπεφήνατο· ἐκ γὰρ τούτου πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν πάλιν ἀναλύεσθαι. οἷον ἡ ψυχή, φησίν, ἡ ἡμετέρα ἀήρ ἐστι· συγκρατεῖ γὰρ ἡμᾶς· καὶ ὅλον δὲ τὸν κόσμον πνεῦμα καὶ ἀὴρ ἐμπεριέχει· λέγεται δὲ συνωνύμως ἀὴρ καὶ πνεῦμα. ἁμαρτάνει δὲ καὶ οὗτος ἐξ ἁπλοῦ καὶ μονοειδοῦς ἀέρος καὶ πνεύματος δοκῶν συνεστάναι τὰ ζῷα. ἀδύνατον γὰρ ἀρχὴν μίαν τὴν ὕλην τῶν ὄντων ὑποστῆναι· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ποιοῦν αἴτιον χρὴ τιθέναι. οἷον ἄργυρος οὐκ ἀρκεῖ πρὸς τὸ ἔκπωμα γίνεσθαι, ἐὰν μὴ τὸ ποιοῦν ᾖ, τοῦτ' ἔστιν ὁ ἀργυροκόπος· ὁμοίως καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ χαλκοῦ καὶ ξύλων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ὕλης. Ἡράκλειτος καὶ Ἵππασος ὁ Μεταποντῖνος ἀρχὴν τῶν πάντων τὸ πῦρ. ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς γὰρ τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς πῦρ πάντα τελευτᾶν λέγουσι· τούτου δὲ κατασβεννυμένου κοσμοποιεῖσθαι τὰ πάντα. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τὸ παχυμερέστατον αὐτοῦ εἰς αὑτὸ στελλόμενον γῆ γίγνεται· ἔπειτα ἀναχαλωμένην τὴν γῆν ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς φύσει ὕδωρ ἀποτελεῖσθαι, ἀναθυμιώμενον δὲ ἀέρα γίνεσθαι. πάλιν δὲ τὸν κόσμον καὶ πάντα τὰ σώματα ὑπὸ πυρὸς ἀναλοῦσθαι ἐκπυρώσει. ἀρχὴ οὖν τὸ πῦρ, ὅτι ἐκ τούτου τὰ πάντα, τέλος δὲ καθότι εἰς τοῦτο ἀναλύεται τὰ πάντα.
He says, then, that the infinite exists so that nothing may be lacking and generation may subsist. But he also errs in not stating what the infinite is, whether it is air or water or earth or some other bodies; he errs, then, in declaring matter, but doing away with the efficient cause. For the infinite is nothing other than matter; but matter cannot be in actuality unless the efficient cause is posited. Anaximenes of Miletus declared air to be the principle of existing things; for from this all things come to be and into it they are again resolved. For example, the soul, he says, our soul, is air; for it holds us together; and the whole cosmos is encompassed by breath and air; and air and breath are spoken of synonymously. But he also errs in thinking that living beings are composed of simple and uniform air and breath. For it is impossible for a single principle, matter, to underlie existing things; but the efficient cause must also be posited. For example, silver is not sufficient for a cup to come into being, unless the efficient cause exists, that is, the silversmith; and similarly in the case of bronze and wood and other matter. Heraclitus and Hippasus of Metapontum say that the principle of all things is fire. For they say that all things come to be from fire and all things end in fire; and when it is extinguished, all things are cosmogonically formed. For first its most condensed part, contracting into itself, becomes earth; then, the earth being loosened by fire naturally becomes water, and being vaporized becomes air. And again the cosmos and all bodies are consumed by fire in a conflagration. Fire, then, is the principle, because all things are from it, and the end, because all things are resolved into it.
Δημόκριτος, ᾧ μετὰ πλεῖστον Ἐπίκουρος ἠκολούθησεν, ἀρχὰς τῶν ὄντων σώματα ἄτομα, λόγῳ δὲ θεωρητά, ἀμέτοχα κενοῦ, ἀγένητα, ἀδιάφθαρτα οὐδὲ θραυσθῆναι δυνάμενα, οὔτε διάπλασιον ἐκ τῶν μερῶν λαβεῖν οὔτε ἀλλοιωθῆναι, εἶναι δ' αὐτὰ λόγῳ θεωρητά. ταῦτα μέντοι κινεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ κενῷ καὶ διὰ τοῦ κενοῦ· εἶναι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ κενὸν ἄπειρον καὶ τὰ σώματα ἄπειρα. συμβεβηκέναι δὲ τοῖς σώμασι τρία ταῦτα, σχήματα, μέγεθος, βάρος· ἀλλ' ὁ μὲν Δημόκριτος ἔλεγε μέγεθος καὶ σχῆμα, ὁ δὲ Ἐπίκουρος τούτοις καὶ τρίτον βάρος προσέθηκεν. ἀνάγκη γάρ, φησί, κινεῖσθαι τὰ σώματα τῇ τοῦ βάρους πληγῇ, ἐπεὶ οὐ κινηθήσεται. εἶναι δὲ τὰ σχήματα τῶν ἀτόμων περιληπτά, οὐκ ἄπειρα· μὴ γὰρ εἶναι μήτε ἀγκιστροειδεῖς μήτε τριηροειδεῖς μήτε κρικοειδεῖς· ταῦτα γὰρ τὰ σχήματά ἐστιν εὔθραυστα, αἱ δὲ ἄτομοι ἀπαθεῖς, ἄθραυστοι· ἴδια δὲ ἔχειν σχήματα λόγῳ θεωρητά. καὶ εἴρηται ἄτομος οὐχ ὅτι ἐστὶν ἐλαχίστη, ἀλλ' ὅτι οὐ δύναται τμηθῆναι, ἀπαθὴς οὖσα καὶ ἀμέτοχος κενοῦ· ὥστε ἐὰν εἴπῃ ἄτομον, ἄθραυστον λέγει, ἀπαθῆ, ἀμέτοχον κενοῦ. ὅτι δὲ ἔστιν ἄτομος, σαφές· καὶ γὰρ ἔστι στοιχεῖα καὶ ζῷα ἄκενα, καὶ ἡ μονάς. Ἐμπεδοκλῆς Μέτωνος, πόλις τῆς Σικελίας Ἀκραγαντῖνος, τέτταρα μὲν στοιχεῖα, πῦρ, ἀέρα, ὕδωρ, γῆν, δύο δὲ ἀρχὰς καὶ
Democritus, whom Epicurus followed more than anyone else, held that the principles of existing things are atomic bodies, perceptible by reason, devoid of void, ungenerated, indestructible, and incapable of being broken, neither able to receive a shape from their parts nor to be altered, and that they are perceptible by reason. These, however, move in the void and through the void; and both the void itself and the bodies are infinite. Three attributes belong to the bodies: shape, size, and weight. But Democritus spoke of size and shape, while Epicurus added a third, weight, to these. For it is necessary, he says, that bodies be moved by the impact of weight, since otherwise they will not be moved. The shapes of the atoms are limited, not infinite; for there are neither hook-shaped nor trireme-shaped nor ring-shaped ones, for these shapes are easily broken, but atoms are impassive and unbreakable; they have their own shapes perceptible by reason. And it is called an atom not because it is the smallest, but because it cannot be cut, being impassive and devoid of void; so that when one says atom, one means unbreakable, impassive, devoid of void. That an atom exists is clear; for there are elements and void-free animals, and the monad. Empedocles, son of Meton, an Acragantine from the city of Sicily, held four elements—fire, air, water, earth—and two principles,
δυνάμεις, Φιλίαν τε καὶ Νεῖκος, ὧν ἡ μέν ἐστιν ἑνωτική, τὸ δὲ διαιρετικόν. φησὶ δὲ οὕτως· τέσσαρα τῶν πάντων ῥιζώματα πρῶτον ἄκουε· Ζεὺς ἀργὴς Ἥρη τε φερέσβιος ἠδ' Ἀϊδωνεὺς Νῆστίς θ', ἣ δακρύοις τέγγει κρούνωμα βρότειον. Δία μὲν γὰρ λέγει τὴν ζέσιν καὶ τὸν αἰθέρα, Ἥραν δὲ φερέσβιον τὸν ἀέρα· τὴν γῆν τὸν Ἀϊδωνέα. Νῆστιν δὲ καὶ κρούνωμα βρότειον οἱονεὶ τὸ σπέρμα καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ.» Τοσαύτη μὲν ἡ τῶν πρώτων φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων διαφωνία, τοιαύτη δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ περὶ ἀρχῶν δόξα, οὐ θεόν, οὐ ποιητήν, οὐ δημιουργὸν οὐδέ τι τῶν ὅλων αἴτιον οὐδὲ μὴν θεοὺς οὐδ' ἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις, οὐ νοερὰς φύσεις, οὐ λογικὰς οὐσίας οὐδ' ὅλως τι τῶν ἐκτὸς αἰσθήσεως ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὑποθεμένων. μόνος δ' οὖν πρῶτος Ἑλλήνων Ἀναξαγόρας μνημονεύεται ἐν τοῖς περὶ ἀρχῶν λόγοις Νοῦν τὸν πάντων αἴτιον ἀποφήνασθαι. φασὶ γοῦν ὡς ἄρα οὗτος μάλιστα παρὰ τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἐθαύμασε φυσιολογίαν· μηλόβοτόν γε τοι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χώραν δι' αὐτὴν εἴασε τόν τε περὶ ἀρχῶν λόγον πρῶτος Ἑλλήνων διήρθρωσεν. οὐ γὰρ μόνον περὶ τῆς πάντων οὐσίας ἀπεφή14.14.9 νατο, ὡς οἱ πρὸ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ κινοῦντος αὐτὴν αἰτίου. «Ἦν γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ» φησίν «ὁμοῦ τὰ πράγματα πεφυρμένα, Νοῦς δὲ εἰσελθὼν αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς ἀταξίας εἰς τάξιν ἤγαγε.» θαυμάσαι δ' ἔστιν ὡς οὗτος πρῶτος παρ' Ἕλλησι τοῦτον θεολογήσας τὸν τρόπον, δόξας Ἀθηναίοις ἄθεος εἶναι, ὅτι μὴ τὸν ἥλιον ἐθεολόγει, τὸν δὲ ἡλίου ποιητήν, μικροῦ δεῖν καταλευσθεὶς ἔθανε. λέγεται δὲ μηδὲ οὗτος σῶον φυλάξαι τὸ δόγμα.
powers, Love and Strife, of which the former is unitive and the latter divisive. He speaks thus: "Hear first the four roots of all things: Zeus, bright Hera, life-bearing Hades, and Nestis, who moistens the mortal spring with tears." For by Zeus he means the boiling and the aether, by life-bearing Hera the air, by Hades the earth, and by Nestis and the mortal spring, as it were, seed and water." Such is the disagreement among the first natural philosophers, and such their opinion concerning principles, positing in their principles no god, no maker, no creator, nor any cause of the whole, nor gods, nor incorporeal powers, nor intellectual natures, nor rational substances, nor anything at all beyond sense perception. Only Anaxagoras, first among the Greeks, is recorded as having declared in his discourses on principles that Mind is the cause of all things. They say, then, that he especially, beyond those before him, admired natural philosophy; he even left his own land to be grazed by sheep for its sake, and he was the first among the Greeks to articulate the account of principles. For he not only declared concerning the substance of all things, as those before him did, but also concerning the cause that moves it. "For in the beginning," he says, "things were all mixed together, and Mind entering brought them from disorder into order." It is remarkable that this man, having first among the Greeks theologized in this manner, was considered by the Athenians to be an atheist because he did not deify the sun but rather the maker of the sun, and he narrowly escaped being stoned to death. It is said that not even he preserved the doctrine intact.
ἐπιστῆσαι μὲν γὰρ Νοῦν τοῖς πᾶσιν, οὐκέτι δὲ κατὰ νοῦν καὶ λογισμὸν τὴν περὶ τῶν ὄντων ἀποδοῦναι φυσιολογίαν. ἐπάκουσον δ' οὖν οἷα ὁ Σωκράτης ἐν τῷ Πλάτωνος Περὶ ψυχῆς αἰτιᾶται τὸν ἄνδρα ἐν τούτοις·
ιεʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΑΝΑΞΑΓΟΡΟΥ ΔΟΞΗΣ «Ἀλλ' ἀκούσας ποτὲ ἐκ βιβλίου τινός, ὡς ἔφη, Ἀναξαγόρου ἀναγινώσκοντος καὶ λέγοντος, ὡς ἄρα Νοῦς ἐστιν ὁ διακοσμῶν τε καὶ πάντων αἴτιος, ταύτῃ δὴ τῇ αἰτίᾳ ἥσθην τε καὶ ἔδοξέ μοι τρόπον τινὰ εὖ ἔχειν τὸν Νοῦν εἶναι πάντων αἴτιον, καὶ ἡγησάμην, εἰ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, τόν γε Νοῦν κοσμοῦντα πάντα κοσμεῖν καὶ ἕκαστον τιθέντα ὅπη ἂν βέλτιστα ἔχῃ. εἰ οὖν τις βούλοιτο τὴν αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν περὶ ἑκάστου, ὅπη ἢ γίγνεται ἢ ἀπόλλυται ἢ ἔστι, τοῦτο δεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ εὑρεῖν, ὅπη βέλτιστον αὐτόν ἐστιν ἢ εἶναι ἢ ἄλλο ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν ἢ ποιεῖν. ἐκ δὴ τοῦ λόγου τούτου οὐδὲν ἄλλο σκοπεῖν προσήκειν ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀλλ' ἢ τὸ ἄριστον καὶ τὸ βέλτιστον. ἀναγκαῖον δὴ εἶναι τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον καὶ τὸ χεῖρον εἰδέναι· τὴν αὐτὴν γὰρ εἶναι ἐπιστήμην περὶ αὐτῶν. ταῦτα δὴ λογιζόμενος ἄσμενος εὑρηκέναι ᾤμην διδάσκαλον τῆς αἰτίας περὶ τῶν ὄντων κατὰ νοῦν ἐμαυτῷ, τὸν Ἀναξαγόραν, καί μοι φράσειν πρῶτον μὲν πότερον ἡ γῆ πλατεῖά ἐστιν ἢ στρογγύλη, ἐπειδὴ δὲ φράσειεν, ἐπεκδιηγήσεσθαι τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνάγκην, λέγοντα τὸ ἄμεινον καὶ ὅτι αὐτὴν ἄμεινον ἦν τοιαύτην εἶναι· καὶ εἰ ἐν μέσῳ φαίη εἶναι αὐτήν, ἐπεκδιηγήσεσθαι ὡς ἄμεινον ἦν αὐτὴν ἐν μέσῳ εἶναι· καὶ εἴ μοι ταῦτα ἀποφαίνοι, παρεσκευάσμην ὡς οὐκέτι ποθεσόμενος αἰτίας ἄλλο εἶδος.
For he posits Mind as the cause of all things, but no longer gives a natural explanation of beings in accordance with mind and reason. Listen, then, to what Socrates in Plato's On the Soul charges against the man in these words:
15. ON THE DOCTRINE OF ANAXAGORAS "But having once heard from some book, as he said, of Anaxagoras reading and stating that Mind is the orderer and cause of all things, I was delighted with this cause and it seemed to me in a way to be well that Mind is the cause of all things, and I thought that if this is so, then Mind, ordering all things, orders them and places each thing where it would be best. Therefore, if one wished to find the cause concerning each thing, how it comes to be or perishes or exists, one must find this about it, namely, how it is best for it either to be or to undergo or do anything else whatsoever. From this argument, then, it follows that it is fitting for a man to consider nothing else concerning himself and other things but the best and the most excellent. And necessarily this same man must also know the worse; for the knowledge concerning them is the same. Reasoning thus, I thought I had gladly found a teacher of the cause concerning beings according to my own mind, Anaxagoras, and that he would first tell me whether the earth is flat or round, and then, having told me, would go on to explain the cause and the necessity, stating the better and that it was better for it to be such; and if he said it was in the middle, he would go on to explain how it was better for it to be in the middle; and if he declared these things to me, I was prepared no longer to desire any other kind of cause.
καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ ἡλίου οὕτως παρεσκευάσμην ὡσαύτως πευσόμενος καὶ σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἄστρων τάχους τε πέρι πρὸς ἄλληλα καὶ τροπῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων παθημάτων, πῇ ποτε ταῦτ' ἄμεινόν ἐστιν ἕκαστον καὶ ποιεῖν καὶ πάσχειν ἃ πάσχει. οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε αὐτὸν ᾤμην, φάσκοντά γε ὑπὸ Νοῦ κεκοσμῆσθαι, ἄλλην τινὰ αὐτοῖς αἰτίαν ἐπενεγκεῖν ἢ ὅτι βέλτιστον αὐτὰ οὕτως ἔχειν ἐστὶν ὥσπερ ἔχει. ἑκάστου οὖν ἀποδιδόντα τὴν
αἰτίαν καὶ κοινῇ πᾶσι τὸ ἑκάστῳ βέλτιστον ᾤμην καὶ τὸ κοινὸν πᾶσιν ἐπιδιηγήσεσθαι ἀγαθόν. καὶ οὐδ' ἂν ἀπεδόμην πολλοῦ τὰς ἐλπίδας, ἀλλὰ πάνυ σπουδῇ λαβὼν τὰς βίβλους ὡς τάχιστα οἷός τ' ἦν ἀνεγίγνωσκον, ἵν' ὡς τάχιστα εἰδείην τὸ βέλτιστον καὶ τὸ χεῖρον. ἀπὸ δὴ θαυμαστῆς, ὦ ἑταῖρε, ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος, ἐπειδὴ προϊὼν καὶ ἀναγιγνώσκων ὁρῶ ἄνδρα τῷ μὲν Νῷ οὐδὲν χρώμενον οὐδέ τινας αἰτίας ἐπαιτιώμενον εἰς τὸ διακοσμεῖν τὰ πράγματα, ἀέρας δὲ καὶ αἰθέρας καὶ ὕδατα αἰτιώμενον καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ καὶ ἄτοπα. καί μοι ἔδοξεν ὁμοιότατον πεπονθέναι, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις λέγων, ὅτι Σωκράτης πάντα ὅσα πράττει νῷ πράττει, καὶ ἔπειτα ἐπιχειρήσας λέγειν τὰς αἰτίας ἑκάστων ὧν πράττω, λέγοι πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι ἐνθάδε διὰ ταῦτα νῦν κάθημαι, ὅτι σύγκειταί μου τὸ σῶμα ἐξ ὀστῶν καὶ νεύρων καὶ τὰ μὲν ὀστᾶ ἐστι στερεὰ καὶ διαφυὰς ἔχει χωρὶς ἀπ' ἀλλήλων, τὰ δὲ νεῦρα οἷα ἐπιτείνεσθαι καὶ ἀνίεσθαι, περιαμπέχοντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μετὰ τῶν σαρκῶν τε καὶ δέρματος, ὃ συνέχει αὐτά·
And indeed, concerning the sun, I had prepared myself in the same way, intending to inquire likewise about the moon and the other stars, about their speeds relative to one another, and about their turnings and other affections, to what end each of these is better to act and to suffer what it suffers. For I never would have thought that he, who declared that all things are ordered by Mind, would assign any other cause to them than that it is best for them to be exactly as they are. So I expected that, in giving the cause of each thing and the common good for all, he would explain what is best for each and what is good for all in common. And I would not have sold my hopes for a great price, but with great eagerness I took his books and began to read as quickly as I could, so that I might learn as soon as possible what is best and what is worse. But from a wonderful hope, my friend, I was carried away, for as I proceeded and read, I saw that the man made no use of Mind at all, nor did he assign any causes to the ordering of things, but instead blamed airs and aethers and waters and many other absurd things. And it seemed to me that he had suffered something very similar to what would happen if someone said that Socrates does everything he does by mind, and then, attempting to give the causes of each of my actions, should say first that I am now sitting here because my body is composed of bones and sinews, and that the bones are hard and have joints separate from one another, while the sinews are such as to be stretched and relaxed, enveloping the bones together with the flesh and skin which holds them together.
αἰωρουμένων οὖν τῶν ὀστῶν ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν ξυμβολαῖς χαλῶντα καὶ ξυντείνοντα τὰ νεῦρα κάμπτεσθαί που ποιεῖ οἷόν τ' εἶναι ἐμὲ νῦν τὰ μέλη, καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν συγκαμφθεὶς ἐνθάδε κάθημαι· καὶ αὖ περὶ τοῦ διαλέγεσθαι ὑμῖν ἑτέρας τοίας αἰτίας λέγοι, φωνάς τε καὶ ἀέρας καὶ ἀκοὰς καὶ ἄλλα ἄττα μυρία τοιαῦτα αἰτιώμενος, ἀμελήσας τὰς ὡς ἀληθῶς αἰτίας λέγειν, ὅτι ἐπειδὴ Ἀθηναίοις ἔδοξε βέλτιον εἶναι ἐμοῦ καταψηφίσασθαι, διὰ ταῦτα δὴ καὶ ἐμοὶ βέλτιον αὖ δέδοκται ἐνθάδε καθῆσθαι καὶ δικαιότερον παραμένοντα ὑπέχειν τὴν δίκην, ἣν κελεύουσιν· ἐπεὶ νὴ τὸν κύνα, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι, πάλαι ἂν ταῦτα τὰ νεῦρα καὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ ἢ περὶ Μέγαρα ἢ περὶ Βοιωτοὺς ἦν, ὑπὸ δόξης φερόμενα τοῦ βελτίστου, εἰ μὴ δικαιότερον ᾤμην καὶ κάλλιον εἶναι πρὸ τοῦ φεύγειν τε καὶ ἀποδιδράσκειν ὑπέχειν τῇ πόλει δίκην ἥντινα ταύτην. ἀλλ' αἴτια μὲν τὰ τοιαῦτα καλεῖν λίαν ἄτοπον· εἰ δέ τις λέγοι ὅτι ἄνευ τοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔχειν καὶ ὀστᾶ καὶ νεῦρα καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἔχω, οὐκ ἂν οἷός τε ἦ ποιεῖν τὰ δόξαντά μοι, ἀληθῆ ἂν λέγοι· ὡς μέντοι διὰ ταῦτα ποιῶ, ἃ ποιῶ, καὶ ταῦτα νῷ πράττω, ἀλλ' οὐ τῇ τοῦ βελτίστου αἱρέσει, πολλὴ ἂν καὶ μακρὰ ῥᾳθυμία εἴη τοῦ λόγου.» Εἶτα ἐπιλέγει· «Διὸ δὴ καὶ ὁ μέν τις δίνην περιθεὶς τῇ γῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ μένειν δὴ ποιεῖ τὴν γῆν, ὁ δὲ ὥσπερ καρδόπῳ πλατείᾳ βάθρον τὸν ἀέρα ὑπερείδει·
The bones, then, being suspended in their joints, the sinews slackening and tightening cause the limbs to bend somewhere, and it is possible for me now to move my limbs; and for this reason, having been bent together, I sit here. And again, concerning my conversing with you, one might give other such causes, alleging sounds and air and hearings and countless other such things, while neglecting to state the true causes: that, since the Athenians decided it was better to condemn me, for these reasons it has also seemed better to me to sit here and, more justly, to remain and undergo the penalty they command. For, by the dog, as I think, these sinews and bones would long ago have been in Megara or among the Boeotians, carried by the opinion of the best, if I had not thought it more just and more noble to undergo this penalty for the city rather than to flee and run away. But to call such things causes is quite absurd. If someone were to say that without having such things—bones and sinews and all else I have—I would not be able to do what I have decided, he would speak the truth. However, to say that I do what I do because of these things, and that I do them by mind, but not by the choice of the best, would be a great and long negligence of reason. Then he adds: "Therefore, one man, placing a whirl around the earth, makes the earth remain under the heaven; another, as if for a broad kneading-trough, props up the air as a base.
τὴν δὲ τοῦ ὡς οἷόν τε βέλτιστα αὐτὰ τεθῆναι δύναμιν οὕτω νῦν κεῖσθαι, ταύτην οὔτε ζητοῦσιν οὔτε τινὰ οἴονται δαιμονίαν ἰσχὺν ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ ἡγοῦνται τούτου ἄν ποτε Ἄτλαντα ἰσχυρότερον καὶ μᾶλλον ἅπαντα συνέχοντα ἐξευρεῖν, καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ δέον ξυνδεῖν καὶ συνέχειν οὐδὲν οἴονται.» Τοσαῦτα ὁ Σωκράτης περὶ τῆς Ἀναξαγόρου δόξης. ἦν δὲ Ἀναξαγόρου μὲν διάδοχος τῆς τε διατριβῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ τῆς δόξης Ἀρχέλαος, Ἀρχελάου δὲ ἀκουστὴς γεγονέναι λέγεται Σωκράτης. πλὴν ἀλλὰ φυσικοὶ καὶ ἄλλοι Ξενοφάνης καὶ Πυθαγόρας, συνακμάσαντες Ἀναξαγόρᾳ, περὶ ἀφθαρσίας θεοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας ἐφιλοσόφησαν· ἐκ τούτων τε καὶ μετὰ τούτους αἱ τῆς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσοφίας ὑπέστησαν αἱρέσεις, τῶν μὲν τοῖσδε, τῶν δὲ ἑτέροις ἐξηκολουθηκότων, τινῶν δὲ καὶ ἰδίας δόξας ἐπινενοηκότων. πάλιν δ' οὖν ὁ Πλούταρχος τὰς περὶ θεῶν ὑπολήψεις τῶν αὐτῶν τοῦτον γράφει τὸν τρόπον·
ις ʹ. ΔΟΞΑΙ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΩΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΘΕΩΝ «Ἔνιοι τῶν φιλοσόφων, καθάπερ Διαγόρας ὁ Μιλήσιος καὶ Θεόδωρος ὁ Κυρηναϊκὸς καὶ Εὐήμερος ὁ Τεγεάτης, καθόλου φασὶ μὴ εἶναι θεούς· τὸν δὲ Εὐήμερον καὶ Καλλίμαχος ὁ Κυρηναϊκὸς αἰνίττεται ἐν τοῖς ἰάμβοις. – καὶ Εὐριπίδης δὲ ὁ τραγῳδοποιὸς ἀποκαλύψασθαι μὲν οὐκ ἠθέλησε, δεδοικὼς τὸν Ἄρειον πάγον, ἐνέφηνε
But the power by which these things are placed as best as possible, and are now so disposed, they neither seek nor think to have any divine force, but consider that they might discover someone stronger than Atlas and more capable of holding everything together, and truly they think that the good and the fitting bind and hold nothing together." So much from Socrates concerning the opinion of Anaxagoras. Now Anaxagoras' successor in both his school and his doctrine was Archelaus, and Socrates is said to have been a hearer of Archelaus. Nevertheless, there were also other natural philosophers, Xenophanes and Pythagoras, who flourished at the same time as Anaxagoras, and philosophized about the incorruptibility of God and the immortality of the soul. From these and after them, the schools of Greek philosophy arose, some following these, others following different thinkers, and some even devising their own opinions. Again, then, Plutarch writes the suppositions concerning the gods of these same men in the following manner:
16. OPINIONS OF PHILOSOPHERS CONCERNING GODS. "Some of the philosophers, such as Diagoras of Melos, Theodorus of Cyrene, and Euhemerus of Tegea, say outright that there are no gods. And Euhemerus is also alluded to by Callimachus of Cyrene in his iambics. – And Euripides the tragic poet, though he did not wish to reveal himself openly, fearing the Areopagus, intimated
δὲ τοῦτο· τὸν γὰρ Σίσυφον εἰσήγαγε προστάτην ταύτης τῆς δόξης καὶ συνηγόρησεν αὐτοῦ τῇ γνώμῃ.» Ἐπὶ τούτοις πάλιν τὸν Ἀναξαγόραν εἰσάγει, πρῶτον φάσκων αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς φρονῆσαι περὶ θεοῦ. λέγει δὲ οὕτως· «Ὁ δὲ Ἀναξαγόρας φησὶν ὡς εἱστήκει κατ' ἀρχὰς τὰ σώματα, Νοῦς δὲ αὐτὰ διεκόσμησε θεοῦ καὶ τὰς γενέσεις τῶν ὅλων ἐποίησεν. ὁ δὲ Πλάτων οὐχ ἑστηκότα ὑπέθετο τὰ πρῶτα σώματα, ἀτάκτως δὲ κινούμενα· διὸ ὁ θεός, φησίν, ἐπιστήσας, ὡς τάξις ἀταξίας ἐστὶ βελτίων, διεκόσμησεν αὐτά.» Οἷς ἐπιλέγει· «Ἁμαρτάνουσι δὲ ἀμφότεροι, ὅτι τὸν θεὸν ἐποίησαν ἐπιστρεφόμενον τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων καὶ τούτου χάριν τὸν κόσμον κατασκευάζοντα· τὸ γὰρ μακάριον καὶ ἄφθαρτον ζῷον, πεπληρωμένον πᾶσι τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ κακοῦ παντὸς ἄδεκτον, ὅλον ὂν περὶ τὴν συνοχὴν τῆς ἰδίας εὐδαιμονίας τε καὶ ἀφθαρσίας, ἀνεπιστρεφές ἐστι τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων. κακοδαίμων δ' ἂν εἴη, ἐργάτου δίκην καὶ τέκτονος ἀχθοφορῶν καὶ μεριμνῶν εἰς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου κατασκευήν. καὶ πάλιν, ὁ θεὸς ὃν λέγουσιν, ἤτοι τὸν ἔμπροσθεν αἰῶνα οὐκ ἦν, ὅτε ἦν ἀκίνητα τὰ σώματα ἢ ὅτε ἀτάκτως ἐκινεῖτο, ἢ ἐκοιμᾶτο ἢ ἐγρηγόρει ἢ οὐδέτερον τούτων. καὶ οὐδὲ τὸ πρῶτον ἔστι δέξασθαι πῶς γὰρ θεὸς αἰώνιος;· οὔτε τὸ δεύτερον· εἰ γὰρ ἐκοιμᾶτο ἐξ αἰῶνος ὁ θεός, ἐτεθνήκει· αἰώνιος γὰρ ὕπνος θάνατός ἐστιν· ἀλλά γε ἄδεκτος ὕπνου ὁ θεός· τὸ γὰρ ἀθάνατον καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγγὺς ὕπνου κεχώρισται. εἰ δὲ ἦν ὁ θεὸς ἐγρηγορώς, ἤτοι ἐνέλειπεν εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν ἢ πεπλήρωτο ἐν μακαριότητι. καὶ οὔτε κατὰ τὸ πρῶτόν ἐστι μακάριος ὁ θεός· τὸ γὰρ ἐλλεῖπον εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν οὐ μακάριον·
of this: for he introduced Sisyphus as a champion of this opinion and argued in support of his view." After this, he introduces Anaxagoras, claiming that he was the first to think correctly about God. He speaks as follows: "Anaxagoras says that the bodies stood still at the beginning, and that Mind of God arranged them and produced the generations of all things. But Plato did not suppose the primary bodies to be stationary, but moving in disorder; therefore God, he says, having observed that order is better than disorder, arranged them." To which he adds: "Both err, because they made God concerned with human affairs and for this reason constructing the cosmos; for the blessed and imperishable living being, filled with all goods and incapable of receiving any evil, being wholly occupied with the maintenance of its own happiness and imperishability, is unconcerned with human affairs. It would be miserable, like a laborer and craftsman, burdened and anxious over the construction of the cosmos. And again, the God they speak of either did not exist in the previous age, when the bodies were motionless or when they moved in disorder, or he was asleep or awake or neither of these. And neither the first can be accepted—for how could God be eternal?—nor the second; for if God had been asleep from eternity, he would be dead; for eternal sleep is death; but God is incapable of sleep; for the immortal is separated from sleep, which is near to death. And if God had been awake, he either fell short of happiness or was filled with blessedness. And in the first case, God is not blessed; for that which falls short of happiness is not blessed.
οὔτε κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον· μηδὲν γὰρ ἐλλείπων κεναῖς ἔμελλεν ἐπιχειρεῖν πράξεσι. πῶς δέ, εἴπερ ὁ θεὸς ἔστι καὶ τῇ τούτου φροντίδι τὰ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον οἰκονομεῖται, τὸ μὲν κίβδηλον εὐτυχεῖ, τὸ δὲ ἀστεῖον τὸ ἐναντίον πάσχει; Ἀγαμέμνων τε γάρ, ἀμφότερον, βασιλεύς τ' ἀγαθὸς κρατερός τ' αἰχμητής, ὑπὸ μοιχοῦ καὶ μοιχαλίδος ἡττηθεὶς ἐδολοφονήθη· καὶ ὁ τούτου δὲ συγγενὴς Ἡρακλῆς, πολλὰ τῶν ἐπιλυμαινομένων τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον καθάρας, ὑπὸ Δηϊανείρας φαρμακωθεὶς ἐδολοφονήθη. Θαλῆς τὸν κόσμον εἶναι τὸν θεόν. Ἀναξίμανδρος τοὺς ἀστέρας οὐρανίους θεούς. Δημόκριτος θεὸν ἐν πυρὶ σφαιροειδῆ τὴν κόσμου ψυχήν. Πυθαγόρας τῶν ἀρχῶν τὴν μονάδα θεὸν καὶ τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ ἑνὸς φύσις, αὐτὸς ὁ νοῦς· τὴν δ' ἀόριστον δυάδα καὶ δαίμονα καὶ τὸ κακόν, περὶ ἥν ἐστι τὸ ὑλικὸν πλῆθος.» Μετὰ δὲ τούτους οἱ νέοι τῷ χρόνῳ πῶς ἐδόξαζον ἄκουε· «Σωκράτης καὶ Πλάτων ἓν τὸ μονοφυές, τὸ μοναδικόν, τὸ ὄντως ὂν ἀγαθόν· πάντα δὲ ταῦτα τῶν ὀνομάτων εἰς τὸν νοῦν σπεύδειν· νοῦς οὖν ὁ θεὸς χωριστὸν εἶδος, τοῦτ' ἔστι τὸ ἀμιγὲς πάσης ὕλης καὶ μηδενὶ παθητῷ συμπεπλεγμένον. Ἀριστοτέλης τὸν μὲν ἀνωτάτω θεὸν εἶδος χωριστόν, ἐπιβεβηκότα τῇ σφαίρᾳ τοῦ παντός, ἥτις ἐστὶν αἰθέριον σῶμα, τὸ πέμπτον ὑπ' αὐτοῦ καλούμενον· διῃρημένου δὲ τούτου κατὰ σφαίρας τῇ μὲν φύσει συναφεῖς, τῷ λόγῳ δὲ κεχωρισμένας, ἑκάστην οἴεται τῶν σφαιρῶν ζῷον εἶναι σύνθετον ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς, ὧν τὸ μὲν σῶμά ἐστιν αἰθέριον, κινούμενον κυκλοφορικῶς, ἡ ψυχὴ δὲ λόγος ἀεικίνητος, αἴτιος τῆς κινήσεως κατ' ἐνέργειαν.
neither according to the second: for lacking nothing, he was not about to attempt empty deeds. But how, if God exists and human affairs are administered by his care, does the counterfeit prosper while the noble suffers the opposite? For Agamemnon, both a good king and a mighty spearman, was defeated by an adulterer and an adulteress and was treacherously murdered; and his kinsman Heracles, after cleansing many of the things that plague human life, was poisoned by Deianira and treacherously murdered. Thales: the cosmos is God. Anaximander: the heavenly stars are gods. Democritus: God is a spherical fire, the soul of the cosmos. Pythagoras: of the principles, the monad is God and the Good, which is the nature of the One, Intellect itself; the indefinite dyad is both a daimon and evil, about which is the material multitude. After these, hear how those later in time held their opinions: "Socrates and Plato: the one is of a single nature, the monadic, the really existing Good; all these names hasten toward Intellect; therefore God is Intellect, a separate form, that is, unmixed with any matter and entangled with nothing passible. Aristotle: the highest God is a separate form, set upon the sphere of the universe, which is an aetherial body, the fifth element as he calls it; this being divided according to spheres, which are connected in nature but separated in account, he thinks each of the spheres is a living being composed of body and soul, of which the body is aetherial, moving in a circular motion, and the soul is a perpetually moving reason, the cause of motion in actuality.
Οἱ Στωϊκοὶ νοερὸν θεὸν ἀποφαίνονται, πῦρ τεχνικόν, ὁδῷ βαδίζον ἐπὶ γένεσιν κόσμου, περιειληφότος πάντας τοὺς σπερματικοὺς λόγους, καθ' οὓς ἕκαστα καθ' εἱμαρμένην γίνεται· καὶ πνεῦμα διῆκον δι' ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου, τὰς δὲ προσηγορίας μεταλαμβάνον δι' ὅλης τῆς ὕλης, δι' ἧς κεχώρηκε. θεὸν δὲ καὶ τὸν κόσμον καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὸν δ' ἀνωτάτω πάντων νοῦν ἐν αἰθέρι. Ἐπίκουρος ἀνθρωποειδεῖς μὲν τοὺς θεούς, λόγῳ δὲ πάντας θεωρητοὺς διὰ λεπτομέρειαν τῆς τῶν εἰδώλων φύσεως. ὁ δ' αὐτὸς ἄλλως τέτταρας φύσεις κατὰ γένος ἀφθάρτους τάσδε· τὰ ἄτομα, τὸ κενόν, τὸ ἄπειρον, τὰς ὁμοιότητας, αὗται δὲ λέγονται ὁμοιομέρειαι καὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα.»
Τοιαῦται μὲν δὴ τῶν φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων καὶ αἱ περὶ θεοῦ διαστάσεις τε καὶ δυσφημίαι, ὧν πρώτους ὁ λόγος συνίστησι τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Πυθαγόραν τε καὶ Ἀναξαγόραν Πλάτωνά τε καὶ Σωκράτη νοῦν καὶ θεὸν ἐπιστῆσαι τῷ κόσμῳ. οὗτοι δὴ κομιδῇ παῖδες τοῖς χρόνοις ἀποδείκνυνται γενόμενοι, καθ' οὓς χρόνους τὰ ὕστατα ἱστορεῖται τῆς Ἑβραίων ἀρχαιολογίας. οὐκ ἦν ἄρα παλαιοτάτη παρὰ πᾶσιν Ἕλλησι καὶ τοῖς πρόπαλαι τὴν πολύθεον δεισιδαιμονίαν παρά τε Φοίνιξι καὶ Αἰγυπτίοις εἰσηγησαμένοις ἡ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ γνῶσις, ἣν πρῶτος Ἑλλήνων Ἀναξαγόρας καὶ οἱ ἀμφ' αὐτὸν ἐξήνεγκαν. καὶ μὴν τὰ τῆς πολυθέου δεισιδαιμονίας πάντων ἐθνῶν ἐκράτει· ἀλλ' ἦν, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐ τὴν ἀληθῆ περιέχοντα θεολογίαν, ἀλλ' ἣν Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ Φοίνικες πρῶτοι πάντων συστήσασθαι ἐμαρτυρήθησαν.
The Stoics declare God to be intelligent, a creative fire proceeding methodically to the generation of the world, encompassing all the seminal principles according to which each thing comes to be by fate; and a spirit pervading the whole world, receiving its names as it passes through the whole of matter, through which it has penetrated. They also call the world, the stars, and the earth God, and the highest mind of all in the aether. Epicurus holds that the gods are human in form, but all are perceptible only to reason because of the fineness of the nature of their images. The same philosopher also posits four indestructible natures in kind: atoms, void, the infinite, and the likenesses; these are called homoeomeries and elements.
Such, then, are the divisions and blasphemies concerning God among the natural philosophers, among whom reason first establishes those around Pythagoras, Anaxagoras, Plato, and Socrates as setting mind and God over the world. These are shown to have been quite young in time, occurring in the periods when the latest events of Hebrew antiquity are recorded. Therefore, the knowledge of the God of the universe, which Anaxagoras and his followers first brought forth among the Greeks, was not the most ancient among all Greeks and among those who long before introduced polytheistic superstition among the Phoenicians and Egyptians. Indeed, the polytheistic superstition prevailed among all nations; but it seems that it did not contain the true theology, but rather that which the Egyptians and Phoenicians were first attested to have established among all peoples.
αὕτη δὲ ἦν θεοὺς μὲν οὐδαμῶς οὐδέ τινας θείας δυνάμεις, ἄνδρας δὲ ἤδη πάλαι ἐν νεκροῖς κειμένους θεολογοῦσα, ὡς ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας πάλαι ἀπέδειξε λόγος. φέρ' οὖν πάλιν ἀναλάβωμεν τὸν λόγον. ἐπειδὴ τῶν φυσικῶν φιλοσόφων οἱ μὲν πάντα κατέβαλλον ἐπὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις, οἱ δ' αὖ πάλιν τούτοις ἀνθεῖλκον, ὡς οἱ περὶ Ξενοφάνη τὸν Κολοφώνιον καὶ Παρμενίδην τὸν Ἐλεάτην, οἳ δὴ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀνῄρουν, μηδὲν εἶναι φάσκοντες καταληπτὸν τῶν ἐν αἰσθήσει, διὸ μόνῳ δεῖν πιστεύειν τῷ λόγῳ, τὰ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀντειρημένα διασκεψώμεθα.
ιζʹ. ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΠΕΡΙ ΞΕΝΟΦΑΝΗΝ ΚΑΙ ΠΑΡΜΕΝΙΔΗΝ ΤΑΣ ΑΙΣΘΗΣΕΙΣ ΑΝΑΙΡΟΥΝΤΑΣ· ΑΠΟ ΤΟΥ ΟΓΔΟΟΥ ΤΩΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΙΑΣ ΑΡΙΣΤΟΚΛΕΟΥΣ «Ἄλλοι δ' ἐγένοντο τούτοις τὴν ἐναντίαν φωνὴν ἀφιέντες. οἴονται γὰρ δεῖν τὰς μὲν αἰσθήσεις καὶ τὰς φαντασίας καταβάλλειν, αὐτῷ δὲ μόνον τῷ λόγῳ πιστεύειν. τοιαῦτα γάρ τινα πρότερον μὲν Ξενοφάνης καὶ Παρμενίδης καὶ Ζήνων καὶ Μέλισσος ἔλεγον, ὕστερον δ' οἱ περὶ Στίλπωνα καὶ τοὺς Μεγαρικούς. ὅθεν ἠξίουν οὗτοί γε τὸ ὂν ἓν εἶναι καὶ τὸ ἕτερον μὴ εἶναι, μηδὲ γεννᾶσθαί τι μηδὲ φθείρεσθαι μηδὲ κινεῖσθαι τὸ παράπαν. τὸν μὲν οὖν πλείω πρὸς τούτους λόγον εἰσόμεθα φιλοσοφοῦντες, νυνὶ μέντοι τοσοῦτο λεκτέον· εἴποιμεν γὰρ ἂν ὡς ὁ μὲν λόγος ἡμῶν εἴη τὸ θειότατον· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ δεῖ γε καὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως, ὥσπερ γε δὴ καὶ σώματος. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἡ αἴσθησις ἀληθεύειν πέφυκε δῆλον· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε τὸν αἰσθανόμενον μὴ οὐχὶ πάσχειν τι· πάσχων δὲ τὸ πάθος ἂν εἰδείη· γνῶσις οὖν τίς ἐστι καὶ ἡ αἴσθησις.
This was teaching not gods at all nor any divine powers, but men already long lying among the dead, as the word of truth long ago demonstrated. So then, let us take up the argument again. Since among the natural philosophers some referred everything to the senses, while others on the contrary drew back against them, like those around Xenophanes of Colophon and Parmenides of Elea, who indeed abolished the senses, asserting that nothing among things in sensation is apprehensible, and therefore one must trust only in reason, let us examine the objections raised against them.
17. AGAINST THOSE AROUND XENOPHANES AND PARMENIDES WHO ABOLISH THE SENSES, FROM THE EIGHTH BOOK OF ARISTOCLES' ON PHILOSOPHY: "But others arose who uttered the opposite voice to these. For they think that one must reject the senses and the impressions, and trust only in reason itself. Such things, for instance, were said earlier by Xenophanes, Parmenides, Zeno, and Melissus, and later by those around Stilpo and the Megarians. Hence these men insisted that being is one and the other is not, and that nothing is generated, nothing perishes, and nothing moves at all. Now we will learn the fuller argument against these when we philosophize, but for the present this much must be said: for we might say that reason is the most divine thing in us; nevertheless, one must also have sensation, just as indeed one must have a body. And that sensation is by nature capable of truth is clear; for it is not possible that one who perceives does not undergo something; and undergoing, he would know the affection; therefore sensation too is a kind of knowledge.
ἀλλὰ μὴν εἰ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι πάσχειν τί ἐστιν, ἅπαν δὲ τὸ πάσχον ὑπό του πάσχει, πάντως ἕτερον ἂν εἴη τὸ ποιοῦν καὶ τὸ πάσχον. ὥστε πρῶτον μὲν εἴη ἂν τὸ λεγόμενον ἕτερον, οἷον τὸ χρῶμα καὶ ὁ ψόφος· ἔπειτα δὲ ἓν τὸ ὂν οὐκ ἔσται· καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ ἀκίνητον· ἡ γὰρ αἴσθησίς ἐστι κίνησις. ταύτη δὲ βούλεται πᾶς τις κατὰ φύσιν ἔχειν τὰς αἰσθήσεις, ἅτε δὴ πιστεύων, οἶμαι, ταῖς ὑγιαινούσαις μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς νοσούσαις. εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ δεινός τις ἔρως αὐτῶν ἡμῖν ἐντέτηκεν. οὐδείς γέ τοι μὴ μεμηνὼς ἕλοιτ' ἄν ποτε μίαν αἴσθησιν ἀποβάλλειν, ὅπως αὐτῷ πάντα τὰ ἄλλα ἀγαθὰ γένοιτο. τοὺς δὴ διαβάλλοντας αὐτὰς ἐχρῆν, πεπεισμένους γε διότι μάτην ἔχοιεν αὐτάς, εἰπόντας ἅπερ ὁ Πάνδαρος λέγει παρὰ τῷ Ὁμήρῳ περὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ τόξων, αὐτίκ' ἔπειτ' ἀπ' ἐμεῖο κάρη τάμοι ἀλλότριος φώς, εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ τάδε τόξα φαεινῷ ἐν πυρὶ θείην, χερσὶ διακλάσσας, ἀνεμώλια γάρ μοι ὀπηδεῖ, τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο διαλυμήνασθαι πάσας τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἑαυτῶν· οὕτω γὰρ ἄν τις ἐπίστευεν αὐτοῖς ἔργῳ διδάσκουσιν ὡς εἰς οὐδὲν αὐτῶν δέοιντο. νυνὶ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ ἀτοπώτατόν ἐστιν· ἀχρήστους γὰρ ἀποφαίνοντες αὐτὰς τῷ λόγῳ τοῖς ἔργοις τὰ μάλιστα χρώμενοι διατελοῦσιν αὐταῖς. ὅ γέ τοι Μέλισσος ἐθέλων
But if perception is a kind of being affected, and everything that is affected is affected by something, then the agent and the patient would certainly be different. So first, what is called "other" would exist, such as color and sound; then, the One would not exist; nor, indeed, would it be unmoved, for perception is motion. And everyone naturally desires to have their senses in good condition, since they trust, I think, healthy senses more than diseased ones. So naturally a certain powerful love for them is ingrained in us. For no one who is not mad would ever choose to lose a single sense, even if all other goods were to befall him. Those who disparage them ought, if they are convinced that they possess them in vain, to say what Pandarus says in Homer about his own bows: "Straightway then may another man cut off my head, if I do not put these bows in the bright fire, breaking them with my hands, for they are useless to me," and then proceed to destroy all their own senses. For thus one would believe them, teaching by deed that they have no need of them. But as it is, this is the most absurd thing: while declaring them useless in argument, they continue to use them most of all in practice. For instance, Melissus, wishing
ἐπιδεικνύναι, διότι τῶν φαινομένων καὶ ἐν ὄψει τούτων οὐδὲν εἴη τῷ ὄντι, διὰ τῶν φαινομένων ἀποδείκνυσιν αὐτῶν· φησὶ γοῦν· «Εἰ γάρ ἐστι γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ πῦρ καὶ σίδηρος καὶ χρυσὸς καὶ τὸ μὲν ζῶν, τὸ δὲ τεθνηκὸς καὶ μέλαν καὶ λευκὸν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ὅσα φασὶν εἶναι ἄνθρωποι ἀληθῶς, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀρθῶς ὁρῶμεν καὶ ἀκούομεν, εἶναι ἐχρῆν καὶ τὸ ὂν τοιοῦτον, οἷον πρῶτον ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν εἶναι, καὶ μὴ μεταπίπτειν μηδὲ γίνε σθαι ἕτερον, ἀλλ' εἶναι ὅμοιον, οἷόν πέρ ἐστιν, ἕκαστον. νῦν δέ φαμεν ὀρθῶς ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ συνιέναι· δοκεῖ δὲ ἡμῖν τὸ θερμὸν καὶ ψυχρὸν γίνεσθαι καὶ τὸ ψυχρὸν θερμὸν καὶ τὸ σκληρὸν μαλακὸν καὶ τὸ μαλακὸν σκληρόν.» ταῦτα δὲ καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ τοιαῦτα λέγοντος αὐτοῦ καὶ μάλα εἰκότως ἐπύθετό τις ἄν· Ἆρ' οὖν ὅτι θερμόν ἐστι κἄπειτα τοῦτο γίνεται ψυχρόν, οὐκ αἰσθόμενος ἔγνως; ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων. ὅπερ γὰρ ἔφην, εὑρεθείη ἂν οὐδὲν ἀλλ' ἢ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀναιρῶν καὶ ἐλέγχων διὰ τὸ μάλιστα πιστεύειν αὐταῖς. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οἱ μὲν τοιοῦτοι λόγοι σχεδὸν ἱκανὰς ἤδη δεδώκασιν εὐθύνας· ἐξίτηλοί γέ τοι γεγόνασιν, ὡς εἰ μηδὲ ἐλέχθησαν τὸ παράπαν. ἤδη μέντοι θαρροῦντες λέγομεν ὀρθῶς φιλοσοφεῖν τοὺς καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων παραλαμβάνοντας.» Τοιοίδε μὲν οὖν οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Ξενοφάνην, ὃς δὴ λέγεται συνακμάσαι τοῖς ἀμφὶ Πυθαγόραν καὶ Ἀναξαγόραν. Ξενοφάνους δὲ ἀκουστὴς γέγονε Παρμενίδης· τούτου Μέλισσος, οὗ Ζήνων, οὗ Λεύκιππος, οὗ Δημόκριτος, οὗ Πρωταγόρας καὶ Νεσσᾶς· τοῦ δὲ Νεσσᾶ Μητρόδωρος, οὗ Διογένης, οὗ Ἀνάξαρχος.
to show that none of the things that appear and are in sight truly exist, he demonstrates this through the things that appear. For he says: "For if there is earth and water and air and fire and iron and gold, and the living and the dead, and black and white, and all the other things that men say truly exist, and we see and hear correctly, then that which is ought to be such as it first seemed to us to be, and not to change nor become other, but each thing should remain similar to what it is. But now we say we see and hear and understand correctly; yet it seems to us that hot becomes cold and cold becomes hot, and hard becomes soft and soft becomes hard." When he says these and many other such things, one might reasonably ask: "Did you not know, by perception, that something is hot and then becomes cold? And similarly for the other cases." For as I said, it would be found that he does nothing but abolish and refute the senses, precisely because he trusts them most. But such arguments have already given sufficient account; they have become obsolete, as if they had never been uttered at all. Now, however, we confidently say that those who employ both the senses and reason for the knowledge of things philosophize correctly. Such then are the followers of Xenophanes, who is said to have flourished at the same time as those around Pythagoras and Anaxagoras. Xenophanes had as his student Parmenides; his student was Melissus; his student was Zeno; his student was Leucippus; his student was Democritus; his student was Protagoras and Nessas; and of Nessas, Metrodorus; his student was Diogenes; his student was Anaxarchus.